is Ms*


<5&mr$
 ■T ; I'.i.aV.'-'M. > .:-i;"':/141fl)'-'V:'.: '
 £w  ■;,70iiiiv
.;te::;v,:;4f

II
$8


Kit'-
.'-'lA.'.'t .'

tf*2
aV^1"'.V.-J::.Y.1-
'V.Vi-M,'.-1'-i.-''.i ■ :-'•! ':<:. ■

 
NATIONAL LIBRARY OF MEDICINE
NLM  0013^72^  fa
  <t;  c  c:  c
      <r  c  c
     <r  c   <r

<r  or c  <~
<r  c c  c   c
        C  C
        c*  c
  C r   C  C   C   <^



 a. <c~ <■<>* cr  <r«


e  c   c   cr
 c  c   <    «g   ->

c  c  c    cr  <
 < • <: < C   <C  <
   <T c  <:  «t  <C.< C

    T < •<. <c^. ui" < c

      <-.' C  <^ < < C
              "'_.<< c

             , r »c< <■

 i" <   <S <0
:  <   c  d5 c.c   c
   <:   c
  <:> <


 c :<£ <
0« c
C  c

<L  c  c
Surgeon  General's Office

,^~r»fe—S^-^iS^^,.
■ ^~yf> 7 ^"~

■C5<  C
«:'• CI.  «
  c   c <r.

 Cc  c  C

c   <? c
«c   c< c

 c   o  c


 r   << c
c  «- <r *<- ^

■s^s. <	c c
S <	cc
C	<cc
<:	<r <r
<:	c «C
c c:	CCC
<c	C <r.
c ^	CC
	
 c:   c<
c:  ec
d  cc
-<r  cc
.C   <.c
 ■C  cc
 d  <


<r  c
C  d
G  C
<T   <
d   <^
  c   c.
NLM001397296 
:.* cc  <
  c r c
  <   <T
  < ,' c~
 Cc   c<
 C l  C  «"
 c c
c c
c c C
C C C
C cc"
C C C  ^
c cc  <T
c « c  CI
                     C-_  C-C   <- <- c <
                      ;  c c   c  < c  <d^
                          c c_  cc c cc
                      "L t  CC  CCC <C
                       -=.  « <   <~ <   <r «
                      =   CC   CC C <C
                          CC   <~C C CT
    -.     ^       _^   <C£S  <~c C CC
    1 CC  d_ C C  <C CC  < < c  CT
                      Z cc  c . C C  C
                        ccr cTc  c
  C C<  C C C  «CL CC c  C  C  d  c
         C  C_ C  <: cc  <r  CCC  (
                   C CC. <  <  C C   (
                   ^ CC   <  <Z  ir-  ^
                   - CC  C C
                ;   c<i.  c ct
       r c  c  c: a c  ^  <

crc? cr <r  c -cr->  c
r(  c c   c Cc<  C  C  ^      _
Hr-^r «r«  c  <r  c  c cc
c  ccc  Cc  c
c   c c-<r  cr«  c
c  c  -^ -
c  c
 CCC
 C cc C
 C c  <
 C <-■  c
. C   c
cr c  c
cC O C
TT_<3 C
     c c
~~, CCC  •
- CC  «-_

 -ccC C
C  Cc
<r_c-
 «CT c
 c c

<Ci
d  c c   CC  <c~ C
csc   c c   c_ «  <<  •
<C   < <   C «  cC_ «
 csc   <r c   cr c  <c
CC • cc ^ C"<  <c
cz  c t  ,^  ,.-  ^
cc  < *c . _
c  cc c:< cc
-5  CCC  <Z_CC cC
      __; <c  cc
  cc CTC  cc  «
  <■ r C cc  cc
       <c   cc   <
    L. CC. cc  <Zc  «
    -_ <C. :' CC  CZcCC
    -  «& <  fc ,i.ccr■<
  C  <d  cc   dd<
  <r  «c   cc   ccc
 c  «r   cc  c< c
    rr  cc  dec
    J  CC  Cc c   '
        CC CCC  cc
    . &c cc ore
    j c cc - <2« C  c,

 _-^' ■  CC  CC .<>c"
C!^ cc c«c"?\-.
 ^^ o c  Cc  c <* ■?'<  ■
«er< <  cc cc < c.  ;
C^   cc or cc
 <C"ca   cc c «  :f< •
 «:.' 5    cc ccffv
 ^^T1 c -■ cc c <ir k r-
 ^^ cc    cc - cuc
 ^^ C C.,» (C«.( ;Cr-
 c «LL c*C  cc 5?  ,
 c  ^1

 C  «C_-

c c  «C

=csc «C
CC ' ^
ret
=^  .  «C  <
«1 |  ■ <C  <3
C  - >C  c
 «C    «C_  *
  c<L' c <ac
   cC:   «C
  ' C ' ^c.



     r <c
     "C   c
       C   c
c c;
C c
; t c <:
' C:cc
    ^  cC
    <rc%c c
  crcc
  cc c  <r
  c < c_C
   < «  c c:
  C c C
 CC C  C
CCC c
 Cc c  ^



 €T  < C
  c  c
 C  CS
c  c
 c  c
c  C
 c   c
 Cc  C

• Ccc C
r^-'cc c_
^5Ccc
 c  c  c
CCC
  -  c <
 <z  <  ■<-
 <• c  <
 C C  C <
c c < <r
CcC *..C
c< •* C
?=   cede
^=  cc   <c:: -  c

- CC  C"c C
r  c< t«C '  C  f
= . c ' C_ r- <
^crCcc
Z   <• C?-<- c
r—  eye
 C     c  <  c
c    c:<< c.
 ^    c c  c
      c :c  c
  r c. c r*  <
 «c  c<-< c  <  c
  -    c   <   <
  r   c;   <
  <T  c c^
Cc c C"
c< c c;
Cc c  C
C cc
<r:. cc-
 c «
<TJ3c-
. C ((
O  C
«  c
c  C
 cc   C
 cc  C
  c  c:
= c  C
: r<  c
r«* c
x«c c
? cC  C
3""■'  C
d  c
x  c  <
c  C  C
c  <  <
C' c  <
c  c
 c  *
 c  <
 C  c
 C< ^
 CI <.
  C LCj <
 c  <
  CCc<C
  C ';  «
vVc ^< 
I 
 
 
 
 
 DRUG ATTENUATION, ,  7


                          if ' /
                ITS         VJ •-•  •


   OBJECTS, MODES, MEANS, AND LIMITS

                IN

HOMCEOPATHIC PHARMACY AND POSOLOGY.
THE  BUREAU OF MATERIA MEDICA, PHARMACY
  AND PROVINGS, IN THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE
      OF HOMCEOPATHYT*1879 AND 1880.


      J. P. DAKE, M.A., M.D., Chairman.



            ___________       £iv( /iwVht^

REPRINT FROM TRANSACTIONS OF THE INSTITUTE.
     PHILADELPHIA :

SHERMAN & CO., PRINTERS.

        1880. 
W B K
A 5/6J
l?80 
INTRODUCTION.
  This volume, as the title indicates, is made up of the papers
presented by members of the Bureau of Materia Medica, Phar-
macy and Provings, at the  meetings of the Institute held  at
Lake George and Milwaukee.
  Taken together, they form a  treatise on the subject of homoeo-
pathic pharmacy, especially upon drug  attenuation, such as the
profession has never had before, and such as cannot fail to be  of
interest to every student of the homoeopathic method.
  A great deal of mystery has hung about the object and
methods of our drug management  and  dose preparation, owing
to the use of such  terms as " potentization," " dynamization,"
"spiritualization,"  etc.  The object of  the  Bureau in entering
the domain of Pharmacy, in 1879, was  to prepare a  clear and
detailed account of the purpose of Hahnemann, and his methods,
in attenuating drugs by trituration  and succussion with neutral
substances; and, also,  to give the objects and  methods of his
followers, in the same work, since his time.
  It was our desire to sweep away the mystery, as  much as pos-
sible, from the entire business.
  In 1880, our inquiry was, as to  the extent to which the pro-
cesses of attenuation should be  carried.  In solving this question
we divided it in such manner as to bring out, first, the  testimony
of chemistry, of the microscope, and of the spectroscope, con-
cerning drug  presence in  attenuations above  the sixth decimal ;
then, the  proofs of drug power, as furnished  by physiological
experimentation and analogy,  in attenuations yet  higher ; and,
finally, the proofs supplied  by clinical  experience, of  medicinal 
INTRODUCTION.
efficacy in attenuations, from the sixth up to the highest made
by the arts and appliances of pharmacy.
  I regret to say that, owing to the  failure of some members of
the Bureau to do the portions of work assigned them, there has
not been  that full consideration of the difficulties attending clini-
cal proofs and the care necessary to guard against unsound con-
clusions that our plan contemplated.
  In conclusion I will say that, however much the fears of weak-
minded  men in the profession may have been  excited by the
announcement of our work, no charge  of  unfairness  in  our
investigations  or reports will be made by those  who  read  and
comprehend the contents of this volume.
  Along with the papers of  the Bureau I have brought the dis-
cussions thereupon which took place when they were presented
to the Institute.
                                        The  Chairman.
  Nashville, August, 1880. 
                    REPORT


                              OF THE
                                                   i

      BUREAU OF MATERIA MEDICA,  PHARMACY,
                       AND  PROVINGS,

J. P. DAKE, M.D.,
CONRAD WESSELHXEFT, M.D
SAMUEL A. JONES, M.P.,
LEWIS SHERMAN, M.D.,  .
A. K0RNDC3RFER, M.P.,  .
J. F. COOPER, M.D., .
W. L. P.REYFOGLE, M.P., .
ST. CLAIR SMITH, M.P..  .
C H. LAWTON, M.D.,
T. S. IIOYNE, M.D.,  .

                               TO THE


               THIRTY-SECOND  SESSION


                               OF THE
Nashville, Tenn.
Boston.
Ann Arbor, Mich.
Milwaukee, Wis.
Philadelphia, Pa.
Allegheny, Pa.
Louisville, Ky.
New York.
Wilmington, Del.
Chicago, 111.
American  institute  of p^mceopati)!). 
CONTENTS.
      Drug Attenuations in Homoeopathic Therapeutics.
   I. Introductory Report of the Bureau......J. P. Dake, M.D.
   II. History of Drug Attenuation in Homoeopathic Practice up
          to the Death of Hahnemann, with a Statement of its Ob-
          jects and Methods,........J. P. Dake. M.D.
  III. History of Drug Attenuation in Homceopathic Practice
          since the time of Hahnemann, with a Statement of its
          Objects  and Methods, with Special Reference to vari-
          ations from those approved by Hahnemann,     .    .  W. L.Breyfoglk,M.I).
  IV. Means to be Employed in  Drug Attenuation; what they
          should be, and the Dangers of Impurity,    .        .  Lewis Sherman, M.D.
   V. The Limits of  Drug Attenuation, or Proofs of Drug Pres-
          ence in Attenuations above the  Third Decimal, from
          the Standpoint of the Scientist,.....Sam'l A. Jones, M.P.
  VI. The Objects and Methods of Hahnemann  in Attenuating
          Medicines,..........Lewis Sherman, M.D.
 VII. The Dose and Degree of Attenuation,.....C Wesselhckft, M.D.
VIII. The Limits of Drug Attenuation, or Proofs  of the Presence
          of Medicinal Power in Attenuations above the Sixth
          Decimal, from the Standpoint of the Scientist,   .    .  Lewis Sherman, M.D.
  IX. Proofs of the Presence of Medicinal Power in Attenuations
          above the Sixth Decimal from the Standpoint of the
          Therapeutist,.........Lewis Sherman, M.D. 
INTRODUCTORY REPORT  OF  THE
                  BUREAU.

   By J. P. Dake, M.D., Chairman, Nashville, Tenn.
   During all the years in which  this bureau has been charged
with the duty of cultivating the  fields of Materia Medica, Phar-
macy and Provings, its attention has been given almost  exclu-
sively to Materia Medica and Provings.
   As was once most aptly said, " the whole profession has seemed
to make use of this bureau as a ready hopper into which to pour
provings by the bushel."
   The law similia accepted, the great aim has been to learn  the
positive  or pathogenetic powers of numerous remedial agents.
But in view of the uselessness of our therapeutic law and of our
Materia  Medica, where the means  described in  the one  and
pointed out as homoeopathic by the  other are so impure, or so
undeveloped, or so imaginary,  as to accomplish nothing of what
is expected or desired of them, we  have this year decided to de-
vote the attention of the bureau  entirely to a subject in phar-
macy, namely, " Drug Attenuation in Homaopathic ThcTaipeuticsi."
   In order to handle our subject systematically and thoroughly,
we have divided it into five parts,  as follows:
   1. History of drug attenuation in homoeopathic practice up to
the death of Hahnemann, with a  statement of its objects  and
methods.
   2. History of drug attenuation in homceopathic practice since
the time of Hahnemann, with a  statement of its  objects  and
methods, with especial reference to variations from those approved
by Hahnemann.
                             7 
8        AMERICAN  INSTITUTE OF  HOMOEOPATHY.

  o. The means employed in drug attenuation ;  what they should
be, and the dangers of impurity.
  4. The limits of drug attenuation, or proofs  of drug presence
in attenuations  above the ;id  decimal, from the standpoint  of
the scientist.
  5. The limits of drug attenuation, or proofs of the presence of
medicinal power in  attenuations above the 6th decimal, from
the standpoint of the therapeutist.
  Before proceeding with  the papers upon these several  parts it
is proper for me to speak briefly of  the  leading purposes and
methods  in our treatment  of the subject:
  1. To  properly understand the objects  and  applications of a
measure or rule, in any department of science and art, it is neces-
sary to learn its history, to consider the necessity and the circum-
stances leading to its adoption.
  Recognizing Hahnemann as the father of drug attenuation,  as
he was of the Materia Medica, and of the therapeutic rule ob-
served in homoeopathic practice, we  must examine his sayings
and  doings as illustrative  of that measure in pharmacy.
  Assuming his standpoint in the early morning of the homceo-
pathic art, we  witness the aggravations  following  his  use  of
traditional  doses in the sick. We see  him diminishing his doses,
dividing and subdividing  the drug mass, in order to escape these
aggravations.  Step by step we follow him on to the point where
he discovers the important fact that, the efficiency of the drug is
not diminished  in proportion to the diminution of  its weight or
bulk, its particles being very minutely divided, and  so prepared
for a more  extended contact or  a readier absorption.
   We find him speaking of the development of latent or inope-
rative  drug power by the process  of trituration, or succussion,
with neutral materials.  And in his old age, prompted  by enthu-
siastic admirers, we  hear  him  speak of the mystic  power, the
" spirit of medicine,"  and  of its marvellous increase by the grad-
ual annihilation of drug matter.
   The first paper to be presented will give you briefly the views
of Hahnemann in reference to the  attenuation  and " potentiza-
tion"  of drugs.
   2. Passing on, to a period not long anterior to the death of the 
INTRODUCTORY REPORT.
9
 master and extending down to the present day, Ave find some of
 his disciples in the spiritual philosophy excelling him altogether.
 Spurning  the  material doses, with which  he had demonstrated
 the reality of homoeopathy, they have passed beyond all  his cal-
 culations, into  the  shadowy realms  of the  unknowable,  in  the
 effort to grasp  and  wield the pure spirit of medicines.
   Disdaining  his sentiment when,  planting  himself upon  the
 30th attenuation, he said  : " It  must stop somewhere ;  it can-
 not  go on to  infinity," they have  overleaped his  painstaking
 methods, and gone  into all  manner  of "bottle-washings"  and
 shorthand ways of  "potentizing" drugs, not to the thirtieth  de-
 gree only, but, as claimed, to the millionth !
   The  second paper presented will bring to notice the departures
 from the pharmacal teachings of Hahnemann, with the  reasons
 therefor, so far as made known.
   3. The right action and efficiency of doses employed in homceo-
 pathic  practice require the utmost care in the selection of neu-
 tral  materials  and of mechanical appliances and  measures in
 pharmacy.
   If we would have a given quantity of the remedy, prescribed
 in each dose, have it in a certain state of comminution, and pure,
 it is necessary to observe every possible precaution in regard to
 methods and  materials, employed by Hahnemann, or suggested
 by discoveries and improvements made since his time.
   The  dangers of impurity and  of defective methods and  means
 will be pointed out in the third paper presented.
   4. From the time Avhen  Hahnemann began to attenuate drug
 matter, in the reduction of doses and development of latent drug
 power,  down through all  the history of homoeopathy, in every
 country where it has appeared, the most determined and effective
 opposition to its acceptance has  been directed against the small
 doses employed.
   It is  now an old and quite traditional objection to  our system,
 that Ave believe in  the  philosophical absurdity, " The less  the
cause, the greater the effect."  And the charge, equally old, has
been everywhere repeated, that our doses  are entirely destitute
of medicinal energy, and totally  inert.  To meet such objections
2 
10      AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF HOMOEOPATHY.

our methods of attenuating drugs, and the objects in view therein.
have been set forth and defended  time and again.
  Efforts  have been made by many of our writers to show the
reasonableness as Avell as the utility of our pharmaceutical meas-
ures and of our small doses, and yet, comparatively, but a small
portion of the medical profession and of the laity  have been  con-
vinced of  the  soundness of our position and  the superiority of
our practical measures,  even  in countries where the progress of
homoeopathy has been the most rapid.
  In vieAV  of the diversity of opinions  held, and of proofs ad-
duced, by  authors and  teachers  in our school,  regarding the
attenuation of medicines, and  especially in view of the extreme
positions assumed by some who Avould "go on to infinity" with
the work of attenuation, calling  it "dvnamization," it is proper
for  us, here, to inquire after that class of proofs the stability and
value of which all may  appreciate and none question.
  We  come to  ask the scientist,  what his means and  methods
reveal  in regard to the attenuability of drug matter, or Iioav far
up our decimal scale he can trace the presence of our medicines.
Chemical tests go beyond the sense of taste and of smell and of
ordinary vision.   The  microscope and the spectroscope go yet
farther, telling us of drug presence in the 6th, 8th, 9th, and some
claim in the 12th, attenuation.  Physiological  tests and provings
go farther still, while analogy tells  of the ability of various im-
ponderable miasms and unseen  germs  to  influence the bodily
conditions  of  man in Avays very decided and to extremes very
fatal.   The evidences  thus  furnished  are  well  understood  by
learned men and will, by them, be forced upon  an incredulous
medical profession.
  The papers relating to the fourth division of our subject will
furnish an  exhibit of  such  data,  from  the standpoint of the
scientist.
  5. Passing on, we have also to inquire what proofs are  fur-
nished in the medical field,  vieAved from the standpoint of the
therapeutist, that there  is medicinal  power in attenuations,  in
which  the scientist can discern no medicinal matter
  "We  must remember Iioav much the sensitiveness of the human
organism  to the homoeopathic remedy is increased by disease, 
INTRODUCTORY  REPORT.
11
and, consequently, how much more delicate the test afforded  by
clinical experience than any furnished by extraneous means.
   But, in applying this more delicate clinical  test, Ave must like-
Avise remember the complications and difficulties which  unavoid-
ably attend it.   It is not as  though one chemical  element AATere
introduced to detect the presence of another, nor as if a simple
object  were brought under the microscope for us to determine its
visibility, nor even,  as if a drug were introduced  into a healthy
organism, that Ave might learn its pathogenetic character.
   In the administration of a medicine to the sick we are placing
an agent amid  the complex and delicate machinery of an organ-
ism, already disturbed by other agencies, termed morbific causes,
and  continually subject to the many minor disturbing influences
of personal environment.
   In looking upon the symptoms, appearing in the drug prover,
it is  found exceedinglv difficult, in fact impossible by one experi-
ment,  to determine which  are really drug-effects and Avhich the
effects  of inherent or circumstantial causes.  Such being the case,
Avhere  no special morbid factors are operating, hoAV much greater
the difficulty when we wish to  determine  how much, or if any,
definite impression  is made upon a diseased organism by a medi-
cine  administered.  It will not do to assume that  the disappear-
ance of disease, or recovery of health, in every case subjected to
our  treatment,  is due to  the doses of medicine  administered.
Logic  and common-sense, alike, cry  out against such arrant pre-
sumption.
   In view, then, of the uncertainties attending the testimony of
clinical experience,  Ave can but look  Avith great doubt and dis-
favor upon the practice, too common Avith  authors in our school,
of gathering out of the journals  and society transactions every
reported cure,  as the certain  effect of a medicine  administered.
The  idea of extending our Materia Medica by the addition of all
the new symptoms  appearing  in  the  sick, as if they Avere the
positive effects of the medicine given, is  too absurd for a mo-
ment's serious consideration.   And  the case is not  a  whit better
when all the symptoms disappearing  from the sick are  added,
now  as positive, or  again, as curative symptoms of the  drug
employed. 
12      AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF HOMOEOPATHY.

  Planting ourselves upon this solid ground Ave cannot hesitate
to declare Allen right  in excluding, from  his Encyclopedia, all
symptoms reported, as appearing for  the first and only time  in
the sick, after the administration of certain  drugs;  and Hering
wrong in hoarding up, as reliable verifications, and  as "guiding
symptoms," all those symptoms by anybody reported, as  disap-
pearing from the sick, after the exhibition of homoeopathic reme-
dies.
  When, noAV, we attempt to gather up proofs from the therapeu-
tic field as to the presence of  medicinal  power in attenuations,
which the scientist says  shoAV to  him  no medicinal  matter, we
must  proceed Avith extreme caution.  It  will not do to take the
reports of medical enthusiasts, who claim and publish a cure, an
undoubted medicinal effect, in every case Avhere the highest at-
tenuation  has been administered and  the patient has recovered.
Who  has not learned that the  post hoc is not always, nor  gener-
ally, the propter hoc in medicine?
  Reports  may be taken, as of some worth, from practitioners
thoroughly educated in the elements of medicine, acquainted with
the  natural  history of diseases, so as to know what symptoms
belong to them, and so familiar Avith the general range of medi-
cines  employed as to distinguish their effects from the ephemeral
effects of surrounding influences.
  Reports may be valuable,  coming from wise and cautious and
conscientious practitioners, realizing the difficulties of their un-
dertakings, the chances for error, and the supreme importance of
the truth, and  nothing but the truth, in journals and books cal-
culated to govern human effort in behalf of human life.
  It is for us to scrutinize reports for internal evidences of value,
and we may not be excused from carefully considering the char-
acter and qualifications of their authors.
  It is well  known that  every theory in therapeutics, as well  as
every noted remedy and  measure mentioned  in history, has had
abundant testimonials in  its  favor.  Clinical experience has tes-
tified  in behalf of the most  arrant humbugs and- impostors the
world has ever  seen.
  Hence, when we pass  beyond  the checks and safeguards  of
scientific observation and analogy, when we come  to prescribe 
INTRODUCTORY  REPORT.
13
doses for the sick, in which the scientist and even the mathema-
tician says there is no medicine, Ave are compelled to be incredu-
lous enough to look closely Avithin and  about our  patient, to
determine  if, possibly, some other influence, beside that of the
drug, may not  be playing the chief  part in the removal of dis-
ease or restoration of health.
   The papers, relating to the fifth division of our subject, will
submit Avhat proofs Ave have of drug power in attenuations above
the 6th decimal, as furnished from the field of therapeutics.
   In conclusion, as  to the grand  purpose of the inquiries  insti-
tuted by our bureau, I should say, that it has been to obtain all
possible proofs of poAver and efficiency in our attenuated doses.
While interrogating the scientist Ave have not failed diligently
to inquire of the practitioner of medicine; nor have Ave failed to
consider the invisible  and  imponderable forces of nature  Avhile
seeking proofs from the experimental physiologist. If, in our Avork,
any bias or leaning  to one side or the other  has led  us astray it
has been to the side of attenuated doses. 
DRUG ATTENUATION IN HOMCEO-
        PATHIC  THERAPEUTICS.

FIRST DIVISION.--HISTORY OF  DRUG ATTENUATION IN
     HOMCEOPATHIC PRACTICE UP TO THE DEATH
        OF HAHNEMANN, WITH A STATEMENT
           OF  ITS OBJECTS AND METHODS.

                 By J. P. Dake, M D.
  From  the year 1796, Avhen  homoeopathy was born, to  1801,
a period  of five years, Hahnemann made use of the ordinary
preparations of the apothecaries in the treatment of the sick.  In
no wise did he  depart from  the  usual style of doses, except in
having but a single drug in each and in their gradual  diminu-
tion, under the teachings of experience.
  In 1801, in his essay upon the  " Cure and Prevention of Scar-
let Fever," speaking of Belladonna, he said, "The very smallest
dose should be  administered."  And in the same  connection,
answering  the charge of inefficiency of the doses  employed, he
adds: " Moreover  it is probable that the thorough admixture
of the feAv  drops Avith  a sufficient quantity of the fluid, in  which
it should be taken, was generally neglected."
  Here is  the beginning of drug attenuation as followed  in the
homceopathic school.
  The first idea, evidently, was a diminution of dose to  avoid
medicinal aggravation, and the second Avas, the development of
drug power by the repeated division of drug particles.
  The division* of particles  had two objects in vieAv; first, to
prepare the medicine  for a more ready absorption and convey-
ance to the seat of disease; and secondly, to increase its surface
for a more  extended and effectual contact Avith nerve-tissue. 
DRUG  ATTENUATION.
15
  The first formula, for the attenuation of drugs, mentioned  by
Hahnemann was to "mix intimately one  drop of the  tincture
with five hundred drops of diluted alcohol; and then one  drop
of this  mixture Avith five  hundred other drops of diluted  alco-
hol ; shaking the whole well."
  In  this way  he had Opium prepared for use in scarlet fe\^er.
Ipecac,  he prepared by mixing one drop with  one hundred drops
of dilute alcohol, and  Belladonna by using four hundred drops
of the dilute alcohol for the first attenuation, three hundred  for
the second, and two hundred for the  third.  Chamomilla he pre-
pared  by putting one  drop of the  tincture  with  five hundred
drops of water  and five hundred of alcohol, for the first attenua-
tion, and eight  hundred drops of dilute alcohol for the second.
  Such formulas  surprised the apothecaries, and led the famous
Hufeland to ask,  "What  effect can  the hundred-thousandth
part of a grain  of Belladonna have?"   Hufeland's Journal, in
which this question Avas  propounded, contained  the answer in
clear  and vigorous terms.
  The difference between  the medicinal  activity of " a very hard,
dry pill of Belladonna,"  when sAvallowed whole, and the  same
amount of that drug taken in "solution," and likewise  the dif-
ference betAveen the sensitiveness of  the human organism to that
agent Avhen  in  a  state  of robust health,  and when diseased, so as
to call for it  as the homoeopathic remedy, Hahnemann  pointed
out most clearly.
   In  his  reply to Hufeland he shadoAved forth a theory, in  re-
gard  to drug action, Avhich afterwards  became his  famous doc-
trine  of dynamization.   He said : " Medicine does not act atomi-
cally, but only dynamically;''  or, as afterwards  explained, not
according to its matter, but its spirit.
   In  his famous essay,  " The  Medicine of Experience," pub-
lished in 1805, and afterward enlarged  into the first edition of
the Organon, he  said :  "This dynamic  action of medicines, like
vitality itself, by means of which it  is reflected upon the organ-
ism, is almost purely spiritual in its  nature."
  But it must be noticed  that, in all his references to attenuated
doses, he speaks of them as still possessed of some fraction of the
original drug matter. 
16      AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF HOMCEOPATHY.

  Down to the year 1825 there seems to have been no essential
change in his objects or methods in the attenuation of drugs.  He
still wished to develop and control drug power.
  When seventy years of age, in answer to  the  inquiry, "How
can such small doses of such very attenuated medicine as homoe-
opathy employs still possess  great  poAver?" he  brought  his dy-
namization theory into full view.   From that  time on Ave often
find him  writing of the  spiritualizing  effect of  repeated and
thorough triturations and succussions.
  Adhering to the formula, one drop or one grain of  the  medi-
cine to one hundred or to ninety-nine drops or grains of the men-
struum, he went up, step by step, to the 30th attenuation, or, as
he came to say, the 30th " potency."
  Again, I must observe,  however, that Hahnemann, down to
the day of his death, held to the belief that, in every attenuated
dose, some drug-matter Avas yet  present.  In  the Organon this
statement from his pen Avas ever standing : " A substance, divided
into ever so many parts, must contain  in its smallest conceivable
parts still  some of this substance, and the  smallest conceivable
part does not cease to be some of this substance."
  I leave to  other  members of the bureau,  Avho report on this
and on the second division  of our subject, to mention variations,
not to say contradictions, in the  teachings of Hahnemann, and
to show how other persons, taking up the dynamization theory,
carried it  to the  extreme of absurdity, throwing around  homoe-
opathy those vast clouds of mysticism  which have overshadowed
its grand truths and cast suspicion upon its great works, as viewed
by the greater part of the medical world.
  In closing this brief paper I must  explain that I have dwelt
much upon the views and practices of Hahnemann not because
I consider  them in anywise authoritative or binding  upon us,
but simply as a matter of history, and a means of illustrating
what is meant by drug attenuation and potentization.
  I do not hesitate to declare that I have  much greater  confi-
dence in the convictions avoAved by  Hahnemann  Avhen  in  the
full  vigor  of  ripened  manhood,  than Avhen, in the  gathering
frailties of old age, the bitter opposition of enemies and the flat-
tery of friends alike took him to extremes. 
HISTORY  OF DRUG  ATTENUATIONS
           AFTER THE  TIME  OF
                HAHNEMANN.

       By "VV. L. Breyfogle, M.D.,  Louisville, Ky.
   Haying been assigned  the second part of the special subject
 of this bureau, viz.:  "The History  of Drug Attenuation in
 Homoeopathic  Practice since the Time of Hahnemann, with a
 Statement of its Objects and Methods, with Especial Reference
 to Variations  from those  Approved  by Hahnemann," I find
 myself confronted  by  many difficulties, and if, in  my feeble at-
 tempts to describe the  different methods of attenuating or potent-
 izing  medicines,  I fail  to  give  credit to the proper sources, or
 should seem to do any one  injustice, I beg you will take into con-
 sideration the folloAving facts:
   First. That there are no publications which give the history of
 the  different methods stated ; on the contrary, some few of the
 many  who have placed their preparations before  the profession,
 have kept secret  the  particular  methods followed, thus  compel-
 ling the  profession to trust them on the merits  of  their labels
 alone.
  Second.  That no distinction seems to have been made  between
 the  numbers, as  used  by Hahnemann in defining his attenua-
 tions, and  as employed for those made  by methods essentially
 different from his.
  According to Hahnemann one grain of the medicine thoroughly
triturated with  one hundred grains of the vehicle was  labelled
the "hundredth ;" one grain of this  triturated Avith one hundred
grains  of the vehicle was labelled the "ten  thousandth;" one 
18      AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF  HOMOEOPATHY.

grain of this preparation, triturated Avith one  hundred more of
the vehicle Avas labelled the " millionth."   This latter prepara-
tion Avas  then the "3d centesimal  trituration."  The number
"one millionth " being used to determine the fractional quantity
of medicine it contained.
   From this  3d trituration all of  Hahnemann's dilutions Avere
made, and he frequently referred  to it as the " mother of dilu-
tions."  When a  dilution was required, one  grain  of this  3d
trituration, or mother, Avas mixed first with fifty drops of water;
and Avhen dissolved fifty drops of alcohol Avere  added,  and  itAvas
labelled the " one one-hundredth,"  ojie drop of this added to one
hundred drops of alcohol, was labelled the " one ten-thousandth,"
and so on.
   When,  therefore, Ave contrast this method of numbering with
that afterwards adopted, viz., of indicating each separate dilution
by  figures, as one, two, three, etc., up to the millionth, the latter
preparation representing not division of particles, but a million
consecutive dilutions, you  will  readily understand  how diffi-
cult it  is  to  distinguish  between and to describe the different
methods of attenuation.  And you will perhaps discover also,
that, Avhat Hahnemann chose to dignify by the title  of  " high
potencies," differed greatly from  those of the modern " homceo-
pathician."
   For many years, by the advice  of Hahnemann, attenuations
Avere not extended above the thirtieth;  and in  order to establish
some uniformity in  preparation,  these thirtieths were all  made
as described above.
   Experiments Avere then made, which  will be described in an-
other section of this bureau, by Korsakoff,  Jenichen, and others,
Avho were the real inventors of" high potencies."
   Jenichen kept secret his method  of preparing them, but from
bits of information gathered from his letters, he depended upon
continuous succussion without dilution, and reckoned the num-
ber of "potencies" by the number of shakes he gave  the bottle,
ten shakes being equivalent to one degree  of " potency."   Jen-
ichen Avas a  horse  trainer by profession, and  shot himself, Ave
learn, after making the sixty-thousandth potency !
   The decimal scale,  I am informed by Dr. F. E. Boericke, was 
HISTORY  OF DRUG  ATTENUATIONS.
19
first mentioned  in an article  by Dr. Hering, printed in Archiv
XIV, 2, page 134, where he alludes to experiments made, which
showed that  remedies acted differently when attenuated one to
ten, one to one hundred, and one to one thousand.  That the ac-
tion of those attenuated with a larger quantity of vehicle seemed
to be  more superficial.  On  the appearance of this article medi-
cines  Avere prepared by many according to the decimal scale, and
the practice spread so rapidly that Gruner, in his Pharmacopoeia,
adopted the decimal scale as a  basis.
   In  the history of drug attenuation, since the time of Hahne-
mann, Ave have records of those made by  Fincke, Dunham,
Lehrman, Boericke and Tafel, and SAvan.
   Fincke has never published anything descriptive  of his pro-
cess of making " high potencies," preferring to keep all such in-
formation  to himself.  Sufficient is  known, however, from the
Patent Office to justify the assertion, that they are made by the
fluxion process, and with water.
   Dunham and  Lehrman both prepared  their high attenuations
according  to Hahnemann's  plan, and Avith Avater.  The same is
true of Boericke and Tafel's preparations, except that they use
alcohol.
   Swan prepares his  also Avith water and by the fluxion process.
A machine is used ("Dr. Skinner's Centesimal Fluxion Potent-
izer,"  a description of which is given in the new medical journal
called the Organon, Xo. 1, vol. 1, page 45), capable  of filling
and emptying a vial  fifty times per  minute, seventy-two  thou-
sand times per day, a million times in fourteen  days  and a half,
running  night  and  day.  The glass is impregnated  with  one
drop of the 1st  centesimal dilution, then emptied and  placed in
position,  the  hand on the dial plate  placed at O, and  for every
time  the vial is  emptied and filled the dial  registers one "new
potency."  The  operator is directed  to  turn the driving-wheel
(ordinarily run by water) by hand until the first ten "potencies"
are made, " as it is much safer"—(just why  it is safer the doctor
does not state).   After this is accomplished, full power is turned
on, and the vial is  filled and  emptied  fifty  times per minute,
making a dilution one  degree  higher at every revolution.  At
the end of two weeks the hand on the dial  reaches the number 
20      AMERICAN  INSTITUTE OF H0M030PATHY.
one million;  then the  hand must be brought back to the begin-
ning, and in due  time it produces the two, three, or four mil-
lionth, as required.  I notice one case reported cured by the  fif-
teen millionth !
  This machine certainly deserves great credit as a labor-saver,
for, according to the plans adopted  by Hahnemann, Dunham,
Lehrman, and Boericke & Tafel, it would  require the constant
labor, night and day, Sundays included, of one man  for twenty-
eight years to carry a single remedy up to  the  fifteen  millionth
dilution.  It would cost over .$100,000 for  alcohol, and $33,000
for  labor, at 15 cents per hour.
  The object sought to be obtained  by the attenuation of drugs
was, according to Hahnemann, " to  prevent serious aggravations
from too strong a dose  of medicine, prescribed strictly in accord-
ance with the homoeopathic laAv" (see § 275, Organon).
  In § 279 he  says, "The dose of  a  homoeopathically selected
remedy cannot be  reduced so far, as to be inferior in strength to
the natural disease, and to lose  its  power of extinguishing and
curing at least  a portion  of the same, provided that this dose,
immediately after  having been taken, is  capable of causing a
slight intensification of the symptoms  of the similar natural dis-
ease."   In the preceding paragraph, however, he  admits that
" to determine the dose of each particular medicine for this pur-
pose, and how to render  this dose so  small as to accomplish its
purpose, gently and rapidly at the same time, is a  problem which
obviously, is  neither to  be solved by  theoretical  conjecture, nor
by sophistic reasoning."
  It would seem, from these extracts,  that the object of attenuat-
ing was to prevent too  great medicinal aggravations, but, that to
know precisely which attenuation was  to accomplish this, in each
given  case,  Avas a problem  " obviously beyond  all  solution."
This  question Hahnemann  himself never  solved;  his favorite
potency,  in  his old age, being  the  30th, although he often
went loAver and sometimes higher, as his cases seemed to demand.
Having some curiosity  to learn whether Hahnemann changed  his
views  on this subject, during the  latter part of his life, I ad-
dressed a feAV questions  to Madame Hahnemann, and from her
letter, received a short  time before her death, and  which now lies 
HISTORY  OF DRUG ATTENUATIONS.         21
before me, I quote the following:  "You ask if Dr. Hahnemann
changed his opinions in the last phases of his  life on the poten-
cies?  and if he always administered high dynamizations?"  "He
used  all  the dynamizations, high and  low, as  the case  of  his
patients required.   I have even seen him  give  the 3d  tritura-
tion, ' mother,' where he found it  necessary, as he also adminis-
tered  the 200  milliems or thousandths when it Avas necessary."
   It is urged  by some, that by triturating  and succussing reme-
dies their strength is increased.  Repeated efforts to dilute medi-
cines  have  caused  some  enthusiastic supporters to attribute to
their  effects a  real spiritualization  of the drug property—a true,
astonishing,  unveiling, and vivifying  of the medicinal spirit.
A medicinal poAver, it is  claimed, is liberated from its material
bonds, so as to enable it to operate more penetratingly and more
freely ;  and yet, the material receptacle of these spiritual forces,
the palpable ponderable tissues are not to betaken into consider-
ation  !
   This theory, hoAvever, involves  a  contradiction.  Hahnemann
says,  for instance, " that the weakest possible dose is sufficient to
overcome the  disease," and  that the dose can scarcely be made
weak enough to avoid  aggravations.   On the  other hand we
are told  that the  process of attenuating  drugs,  instead  of
diminishing,  really increases  their  medicinal action.  Exactly
which "horn of this dilemma" we will take has not yet been
concluded.
   As Ave have seen, in the manner of preparing attenuations, a
wide  difference of opinion exists; and it seems  difficult to state
precisely what constitutes a potency.  Hahnemann tells us that
one grain of the 3d centesimal trituration in ninety-nine drops of
the vehicle is  the "one one-hundredth," one drop of this in ninety-
nine of alcohol is the "one ten-thousandth," and so on.   Jeni-
chen  tells  us  that the 1st centesimal  dilution  becomes a  new
" potency "  after  every ten vigorous shakes, that three hundred
shakes  make  the 30th " potency," and six hundred thousand
shakes  make  the  "60,000th  potency."   Drs. Dunham  and
Lehrman claim that each attenuation should be made separately,
and prefer  water  as a menstruum. 
22
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMOEOPATHY.
   Boericke & Tafel also make each separately, but prefer alcohol
as the vehicle.
   Dr. Fincke, sharper than the rest, keeps his  process to him-
self, expecting us to keep our eyes on the  label,  and to trust in
God for the results.
   Dr. Swan places a vial Avhich had previously contained a drop
of medicine, but which is now emptied, into position, turns loose
a hydrant upon it, and at the end of fourteen and one half days
he presents us the "1,000,000th potency ;" or, if allowed to  run
steadily night and  day,  Sundays included,  in  precisely  seven
months and fourteen and one-half days he produces that monu-
ment to  his genius, the " 15,000,000th potency," through  the
use of which the Medical Investigator, in a recent number, reports
a brilliant cure.
   The question of potency has not been, nor  does it seem  likely
to be settled by current  methods.  Even  Hahnemann's  views
underwent frequent changes in regard to attenuating drugs.  He
first advised that each  dilution  be shaken for a moment or  tAvo
only ; afterwards warns us against too  much  shaking, as  calcu-
lated to increase the power to a dangerous  extent, and that only
tAvo  shakes should  be given each dilution.    He  afterwards
loses his  dread of shaking and appoints  ten shakes  for each
dilution, as a standard ; and again he  allowed twenty, fifty, or
more shakes, and half a dozen before each dose.   In one place he
says that the shaking is the only agent in the dynamization,  and
that a strong medicinal solution, if shaken  long enough, will be-
come like the30th potency; in another he alleges  that dilution is
essential to the dynamizing of succussion,  and that all the rub-
bing or  shaking in the world Avill  not dynamize an  undiluted
substance.
   Notwithstanding  this declaration Ave find Jenichen giving as
many as six  hundred thousand  shakes to a  single  bottleful  which
he  sent abroad  as  the " 60,000th potency," and which, Avith
many others made  by him, now  form part of our  armament.
Jenichen  tells us he worked five  hours a day at his preparations.
Supposing each stroke occupied a second of time, and he worked
continuously during all these five hours Avithout  stopping  for an
instant, to carry up one single  remedy to the sixty thousandth 
HISTORY  OF DRUG  ATTENUATIONS.
23
would  take him  nearly five Aveeks of  hard labor.   \Ve are not
astonished  when  Ave  hear him denounced as a "disreputable
catchpenny, puffed  into unmerited notoriety by a few credulous
homoeopathists, who should have known better than to lend their
reputations to the propagation of what five minutes' calm  calcu-
lation  might have  convinced  them Avas  an impossibility  and a
cheat."
  There also exists a  decided  difference of opinion, due  to the
misapprehension  of the Avord  " Hahnemannism," which  name,
furnished  by Dr. Hering for  the  neAv and unheard of natural
force developed in attenuating drugs (just as the terms Mesmer-
ism and Galvanism were  used  after Mesmer and Galvani), Avas
intended to apply to any and  all attenuations, the third as well
the thirtieth.  As the  science of homoeopathy progressed, how-
ever, it Avas made to do another duty, and is now applied only to
the higher  attenuations.
  The Avord " Hahnemannian," also, Avas first used to designate
all those physicians avIio adhered closely  to Hahnemann's  teach-
ings.   No  matter what the attenuation  prescribed, so  long as
they practiced according to the  law of  the  similars, they were
entitled to  protection under that  banner.   Modern usage, how-
ever, has made it a notorious  prostitute.  It  noAv represents a
refuge for the vendors  of secret nostrums,—for the theorist, who
openly proclaims the fact that he does not follow Hahnemann's
instructions,—as  a cover for the surreptitious introduction into
homoeopathy of all sorts of "isms;" as an "ark of safety" for
the ignorant pathologist, who is ashamed to be detected with any
other book in  his hand than a Symptomen Codex!
  It is the barrier behind which the puny adversary gathers his
little mud balls, ready  to soil and blacken the character, perhaps,
of him whose devotion to the law of similars  has  prepared the
very soil upon which he has pitched his tent.  Gentlemen, Hahne-
mann himself Avas  not a  "Hahnemannian" in this modern ac-
ceptation of the term.
  Another evil which the introduction of "high potencies" has de-
veloped has been  the speculative tendency.   The development of
this evil, like the  rapid rising of a mighty river, will,  unless
relief soon  appears, surely overwhelm and destroy us. 
24      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMOEOPATHY.
  Think of it!   A stream of hydrant water is allowed to run
into an  empty vial for seven  and one-half months, night and
day,  Sundays included, Avithout interruption, and we are pre-
sented  (for a sufficient consideration) Avith  the  " 15,000,000th
potency," Avith which Ave are assured Dr. Bolus, of Bungtown,
cured a remarkable case that had resisted the treatment of six or
seven hundred allopaths!!
  But  the climax  of unblushing effrontery is   reached  Avhen
the announcement is made " that  as the  pathogenesis of these
extremely high potencies differs greatly from those of the crude
drug, new provings should be made ! "
  It is time to stop and consider.   We must, if possible, retrace
some of our steps, and Ave must learn to call things by their right
names.   We must not in future be dazzled by the brilliant rays
of " Skinnerism," nor by the seductive flattery of " Swanopathy."
We must rally again around the old flag of homoeopathy, and
although she is  somewhat soiled and battle worn, we will  bear
her aloft in our efforts for neAv victories and fresh laurels. 
    THE MEANS  EMPLOYED  IN DRUG
                  ATTENUATION ;
WHAT THEY SHOULD BE, AND THE DANGERS OF IMPURITY.

          By Lewis Sherman, M.D., Milwaukee, Wis.
   Hahnemann's method of drug attenuation has, with commend-
 able strictness and honesty, been adopted by the  pharmaceutists
 of the homceopathic school.
   Modifications of this method have in no wise affected the origi-
 nal design.   They are: 1st. The use of the decimal scale in the
 place of the centesimal in the  preparation of the loAver attenua-
 tions.   This insures a more through subdivision of the particles
 in the process of trituration, and accommodates those who prefer to
 administer the lower attenuations, by making preparations inter-
 mediate in strength betAveen the crude  and the T^th, one be-
 tAveen  the -}-§--g-th and the yo^o"orri degree of attenuation.
   2d.  The use of precipitated metals in place of the coarser prepa-
 rations used by Hahnemann.  This  insures greater purity and
 more complete subdivision.
  3d.  The use of yellow glasses to contain and preserve the medi-
 cines.   It is a fact Avell known to scientists and easily proven to
 one not versed in optics, that the rays of light tend to decompose
 and othenvise chemically change nearly all medicinal substances.
 It has  been found  by experiment that this power to effect chemi-
 cal changes resides  almost Avholly in the short rays, viz., the green,
 blue,  indigo, and  violet, the  red, orange, and  yelloAV having
scarcely any of this power.  It has  been found, further, that the
                            3 
26       AMERICAN INSTITUTE  OF HOMOEOPATHY.

illuminating power of light is strongest in the yellow ray.  Hence
the advantage of glass Avhich transmits only yellow light; for it
gives the maximum of illumination offered by any single ray and
almost a minimum of chemical action.
  This  fact may be  illustrated by a  simple  experiment, which
any physician can perform in his office.
  Take vials  of Avhite, yellow, blue,  and blackened glass;  put
into each the same number of pure  sugar globules; moisten the
globules in each with an equal quantity of an alcoholic  solution
of Nitrate of silver of the strength of ToCth;  set all the vials in
the window and observe the change in the color of the globules.
The proportion of chemical action Avill be found to range nearly
as follows : White 100, blue 95, yelloAV 5, blackened 5.
  4th.  The selection  of the appropriate solvent in the preparation
of tinctures and dilutions.   The importance  of this precaution
has been almost ignored by pharmaceutists and physicians.  The
British Homoeopathic Pharmacopoeia, 1876, however, recognizes
the fact that drugs of different nature require different  solvents
to extract their medicinal properties, and gives  some specific di-
rections.   It is certainly absurd to prepare  an aqueous  solution
of a resinous plant or an alcoholic solution of a substance insolu-
ble in alcohol, or to  make the loAver dilutions without  reference
to solubilities.  If we want reliable solutions of drugs Ave must
find good solvents.
  Other modifications of Hahnemann's formulae have been made
by persons having more or less  influence, Avhich have  not re-
ceived the sanction of the main  body of the intelligent disciples.
  The  most  important is  that  attributed to  Count Korsakoff.
It may aptly be termed—

               THE  BOTTLE-WASHING METHOD.

  All of the dilutions of one remedy  are made  in  one bottle by
putting in 1 drop of  tincture, and adding about 100 drops of al-
cohol and  shaking, then turning the bottle  upside down and
throAving away all Avhich does  not  adhere to the inside;  then
adding another 100 drops of alcohol,  shaking and pourino- out
etc.  This  might seem an innocent method of saving time and 
         MEANS EMPLOYED IN DRUG ATTENUATION.      27

expense and getting  almost as  good a preparation as could be
made by Hahnemann's process.   Compared with  the  master's
plan it is slovenly and inaccurate.  As a matter of fact it was
the forerunner of a series of departures which have done much
to disgrace homoeopathy.
   The substitution of wedgewood for porcelain mortars and pes-
tles is not in accordance with the letter or spirit of Hahnemann's
method.   Let any one take a neAv AvedgeAA^ood mortar and briskly
rub the inside Avith the pestle for a few minutes.  The  cloud of
dust and stench Avhich arises to his nostrils cannot fail to convince
him that the 3d centesimal trituration of Calcarea carbonica,
made in such a mortar, will be as  likely to represent the  medici-
nal properties of Silicea, or Hepar sulphur is  calcareum, as those
of the remedy he desires to attenuate.
   We come now to consider some of the departures from the
strict rules of homoeopathic  pharmacy in the matter of making
attenuations.

                   CONTAGION POTENCIES.

   The first  great departure was made by an amateur in medicine,
a  Sarmatian count,—Korsakoff by name.   " He  placed in  a
bottle  1000 sugar globules, unmedicated, and added to them  1
globule medicated Avith the 100th of Sulphur, and  shook the
Avhole for a  minute, Avhen,  of course, he found that  any of these
globules, thus infected by the medicated  one, acted just as  well
as if it had  been medicated with the tincture at first hand.   His
next feat Avas to medicate in the same manner 13,500 plain sugar
globules, by shaking  them for five  minutes with  1 globule of
Sulphur 30th.
   Dr. Gross took up the idea and soon notified  the  medical pro-
fession that  he had communicated blood-poAver to ever so many
globules, by adding to them 1 globule moistened with a dilution of
his own blood.  With this spiritualized blood-power, he cured
congestion.  Dr. Plaubel, of Gotha, said that it did  not matter if
the globules fell out of the powder of milk sugar in which they were
administered, for that sugar was already infected with the  medici-
nal virtues of the globules  with  which it had been in contact. 
28       AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF HOMOEOPATHY.
                   SUCCUSSION  POTENCIES.

  This, the second great departure, Avas also introduced by a lay-
man in  medicine, a very muscular horse-trainer, employed in the
stable of the Duke of Gotha.
  This  innoA'ation Avas purely a financial scheme.  The inventor
therefore kept his method a secret as far as possible, and Avor Ic-
ing on  the credulity of such men  as  Drs. Gross and Hering,
gained a Avide reputation, and accumulated a fortune by the sale
of his potencies.  From so much of his process as  has leaked
out it appears  that the essential feature of his plan was to abridge
and cheapen Hahnemann's process by using only one bottle for
all the potencies and omitting to empty it, depending on the suc-
cussion  to effect the potentizing.   Every ten shakes Avas counted
a potency.   In pursuance  of  the request of Dr. Hering he Avent
up  in this way from  30  to 100, to 200, 500, 800, 1000, 1500,
2000, 10,000,  50,000, and  finally to 60,000.  This last potency
was the result of 600,000 shakes of his own " powerful arm."

                    FLUXION POTENCIES.

  The  next departure of  note Avas made  by Dr. B.  Fincke, a
high potency  homoeopathic physician of Brooklyn, New  York.
This also Avas  intended as a money-making scheme.  The inven-
tor patented his process, thinking this safer than to attempt to
keep  it a  secret.   Like the succussion plan of Jenichen, the
fluxion  idea Avas the  daughter of laziness and greed, and found
its ally  in  ignorance and  superstition.   This process  dispenses
with  the bottles, the alcohol,  and the  shaking, and emplovs in-
stead a  small  tumbler and a quantity of ordinary hydrant Avater.
A measured quantity of water, containing, besides many impuri-
ties, appreciable quantities of Calcarea  carbonica, Calcarea sul-
phurica, Natrum muriaticum, and other  familiar medicinal sub-
stances  is allowed to Aoav from a tank from a height into a tum-
bler containing a hundred  drops of the 1st dilution of the medi-
cinal substance.  The tumbler  is filled  and allowed to overfloAV
Avhile the measured  quantity of Avater runs in.   As the process
continues the  medicine is supposed to get at the same time scarcer 
         MEANS EMPLOYED IN DRUG ATTENUATION.       29

and stronger.  For every drachm of water Avhich  runs in there
is tallied one degree of rise in potency.  If a thousand drachms
have run in the liquid  is called the " 1000th potency."  If ten
thousand drachms, the 10,000th potency.   A little calculation
will easily shoAv that these attenuations are  not centesimal, and
that they do  not correspond in any Avay with  Hahnemann's prep-
arations.  Further, it  is evident that no tAvo potencies of the
same number will be alike, for the proportion of  medicine and
water in the overfloAving liquid varies with the force of the stream
and other conditions A\rhich it is impossible to estimate.   Conse-
quently  they do  not represent  any definite and  determinable
medicinal strength.   The thirtieth potency of Fincke, made in a
one and  a half drachm  tumbler, should, theoretically, be equiva-
lent in  drug strength  to the sixth of  Hahnemann,  but, practi-
cally, it  would vary bet\veen the second and the tenth.  Pharma-
ceutical ly speaking, these preparations  can only be characterized
as cheap and nasty.
   According to Dr. Samuel Swan, a  notorious advocate of the
fluxion potencies,  if a drop of the  1st  dilution be treated Avith
1,000,000 drops of Avater, it will be raised in  potency 1000 times
on the centesimal scale.   Perhaps he  meant 100,000 drops of
water.   In either  case  the statement is very far  from the truth.
The same  Swan says that 333^- cubic inches of  Avater  is all  he
uses to make the 1000th potency, and  that  333|- cubic inches of
water contain  1,000,000 minims.   A  simple calculation shows
that this quantity  would contain only 88,658 minims ;  hence Ave
infer this  man to be a base  pretender, for if he could not make
the computation himself he ought  to  have hired a boy to do it
for ten cents.
   Dr. Boericke, of Philadelphia, has constructed a potentizer in
which fluxion and succussion are combined.  The impure Schuyl-
kill Avater, Avhich  does the diluting, runs through a rubber tube
into the  potentizing glass.
   Dr. Skinner, of Liverpool, England, has  invented a potenti-
zer in which the Avater passes through brass tubes into the poten-
tizing glass.  This glass is emptied  at each rise in potency.  But
the most interesting feature of this  system is that the same glass
Ls  used for the preparation of the potencies of all  the  different 
30       AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF HOMOEOPATHY.

remedies in succession. Dr. Skinner states that he first puts into
his potentizing glass  one minim of the substance he  intends to
potentize, and then adds about 100 minims of Avater and shakes
the mixture about a minute.  " My object in doing so," he says,
" is to impregnate the interior of the glass  thoroughly Avith  the
medicinal substance."  He adds :  " There is good reason to be-
lieve that once the glass becomes thoroughly penetrated Avith the
medicine, and suppose the process of attenuation to  go on for-
ever, not only Avould it be impossible to Avash out the medicinal
properties from the glass by means of cold Avater, but its thera-
peutic  power would be greatly  heightened.   If it Avere possible
for Niagara to pour  its unceasing  torrent of mighty Avaters for
twenty thousand  years  through the glass once thoroughly im-
pregnated with the  medicine, every drop in it, and  each drop
which  has passed through it, would still  correspond Avith  the
original pathogenesis of the drug,  and probably much more."
  Dr. Skinner says he removes one kind of medicine from  the
glass before potentizing another by Avarming  his little potentizer
as he  holds it in  his hand over a  small  spirit flame.   It would
be very wrong, of course, to ask such  an impious question as,
" How is it possible to vaporize metallic platinum by holding it
in a vessel Avhich Avould  melt at much  lower temperature than
the platinum  ?"
  Dr. Burdick and Dr. Deschere, of NeAV York, have each  in-
vented a potentizer which empties  at each rise in potency.  Dr.
Lilienthal  (Xo7'th American  Journal of Homoeopathy) proposes
to make the thirtieth  and tAvo hundredth Avith a vial, a pitcher
of Avater, a hired man, and a spittoon or slop-jar!
  This brief account of the departure from pure Hahnemannian
homoeopathic pharmacy would not be complete without mention
of Dr. Hering's  statement that  one globule of  the 30th  po-
tency  makes,  with the cubic  inch  of air in the bottle where it
lies, a new potency !  " The Avhole air of a room,"  he says, " must
also be penetrated by the power of the globule and become a po-
tency, if the  right proportion existed between them;  but  as the
proportion of the  air is in excess it does not become a potency !"
  Of all  the innovations and pretended improvements  in Hahne- 
        MEANS EMPLOYED IN DRUG ATTENUATION.       31

mann's  method of attenuation, none of the foregoing merit ap-
proval, for the reason that they fail in purity or accuracy or both.
  On the ground of expense there seems to be little demand for
the invention of labor-saving  machines.  When  a supply suffi-
cient to last a hundred years, of any remedy, attenuated by hand
to the thirtieth or two hundredth, can be purchased of a  reliable
pharmacy for a few cents, there is no need of elaborate and costly
machines to make inferior preparations.
   While the deluded folloAvers of Fincke and Swan were using
their so-called  40,000ths,  100,000ths,  and l,000,000ths  under
the representation that they Avere more attenuated than the Hah-
nemannian  preparations, they thought  they performed Avonder-
ful cures,  which could  not be wrought with the regular attenua-
tions.   Their  cry  was,  "Higher! higher!"   When now the
rottenness of these pretensions is  disclosed, and it is shown that
the fluxion potencies bear no comparison in tenuity with the cen-
tesimal, that they are uncertain in strength and  rank with  im-
purity, the hot-headed, hare-brained dupes are too idiotic to  see
their error and still cry, " Higher !  higher! every year higher !"
   In  concluding this necessarily discursive  paper, I must  do
honor to the genius of Samuel  Hahnemann by recommending a
free and  intelligent adherence to  the  principles and methods
which he introduced, and by advising the cautious acceptance of
such modifications as the advance of sound science demands. 
THE LIMITS  OF  DRUG  ATTENUATION;

   OR, PROOFS OF DRUG PRESENCE IN  ATTENUATIONS
        ABOVE THE THIRD DECIMAL, FROM THE
            STANDPOINT OF  THE SCIENTIST.

              By S. A. Jones, M.D., Michigan.
                 1. CHEMICAL DIVISIBILITY.

  The starting-point of the research upon which I have the honor
to report  is found in Faraday's  Baherian Lecture for 1856—
" Experimental Relations of Gold (and other Metals) to Light."*
  Faraday dissolved gold in aqua regia, and reduced it  there-
from with a solution of Phosphorus  in Sulphide of carbon, ob-
taining thereby " ruby and amethystine fluids." He says, these
fluids, " when in  their finest state, often remain unchanged for
many months, and have all  the appearance  of solutions.   But
they are  never such, containing in  fact no  dissolved, but only
diffused gold.  The  particles are easily rendered evident, by
gathering the rays of the sun (or a lamp) into a cone by a lens,
and sending the part  of the cone  near the focus into the fluid;
the cone  becomes visible, and though  the illuminated particles
cannot be distinguished because of their minuteness, yet the light
they reflect is  golden in character, and seem to be abundant in
proportion to the quantity of solid  gold present.  Portions of
fluid so dilute as to  shoAv no trace of gold, by color or appear-
ance, can have the presence of the diffused solid  particles ren-
dered evident by  the sun in this way."

             * Philosophical Transactions, p. 145, 1857. 
THE LIMITS  OF  DRUG  ATTENUATION.        33
   The minutest divisibility of gold recorded  by Faraday, in his
researches, is "one volume of gold in  about 750,600 volumes of
water."
   The  highest magnifying  poAver used  by  Faraday,  in  the
microscopical examination of these fluids, is 700 diameters.
   The Avriter made similar " ruby and  amethystine fluids " *by
reducing the dissolved amic chloride  with an ethereal solution
of Phosphorus, and could find no appearance of " grained struc-
ture," Avhen examining these fluids with a poAver of 2700 diam-
eters.   If, hoAvever, one  drop  of such a solution be evaporated
on a glass " slide," particles of gold are readily discernible Avith
a  poAver of 125 diameters.
   Beyond all cavil Faraday's " ruby and amethystine fluids " con-
tain gold in division, not in solution, and in particles so minute as
to defy the utmost power of the microscope.

                     2. THE  COLOR TEST.
   Having found by evaporating one drop of the amethystine
fluid, that the color is due to the presence of gold, it folloAVS that
the existence of color enables the naked eye to discern the pres-
ence of gold in such a solution, however attenuated, as still re-
tains  color.
   Faraday's  limit  was  7 5-jgTo ^n  Par^  0I*  g0^—that  ^s;  the
equivalent of our 5.756 decimal attenuation.
   To determine the limit of the naked eye color-test, with such
apparatus as Avas  at hand, namely, a 15-inch long  litre jar, the
following experiment  was made :
   Took  100 milligrammes of gold (precipitated by  FeSOJ, dis-
solved in nitro-hydrochloric acid, and evaporated to dryness on
a sand-bath.  Dissolved the resulting amic chloride in 100 cc.
of distilled water : having then the " 3d  decimal attenuation "
of gold in the form of a chloride (3*).*
  * This experiment is only approximately accurate.  In  all the nitro-
hydrochloric solutions of  gold which I have  evaporated on a sand-bath, to
drive off the excess of chlorine, I find a trace of reduced gold.  There is, then,
less gold than is represented by the  figures given in the attenuations made
therefrom.   As the subject of the mechanical  divisibility (a far more arduous
research) required more time than could well be taken from more pressing
duties, this trifling error remains unadjusted.—S.  A. J. 
34       AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  H0MC30PATHY.

  Took  1  cc. of said  "3d decimal  attenuation," added 99  cc.
of distilled Avater  and a  few  drops  on  an ethereal  solution of
Phosphorus (5X).   Result: a fluid of an amethystine  color.
  Put the above 100 cc. of amethystine fluid in a 1000 cc. grad-
uated jar, and  added  900 cc. of distilled  water (6*).   Result :
a faint amethystine hue still evident.
  Took  of this 6r attenuation  100  cc, put  it into  a fresh jar
and added 400 cc. of distilled  water (6.5X).  Result:  on looking
through  the  fluid, in  the long axis  of  the jar, and  Avith white
paper  underneath, the eye still  sees  that  it  is not absolutely
colorless.
  This is deemed the limit of the  naked eye color-test, with a Id-
inch column of fluid: 1 part of gold in 5,000,000 of water.
  To the above 500 cc. of 6.5* attenuation added 100 cc. of dis-
tilled Avater, so that the measuring jar contained 100 cc. of gold
solution  (?) and-500 cc. of distilled Avater.   Then added 400 cc.
of 6* gold solution (?) (6.1x).   Result:  color  plainly evident—
a faint amethystine tinge.
  This jar  noAV contained gold  1 part, at ate r 2,000,000 parts.
Added a feAV drops of stannous Chloride (SnCl2) and set aside.
  In tAventy-four  hours this jar contained a sediment of a royal
purple  color—a  cloudy  or flocculent, not a solid  precipitate.
From this precipitate,  and by  evaporation, Avas obtained the gold
which is mounted  on slide " A,"  accompanying this paper.
  In the vial marked  " B," accompanying this paper, is some of
the amethystine fluid  containing gold in suspension, and made
from that  reclaimed precipitate  of 1 part of gold in 2,000,000
parts of water.
                3. MECHANICAL DIVISIBILITY.

  The presence of a metal in  a trituration  can be demonstrated
microscopically, with high powers, only Avhen  the observer uses
reflected light.  For this  purpose I used Professor Hamilton L.
Smith's Illuminator in 1867, and the identical instrument Avas
employed in the folloAving researches.
  By its use the metallic gleam of gold  is seen ; by  transmitted
light all metals  look opaque and  color  does not  aid  in  dis-
tinguishing them. 
           THE LIMITS OP DRUG  ATTENUATION.         35

  After trying many methods of mounting I am best satisfied
with the following:  Dissolve a little of the trituration in distilled
water on a slide over a spirit-lamp.   All trace of the crystalline
structure of the sugar of milk is lost: only a transparent homo-
geneous film remains on the slide.   Mount in Deane's gelatine
(as  it contains sufficient water to prevent crystallization);  fasten
the cover carefully Avith Bell's cement;  finish with asphalt var-
nish, and throw on a ring or two of zinc cement.
  Only by thus dissolving the trituration on  the slide can Ave be
sure that the  most minute particles in that trituration are re-
tained.
  A mounting of the 9* trituration  of gold, and one of plain
and pure Sugar  of milk  shall present appearances  so similar
under the illuminator as to  make the diagnosis of real gold from
" bogus " a  matter of absolute uncertainty, so far as my resources
for illumination are  concerned.
  Having found Avhat Avas deemed to be gold in a certain tritura-
tion, specimens of the same trituration  were  treated under the
microscope  with  Sulphuric acid,  with  Nitric acid,  and  with
Nitro-hydrochloric acid.  If the gleaming " sparks " Avithstood
the Sulphuric  acid  and the Nitric, still  shining through this
cleansing bath, and if they disappeared in  the  Xitro-muriatic
acid, forming bubbles of (hydrogen) gas, they Avere held to be
gold.
   The slide marked " B" accompanying this paper, shows gold in
the  12* trituration, Avith a poAver of  125 diameters.  The vanish-
ing-point is not reached in the 12x trituration.
  I will report upon  higher  triturations  elsewhere, and  at a
future time—not having them to examine noAV. 
THE OBJECTS AND  METHODS  OF HAH-
        NEMANN  IN  ATTENUATING
                    MEDICINES.

         Br Lewis Sherman, M.D., Milwaukee, Wis.
                        I. OBJECTS.
  The world is indebted to the genius of Samuel Hahnemann
for the development of the law of cure by the similar remedy.
  With the development of this  laAv peculiar doctrines  have
appeared which have been  supposed to be  its postulates  and
corollaries.   Notable among these doctrines are :
  a. The primary and secondary actions of medicines.
  b. The homoeopathic medicinal aggravation.
  c. The single remedy.
  d. The diminution of  the dose.
  There have appeared  also certain heresies.  Notable among
these are:
  a. Itch pathology.
  b. Isopathy.
  c. Keynote selection.
  d. Dynamization by succussion.
  The doctrine of the diminution of the dose and the heresy of
dynamization are  intimately connected with  the subject of at-
tenuation.
  From the time of his  announcement of the homceopathic law
of cure in 1796 to the period of his invention of the psora theory
(1825 to 1828), Hahnemann's professed object in the attenuation
of remedies was to  diminish medicinal  action, and thus avoid
unnecessary medicinal aggravation.  He held that the diseased
organism is morbidly sensitive to the action of the homceopathic 
ATTENUATING  MEDICINES.               37
remedy, and that therefore the dose must be reduced in strength.
He taught, hoAvever, from first to last that the dose must not be
reduced beloAv the point  at  which it  is  capable  of  producing
medicinal aggravation.
   The  following quotations from  Hahnemann's writings, from
the  period 1796-1825, will be seen to substantiate these  state-
ments :
   In the essay on  "Scarlet Fever" (1801) he says that the
 4 3iTT5¥ °f a  gram 0I* extract  of Belladonna  is  "too large a
dose."  The s^oTrouuo" 01>a gram is recommended instead.  The
object of this  dilution Avas to diminish the poAver of  the  medi-
cine; for, he remarks, "We will sometimes meet  with children
Avho possess naturally such timorous, tranquil dispositions that in
them the dose above indicated (j^oVoroo' Sr- to T5Wow>gr>) ^or
children of their age Avill not suffice to protect them from scarlet
fever.  The physician  may, therefore, be alloAved to increase it
somewhat, etc."
   In The 2Iedicine of Experiences, Berlin, 1805, he says : "None
but the careful observer can have any idea of the height to Avhich
the sensitiveness of the body  to medicinal  irritations is increased
in a state of disease.   It exceeds all belief when the disease has
attained a  great  intensity.  An insensible, prostrated, comatose,
typhoid patient, unaroused by any shaking, deaf to all calling,
Avill be rapidly restored to consciousness by the smallest dose of
 Opium, Avere it a million times smaller than any mortal yet pre-
scribed.  The  sensitiveness of the diseased body  to  medicinal
irritations  increases to such a degree that, poAvers commence to
act on  and excite it Avhose very existence has been denied, be-
cause they manifest no action on healthy, robust bodies, nor in
many diseases for Avhich they are not suited."
   In the Spirit of the Homceopathic Doctrine of Jlcdicine,  1813,
he says: "The human organism.....Avhen  it is diseased is,
beyond comparison, more affectable by homceopathic medicine
than by any other."
   During this period he held that the  processes of attenuation
diminished the  poAver of the medicine, but  that  this diminution
Avas  partly compensated for by the sensitiveness of the diseased
organism to the homoeopathic remedy.   The ratio of diminution 
38       AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMOEOPATHY.

of medicinal power he states to be about four for each degree of
the centesimal scale;  that  is,  the 2d  dilution Avould be  one-
fourth as  strong as  the  first;  the  3d dilution  one-fourth  as
strong as the second, and  so on.
  Following this  ratio the 30th  dilution would  produce  one-
quintillionth (Toooooo0000600Wsooth)> as  much effect  as the
strong tincture in the same dose.
  It is true that Hahnemann in this period asserts that, a given
quantity of medicinal substance will produce more  effect  in  a
diluted than in an undiluted  form; but he attributes this in-
creased effect to the presentation of a  greater number of points
of contact Avith living tissue; and he expressly states that  one-
tenth the quantity will produce  a  little more than one-half the
effect.   Organon, all the editions.
  In the year 1825, the  seventy-first of his age, the forty-sixth
after his  graduation, the twenty-ninth of his  homoeopathic prac-
tice, the fourth after the  injunction forbidding him to  dispense
his  oavii medicines, two years before the formal announcement of
his  absurd itch, clap, and  pox theory of chronic diseases, Hahne-
mann propounded the theory of dynamization.  The statement
of this theory is made in the preface to the fourth volume of the
Materia Medica Pura in the folloAving language :
  " By the  processes of succussion and trituration  there  ensues
not only the most  intimate mixture, but at the same time such
a great and  hitherto unknown, undreamed of change,  by the de-
velopment  and liberation of the dynamic powers of  the  medi-
cines as to excite our astonishment.
  " By means of the processes of shaking and trituration we not
only succeed in impregnating  gradually and  most  intimately
every particle of unmedicinal substance with the  power of the
medicine, but also in  developing that poAver to an almost bound-
less extent.
  "The fact that the inmost poAver of  a medicinal  agent can be
infinitely developed by trituration and succussion had never been
knoAvn heretofore.   I have been the first to  discover the oreat
fact that  the power of liquid medicines  can be developed by  suc-
cussion, and that of dry substances by trituration, to such  an ex- 
ATTENUATING  MEDICINES.
39
tent that substances which, in their natural crude form, did not
seem to have any poAver, acquire an astonishing medicinal power.
  " After triturating one  grain of Gold Avith  ninety-nine grains
of Sugar  of milk, and continuing this trituration up  to the
twelfth potency, the remedial virtues of Gold become roused to
such an extent that a man  who  Avas  impelled by intolerable
anguish to take his  life needs but to smell for a few moments of
such a preparation of Gold in order to recover his  cheerfulness
and love of life.
  " It is  self-evident that  in proportion  as the poAver of me-
dicinal substances is developed  by trituration they  ought to  be
administered in smaller doses."
  In the preface to the sixth volume of the Materia Medica Pura
(1827) he says:
  " If Ave Avish to attenuate a drop of SundeAv (Drosera rotundi-
folia) to the decillionth  (30th), but shake each of the bottles with
twenty or more succussions from a  powerful arm, in the hand of
which the bottle is held; in that case this medicine, which I have
discovered to be the specific remedy for the  frightful epidemic
whooping-cough of children, will have become so poAverful in the
fifteenth attenuation (spiritualization)  that a drop of it given in
a teaspoonful of Avater  Avould  endanger the life of such a child;
Avhereas, if each dilution-bottle were shaken but twice (Avith two
shakes of the arm) and prepared in this manner up to the decil-
lionth attenuation, a sugar globule, of the size of a poppy-seed,
moistened  Avith the last  attenuation, cures this terrible  disease
with this single dose Avithout endangering the health of the child
in the slightest degree."
  In the preface to Thuja, in the fifth volume of Materia Medica
Pura, 1828, he says that the  higher dilutions of this medicine,
e.g., the 30th, or even the 60th, if each dilution be shaken ten or
more times, so far from being inferior in strength to the loAver dilu-
tions, they are actually more powerful; consequently he recom-
mends that each dilution  be prepared with only two succussions.
  " I dissolved," says he, " a  grain of Soda in an ounce of Avater
mixed with alcohol in  a vial Avhich  Avas thereby half full, and
shook  this solution continuously for half an hour, and this Avas,
in dynamization and energy, equal to the 30th development of 
40       AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  H0M030PATHY.

potency."  This shoAvs that  succussion and  not attenuation Avas
the essential feature  of dynamization.
  In the last edition of the Organon (1833), Hahnemann recom-
mended that all  provings on the healthy should  be made with
the 30th attenuation, on the ground  that the  loAver attenuations
would  not "disclose the same Avealth of symptoms."
  A remarkable feature of this  theory of dynamization is that,
by the process of trituration  and succussion, the medicinal sub-
stance loses its chemical properties.  According to the discoverer,
a globule of Phosphorus 30th, in a poAvder of milk sugar,  Avhich
may have been prepared  for a year or more, will at the end of
that time undergo no alteration  from  the action of air, but will
still act perfectly as Phosphorus  and not as Phosphoric acid. "A
globule of the 30th potency contained in a  vial, prepared tAventy
years before, still  continues  to possess its  poAver undiminished,
and  may be used with perfect confidence for the cure of disease."
  Noav we knoAv that Phosphorus in the tincture, the 3d, the 4th,
or the 5th decimal dilution, Avhen put  on pellets and exposed to
the action of the air, becomes converted into Phosphoric acid by
reason of its strong affinity Avith  the oxygen of the atmosphere.
  These assertions of Hahnemann  clearly demonstrate  that  a
dynamized medicine, though  deprived of its poAver to act on dead
matter, still retains  in an exalted degree its po\ver to affect the
human organism.  This explains Iioav our high-potency friends
get the effects of Nitric acid Avhich has been diluted  in  alcohol
and  left for years in contact with sugar !
  I think I ha\re  made it clear  that Hahnemann's object in at-
tenuating medicines Avas not the same in the early and middle
part of  his life as it Avas in his  declining years.  In  the  latter
period  he had in vieAv, the transference of the properties of the
medicine from the medicinal substance to the alcohol, or the sugar
of milk, the  separation of the qualities of  matter from the sub-
stance  in  Avhich they  inhered,  or, to  use  his  oavii \vords, " the
spiritualization of the dynamic property," the unveiling and vivi-
fying of the medicinal  spirit, the increase and  exaltation of the
strength of the medicine,  in order that it might cause disease in
the healthy and cure the sick, Avhen undynamized medicine would
fail for Avant of power. 
ATTENUATING MEDICINES.
41
  As in the promulgation of the psoric, syphilitic and psycosic
theories of chronic diseases  as the  basis of treatment, the illus-
trious founder of homoeopathy overthre\v the fundamental prin-
ciples of his grand system, so, in the theory of dynamization, he
renounced the teaching and experience of the thirty years of his
vigorous manhood, for the visionary delusions of decrepit old age.
I say "visionary," because he never performed a singleexperiment
to demonstrate the truth of his  theory, nor offered a single fact
in  corroboration of his rash, dogmatic assertions; " decrepit,"
because, in still later years, he renounced his succussion doctrine,
and no longer fearing  the terrible consequences of too much dy-
namization, recklessly AATent  to  shaking  as  vigorously as ever,
declaring that all  the shaking in the Avorld Avould not dynamize
an  undiluted substance.  This is shown by the  fact  that  he re-
tained, in the fifth edition of the Organon (1833), the passage in
which he gives the arithmetical  ratios of diminution of strength
by  attenuation.
  The real object in attenuation  is, in case of liquids and  easily
soluble solids, to diminish the force of drug action;  in  case of
solids not readily soluble, to promote absorption and to increase
the number of points of contact.


                        II.  METHODS.

  Hahnemann's  method of attenuating liquid medicines to the
30th degree was as folioavs :
  Take thirty neAV, clean vials, holding each about half an ounce;
fit them Avith good neAV, clean corks; label them all Avith the name
of the medicine to be attenuated; number the vials by marking
on the corks and on the labels the numbers from one to thirty,
inclusive; put into vial number  one as much of  the strong tinc-
ture as will  represent a drop or grain of the original  substance;
add as many drops of  alcohol as with  the quantity of medicinal
tincture used will  make one  hundred drops of liquid; cork the
bottle and shake it Avith ten jerks of the arm.
  This constitutes the  first dilution or development of poAver.
4 
42       AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF HOMOEOPATHY.

   Put one drop of this first dilution into vial number two, and
add  ninety-nine drops of alcohol; shake as before.
   This constitutes the second dilution, or second development of
poAver.
   The succeeding dilutions up to the thirtieth were made in the
same manner as the second, each from  the  next loAver.  The
alcohol must be of the purest kind.
   In the attenuation of insoluble substances  the first three de-
grees Avere made by trituration, as follows:
   Take  a clean porcelain  mortar and  pestle Avith  roughened
grinding surface; put into it thirty-three grains of sugar of milk ;
add  one grain of the  medicinal substance; stir for a short time
with a clean  ivory spatula;  triturate strongly for  six  minutes;
scrape off the particles Avhich  adhere to the mortar and  pestle,
and  stir for four minutes'; triturate again for six minutes ; scrape
and  stir for four minutes;  add thirty-three  grains of sugar of
milk and repeat the process of triturating, scraping and stirring
for tAventy minutes ;  add again thirty-three  grains of sugar of
milk, and repeat again the  process of triturating, scraping and
stirring for twenty minutes.
   This constitutes the 1st trituration or  the  100th development
of power.
   Treat  one grain of this 1st trituration in  the same manner
with ninety-nine grains of sugar of milk.
   This constitutes the 2d trituration, or the 10,000th  develop-
ment of power.
   Treat one grain of  this 2d trituration with ninety-nine grains
of fresh sugar of milk in the same manner.
   This constitutes the 3d trituration, or the 1,000,000th devel-
opment of power.
   Hahnemann affirmed  that any substance  brought to this de-
gree of attenuation is rendered soluble in alcohol and Avater.
   The 4th attenuation Avas  prepared by adding  to one grain of
the 3d trituration, in a vial, fifty drops of distilled  Avater, aidino-
the solution of the sugar of milk by a feAV turns of the  bottle  on
its axis, adding fifty drops of alcohol and  shaking Avith ten jerks
of the arm.
   The 5th and succeeding degrees of attenuation to the 30th are 
ATTENUATING MEDICINES.
43
made by adding to one drop of the next lower attenuation ninety-
nine drops of alcohol and shaking Avith ten jerks of the arm.
  Such is the method of Hahnemann.  It is remarkable for its
regularity, neatness, and accuracy, as Avell  as for the scrupulous
care he inculcates to avoid the introduction of foreign substances
Avhose presence might modify the action of the extremely minute
doses he prescribes. 
THE  DOSE   AND  DEGREE   OF ATTENU-
                        ATION.

              By C. Wesselhceft, M.D., Boston.
  Prior to the last edition of the Organon Hahnemann seems
to have sought to establish  no general limit to attenuations, but
in his last edition (1833) he recommended the  30th centesimal as
the  universal limit, Avhich,  for the sake of uniformity, it would
be best to adopt.  In a footnote to § 287, and in the later edi-
tion of the Chronic Diseases, he sanctions the use of much higher
attenuations.  These "high potencies" Avere upheld in Germany
by  Gross (H. Z., vol. No. 6), avIio  adduced  the  1500th atten-
uation as proof that the limit had not been reached.  Korsakoff,
a Russian general and an enthusiastic layman, introduced certain
methods  of  producing higher attenuations.  (Archiv, vols, xi and
xii.)  Hahnemann furnishes an appendix, in Avhich he expressed
his  mistrust of Korsakoff's method, Avhich consisted chiefly in
the  preparation of Avhat Avere subsequently called dry contact po-
tencies.
  Hering about that time, in the Archiv  (vol. xiii), advocated
proving with the  30th potency, and afterwards exerted his influ-
ence in favor  of  high potencies, as prepared by  Jenichen, who
introduced them  about the year 1840.  The latter claimed to
have  reached  the 100th, and  later the  1600th  potency.   He
Avas ardently defended by Drs. Stapf and Gross.   Jenichen died
in 1849.
  In  this country the question of high potencies was not much
agitated  until  about the  year 1857, Avhen Lehrmann's prepara-
tions, carried up to  the 200th degree, were  introduced chiefly by
Dr. Dunham, who derived his inspiration from Bonninghausen,
in Miinster. 
           DOSE  AND DEGREE OF ATTENUATION.        45

  Since that time Dr. B. Fincke,* of Brooklyn, N. Y., proclaimed
his  high potencies  to  the  Avorld, claiming  to have  reached  the
100,000th  attenuation  or more,  and found no  inconsiderable
number of adherents.
  These preparations subsequently proved to have been made by
means of an ingenious patent contrivance,  by Avhich a medicine
can be diluted to an extreme degree in a short time.
  Others, finding that such preparations promised  to enjoy a still
greater degree of popularity, invented independent methods of
preparing  " high  potencies."   An extremely  ingenious little
mechanism for such a purpose was  constructed by Mr. Boericke,
of Philadelphia.   This apparatus  is so constructed  that a large
quantity of alcohol  is  brought  in  contact with a drop of medi-
cine and subjected to a great amount of succussion.
  Since that time Dr. Samuel Swan, of NeAV York, has also pre-
pared high potencies, claiming that he has reached the 1,000,000th
centesimal.  His apparatus forcibly throws a stream of Avater into
the potentizing glass.
  The  first  volume of the  neAV  English periodical  called  the
Organon contains a description of an apparatus called the "Cen-
tesimal fluxion  potenizer," invented by Dr. Skinner, of Liver-
pool.  This registers potencies up to the 1,000,000th.
  Still more recently Dr. Martin Deschere  has invented and de-
scribed another potentizing apparatus.
  Such, in brief, are the successive steps by which homceopathists
have advanced in the scale of attenuation.   It  is an interesting
phenomenon that the dose formed in Hahnemann's time as Avell as
uoav, in the minds of many,  is the test of genuine homoeopathic
belief and  practice.
  The accurate proving of drugs has received  but slight atten-
tion in comparison with  the  zeal  displayed in  the invention of
new methods of attenuation.   It seemed  as  if imperfectly proved
medicine, unsubstantiated assertions of the  superiority of highly
potentized  medicines, ancient traditions introduced into symptom
lists in place of accurately confirmed observations, Avere all to be
counterbalanced or  annulled  by increasing the attenuation, or

  *  On High Potencies and Homoeopathies.  Philadelphia: A.  J Tafel.
1865 
 46       AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF HOMOEOPATHY.

 " potency," as it is called, and that this high degree of supposed
 refinement could effect the, as yet unavoidable, inaccuracies  of
 the Materia Medica.
   This peculiar phenomenon has noAv been developing for many
 years,  Avithout the least attempt on the part either of ardent po-
 tentizers or of their opponents to inquire into the nature of matter
 itself.   Everything  Avas  taken for  granted,  or  Hahnemann's
 vieAvs  on the subject fully and literally  adopted, and  uncondi-
 tional compliance expected of all Avho call themselves homceopa-
 thists.   Thus it is demanded of us to adopt Avithout other than
 clinical tests Hahnemann's views,  that insolubles become soluble
 above  the 3d centesimal, and that soluble substances are infinitely
 divisible.
   Thus far all negative results have been absolutely disregarded
 and excluded.  Even if they should  prove to be less frequent
 than the positive, their  \veight as  an integral  part of statistical
 evidence Avould necessarily change the  aspect and interpretation
 of our  clinical results, furnishing feAver but more reliable data.
   Whether originating  Avith Hahnemann  or not, the method of
 dilution for the purposes of attenuation, has been of such thera-
 peutical value, and has  been the means of working such Avonder-
 ful changes in the molecular constitution  of matter, that he de-
 serves  to be called the  founder of molecular pathology,  as well
 as of molecular therapeutics.
   Much evidence  has  been lately deduced  by  Mayrhofer, Atto-
 myr, J. Edward Smith, and myself,  to prove that the Hahne-
 mannian scale of attenuations has been erroneously applied to
 many substances, Avhich are not soluble in alcohol and water.
   We  Avill now consider to Avhat extent attenuation may be car-
 ried by means of dilution of soluble substances, and inquire how
far the results obtained by physicists, in the last decade, agrees
 with the assumption  of infinite divisibility by the means applied
by Hahnemann and  his successors in the method of attenuating
medicines.
  I use the Avord attenuation and dilution as distinct from poten-
tization, which is not regarded as synonymous Avith it, as it is
well known. 
DOSE AND DEGREE  OF ATTENUATION.
47
           THE ULTIMATE PARTICLES OF MATTER.
   Molecules and atoms have  an existence, which  is scarcely a
matter  of  doubt to-day.  Their dimensions are calculable and
may  be approximately  demonstrated.   Matter  consisting of
molecules has not a homogeneous, but  a "grained " structure, as
it is called.  When matter is subdivided beyond the constitution    *
of this grained structure, the entity  of  its molecules is destroyed
and they are resolved into atoms of their elements.  The limit
where such decomposition  takes place has been calculated  for
several  substances Avith  approximate  exactitude  by means of
physics and mathematics.
   For the  data given below Ave are indebted to the English phy-
sicist, Sir William  Thompson, and  also  to  Professor  J. Clerk
MaxAvell, Avho have based their results on  the calculations of
certain German mathematicians, especially those of Clausius, of
Bonn, Lohnschmidt, and others.
   It is  not Avithin  my ability to state in  detail the methods and
means employed, as these experiments  and calculations are based
upon the higher branches of physical  and mathematical science,
which a much-occupied physician cannot hope to cultivate. The
calculus of probabilities  furnishes  facts which  can  be merely
stated in a few brief pages.  It will be proper, therefore, to let
experts speak for themselves.
   In demonstrating the size of atoms*  the folloAving conclusions
were arrived at.   In order to illustrate the fact that matter is
only apparently homogeneous,  he cites Cauchy's laAv, Avhich shoAvs
that in palpably homogeneous bodies, such as glass or Avater, con-
tiguous portions are not similar Avhen their dimensions are mod-
erately  small fractions of the  length  of a Avave of light, f   In
short, the diameter of a molecule, or the distance from its centre
to  that of  a contiguous  molecule, in  any transparent  liquid or
solid, exceeds T^^o7tn °f a wave length of light, or a tAvo hun-
dred millionth of a centimeter.

  * Size of Atoms, a lecture  by Sir William Thompson, reprinted in Na-
ture, March  31st, 1870, p. 557.
  ■f- See also  The New Chemi>try, by Josiah  P. Cook, Jr.,  New York.  D.
Appleton & Co., 1874, p. 21, et seq. 
48       AMERICAN INSTITUTE  OF HOMOEOPATHY.

  These calculations, which permit of such measurement*, are a
strong support of the non-homogeneousness of matter.   This is
compared to brickwork, Avhich  at a  distance appears to the eye
homogeneous, but  is in reality capable of being broken up into
bricks Avith interspaces of mortar.   Viewing a large mass com-
posed of large particles at a distance, and another consisting of
inconceivably minute particles in close proximity to the eye, has
the analogous effect of a homogeneous appearance.   Long before
this, Cauchy, Newton,  and  after  him, La Place, calculated the
velocity of sound very  accurately, on the theory that  matter (air)
consists of molecules.  The exactness of these calculations, both
as regards the nature of light and the velocity of sound, furnish
strong evidence of the  molecular  nature of air, and  admit even
of a calculation of the  dimensions  of its ultimate particles.
  But Sir William  Thompson has added evidence  in this direc-
tion from  three  other  sources, which, though Avell  knoAvn, de-
serve brief mention  here.  In  producing contact  electricity  by
approximating zinc  and  copper plates, it is  not the thickness
of the plates  Avhich augments their force  but their number.
The amount of  force developed, that is work done, by the pile
an inch in thickness,  will be greater and greater  as there are
more plates  added.   Therefore it is  only necessary to make the
plates thinner and  thinner, and more numerous in  proportion,
to get more work done by the same amount of mass, till  at last
force enough is obtained  in  the form of heat to melt the whole
pile of zinc  and copper.   Or, Avhen  these shall have reached a
thinness of a four-hundred millionth of a  centimeter, the work
and heat equivalent will  be increased 990 times.  This  is more
than is required  to melt the whole  mass, that is, to form a chemi-
cal combination.  Hence,  plates of zinc and copper of 300,000,000
centimeters  in thickness, placed close together, approximate the
attenuation required for  a  chemical combination, that is, to the
diameter of  a molecule.
  These figures, at the same time, agree very Avell with Cauchy's
calculation of molecular distances and lengths of AAraves of lisrht.
  In the Proceedings of the Royal Society for April, 1858, is an
article by the same eminent author, " On the  Thermal Effects of
Drawing Out a Film of Liquid."  These illustrations throAV much 
          DOSE AND  DEGREE  OF ATTENUATION.         49

light on the size of ultimate particles of matter, which  conclu-
sions are reached by the following deduction from given  facts:
  It is proved (from  the second laAV of thermo-dynamics) that
about half as  much more energy in  the shape of heat must be
given to the film to pre\rent it from sinking in temperature while
it  is being draAvn out into a soap-bubble.   Hence the intrinsic
energy of a mass of water  in the shape of a film kept at con-
stant temperature, increases by  tAventv-four  milligram-millime-
ters for every square millimeter added to the area.  For the work
done in stretching a water film to any degree of thinness reckoned
in millimeter-milligrams is equal to sixteen times the number of
square  millimeters by which the area is  augmented, provided
the film is not made so thin that there is any sensible diminution
of contractile  force.

            THE CONTRACTILE FORCE RECKONED.

   Suppose a film to be given with a thickness of a millimeter,
and suppose its area to be augmented ten thousand and one fold,
the work done per square millimeter of the original film Avould
be 240,000 millimeter-milligrams.   The heat equivalent of this
is more than one-half of a degree Centigrade of elevation of tem-
perature of the substance.   The thickness to which  the film is
reduced in this supposition is  very approximately a  ten thou-
sandth of a millimeter, Avhile there is yet no sensible diminution
of contractile force.
   But  noAv suppose the film to be stretched to a tAventy millionth
of a millimeter, the work done would  be more than 2000 times
greater than first calculated.  The heat equivalent Avould be 130
times the quantity required  to raise  the temperature of  the film
one degree Centigrade.  A much smaller quantity of work (i. e.,
heat) Avould convert  it into vapor long  before  it reached  this
point.
   The  conclusion  is unavoidable that a film of Avater  falls off
greatly in contractile force before it is reduced to  a thickness of a
twenty millionth of a millimeter.  Hence it is scarcely possible,
upon any conceivable molecular theory, that there can  be any
considerable falling off of contractile force, as long as there are 
50       AMERICAN INSTITUTE  OF HOMOEOPATHY.

several  molecules in thickness.  It is, therefore, nearly evident
that there are not several molecules in the thickness of a twenty
millionth of  a millimeter of Avater.
  Sir W. Thompson furnishes other  valuable evidence with  re-
gard to the size of molecules and their numbers in given volumes
of matter.   These calculations Avere partly dependent on the in-
vestigations of others, but as Professor J. Clerk Maxwell  is men-
tioned as the chief authority in  regard to deductions from  the
kinetic  energy of gases, I Avill quote his  conclusions, so far  as
they relate to the subject before us.
  At this  period it will be Avell  to  define, what Avas  taken for
granted in  quotations from the previous calculations, namely, the
terms molecule and atom have been  used  someAvhat indiscrimi-
nately, but in modern times they are defined and their definitions
are universally accepted.
  An atom,  says Maxwell,* is  a body which connot  be cut in
two.  A molecule is the possible portion of a particularsubstance.
If any portion of a molecule Avere removed, it  would  no longer
be able, along with  an assemblage of other molecules similarly
treated, to  make  up a mass of the original substance.
  Every substance, simple or compound, has its oavii molecules.
If these molecules be divided, their parts are molecules of a dif-
ferent substance.  They become  the substances of  Avhich  the
molecules are constituted.  An atom, then, must be a molecule
of an elementary substance.   Every molecule is not an atom, but
every atom is a molecule.
  A molecule of common salt, for instance, if divided, will yield
one atom of chlorine, and one of sodium.
  It was formerly believed that the  molecules of all  bodies  are
in motion, and this is not  only held to be the case noAv,  but  ac-
curate data underlying the most exact application of physics and
chemistry are derived  from the study of such motions.
  In solids  the  motion of molecules is imperceptible, Avhile in
liquids and  gases, they  are not  confined to definite limits,  but
work their  Avay through  the whole  mass, as has been  proved.

  * Molecules.  Lecture delivered before British Association, at Bradford,
by Professor J. Clerk Maxwell.  Nature, vol. viii, p. 437 et seq.  Septem-
ber, 1873. 
           DOSE  AND DEGREE OF ATTENUATION.         51

It is noAV Avell understood that the motion of flying molecules is
the cause  of  the pressure of gases.  This  principle  was first
stated by Bernoulli, and again by Lasage of Geneva. The latter
endeavored to explain Avith  this principle the law of gravita-
tion, but his theory has not been accepted.   Later, Herapath, in
his Malheniatical Physics, 1847, and Dr.  Joule  furnished evi-
dence  upon  the subject.  Professor Clausius of Bonn,  however,
was the  first to give precision to the subject of the  kinetic laws
of molecular motion in gases.  It is to him that Ave owe,  to a very
large extent, Avhat has been accomplished, for he not only found
a formula, but also conceived a new dynamic idea, by Avhich  we
are enabled  to establish several important conclusions, Avithout
much  symbolical calculation.*
   It   Avould  exceed the limits  of  this  article  to introduce the
whole evidence  in relation  to this  vast  subject.  Those Avho
would follow  out the  mathematical  calculations  of  Professor
Clausius, upon which Professor MaxAvell based  his, are referred
to the article cited.
   If  the velocity of molecules is  given, and the number varied,
the pressure  in a vessel of given size is, therefore, proportional to
the number  of molecules, that is,  to the quantity of gas in it.
This  explains the factj  discovered by  Robert Boyle, that the
pressure of air is proportional to its density.   The same applies to
mixed gases, each  of Avhose molecules moving about and colliding
Avith  the others, will  have the same energy of motion,  as shoAvn
by J. Clerk Maxwell,'and further substantiated by Dr. Ludwig
Bolzmann.   According to these researches, a cubic centimeter of
every gas, at standard temperature and pressure, contains the same
number  of molecules (Gay-Lussac's  Law  of Equivalent Volume of
Gases).  The next step Avasthe calculation  of the actual A^elocity
of a molecule of  hydrogen.   This  was  first  done by Dr. Joule.
This  done, the exact  distance a molecule travels before  striking
another could be determined  by experiments on the diffusion  of
the gases;  Professor Clausius calls  this distance the mean path
of a molecule.
  * On the Dynamical Evidence of the Molecular Constitution  of Bodies.
Lecture, delivered at the Chemical Society, February, 1875, by Professor J.
Clerk Maxwell.   Nature,  vol. ii, p. 356. 
52       AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF HOMOEOPATHY.

  The rationale of this calculation is best described by Sir W.
Thompson in  the lecture  quoted above.   We  may regard it  as
an established truth of science, says this author, that  a gas  con-
sists of moving molecules. The mean length of proximately rec-
tilinear portions of path, of each molecule, is many times greater
than the average distance  from the centre of each molecule to the
centre of the molecule nearest it at any time.  Clausius proves by
simple application  of the calculus of probabilities that the average
length of the  free path of a particle, from collision to collision,
bears to the diameter of each globe (molecule) the  ratio of the
whole space, in Avhich the globes move, to eight times the sum of
the volumes of the globes.  It follows  that the  number of the
globes, in unit volume, is equal to the square of this ratio divided
by the volume of a sphere Avhose radius is equal to that average
length of free  path.
  From the  calculations  of Joule, MaxAvell,  and Clausius, the
average velocity of the molecules of oxygen, nitrogen, or common
air, at ordinary temperature  and pressure, is  about 50,000 cen-
timeters per second;  and the average time from collision to col-
lision, the five-thousand-millionth of a second.   Hence, the aver-
age length of path of each molecule, between collisions, is about
one-ten-thousandth of a centimeter.  Now, according to the the-
orem of Clausius, the average length of this path cannot be more
than five thousand times  the  diameter of the gaseous molecule,
and the number of molecules in a unit of volume cannot exceed
25.000,000, divided by the volume  of  a globe, Avhose radius is
that average length of path. Taking now the preceding estimate,
one-one-hundred-thousandth of acentimeter, for the average length
of path, Ave conclude that the  diameter  of  the gaseous molecule
cannot be less than one-five-hundred-millionth of a centimeter;
nor the number of molecules in a cubic  centimeter of the gas (at
ordinary density) greater than 6 X 1021, or six thousand million
million.
   These calculations apply to gases ; but from these the molecu-
lar constitution of fluids can  also be deduced, as the following
statements will  clearly demonstrate :
   The densities of knoAvn liquids and solids are from five hun-
dred to sixteen thousand times that of atmospheric air, at ordinary 
DOSE AND DEGREE OF ATTENUATION.        53
pressure and temperature;  hence, the number of molecules in a
cubic centimeter may be  from 3 X 1024  to 10iB (three million,
million, million, million, to one hundred million, million, million,
million).  In a cubic arrangement of molecules the distance from
centre to nearest centre in solids and liquids may be estimated at
from  one-one-hundred-and-forty-millionth  to one-four-hundred
and-sixty-millionth of a centimeter.   These lines of argument
establish with a high degree of probability the conclusion that, in
any ordinary liquid, transparent, solid, or seemingly opaque solid,
the mean distance  betAveen centres of contiguous  molecules is
less than the hundred-millionth, and  greater than the tAvo-thou-
sand-millionth of a centimeter.
   Turning once more to Professor Maxwell's statement, Ave find
the following additional  confirmation of the preceding conclu-
sions :
   The resistance of liquids to  compression makes it probable
that their molecules must be about the same distance from each
other as tAvo molecules are Avhen they encounter each other in a
gas.  This subject Avas tested  by Lorenz Meyer, avIio.compared
the densities of different liquids with  the calculated relative den-
sities of the molecules of their  vapors, and found a remarkable
correspondence.
   Lohschmidt deduced from the dynamical theory the following
remarkable proportion:
   As the  volume  of gas is  to the  combined volume of mole-
cules contained in it, so is the mean path of a molecule to one-
eighth of the  diameter of a molecule.
   In this way Lohschmidt, in  1865, first calculated the diame-
ter of a molecule.   Independently of him and of each other, Mr.
Stoney, in 1868, and Sir W. Thompson, in 1870, published simi-
lar results, as Ave have seen.
   According  to the table  Avhich  MaxAvell has calculated from
Lohschmidt's data, the size of the molecules of hydrogen is such
that about tAvo million of them in a row would occupy a mil-
limeter,  and  a million,  million, million,  million (10")  Avould
Aveigh betAveen four and five grams.
   In a cubic  centimeter of any gas, at standard  pressure  and
temperature, there  are about  nineteen million, million,  million 
54       AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMCEOPAT.HY.

molecules.   As Ave have seen, Sir W. Thompson has calculated
this number at  six thousand million, million, millions, so that Ave
have a difference  betAveen nineteen and six thousand  in the calcu-
lation.  Although  it has no direct bearing on the conclusion Ave
may have to draw from these calculations, the reader will desire
to know the general  conclusion arrived at by physicists.   In
this connection  it is interesting to knoAv that Mr. PI. C. Sorby*
has compared the calculations of Messrs. Stoney,  Thompson, and
MaxAvell.  Each  of these  observers determined the number of
ultimate atoms  in a given volume of any permanent and  perfect
gas, and reduced  their results to an average of 6,000,000,000,000
molecules in a  cubic y-^g   of an inch.
   There is no  question that more  numerous  calculations   Avill
bring this  average much  nearer the truth.  But, as Mr. Sorby
informs us, Professor Clerk Maxwell's calculations are based on
more correct data than  those of the other observers, Ave  will in
our future  deductions use these as a standard.

           EFFECTS OF  ATTENUATION  OR DILUTION.
   We have noAv  arrived at the  knoAvledge  of  certain data with
regard to the constitution  of matter, which  Ave may apply to the
hypotheses entertained regarding the  result of attenuation, po-
tentiation, or dynamization of medicines, for so long a time a sub-
ject of contention in  the school  of Hahnemann; and, although
this question has been avowedly secondary and subservient to
that of the laAv of similars, it  has practically  been made the
standard by Avhich members of our school measure each other.
It also constitutes the most  salient point for the aggressions of
the old school.
   The method of attenuation by the progressive dilution or di-
vision of a given drop of fluid by one hundred, has been above
described.   It  might also be defined  as progressive multiplica-
tion of the denominator of the fraction of T^D by the  poAver of
100.   This process has  been  repeated in modern  methods of po-
tentiation, a million times and more.
   Thus to furnish a feAV  arithmetical ocular  demonstrations of
  * H. C. Sorby, F.RS., Anniversary Address as President of the  Koyal
Microscopical Society, from American Laboratory. 
DOSE AND  DEGREE OF ATTENUATION.         55
Avhat is  actually reached  by  this method  of Subdivision,  we
would have in the  1st centesimal attenuation 1^, in  the 5th,
1 T5 0"T>"OOTro?5TO> ln "ie 10th, T"oo'o-J5oo"0"0¥"00'¥0(Joo"(rO'0"0"' e*C*
   In the 20th Ave  would  have  the  ten  thousand scxtillionth
of the original drop or grain ;* in the 30th,  a  fraction of the
original  medicine represented   by 1  as the numerator,  and  1
with sixtv noughts behind it as the denominator,  for which Ave
hardly  have  room  on  ordinary  paper.   It is,  therefore, con-
veniently expressed in  modern  mathematics  by l7j-c-0-.  The expo-
nent  60 divided by 2 gives  the number  of the attenuation
reached ; divided by 6, the number of millionths.
   Sir W. Thompson furnishes  us Avith the  proportions Avhich a
molecule according to his figures  bears to  the diameter of the
earth.   " To  form some idea of the coarse-grainedness indicated
bv this conclusion, imagine a rain-drop or globe of glass as large
as a pea to be magnified  to the size of the earth ; each  constitu-
ent molecule  being  magnified in the  same proportion, the mag-
nified structure Avould  be coarser-grained  than  a  heap  of  small
shot, but probably less coarse than a heap  of cricket-balls."
   The  difference betAveen  small shot  and  cricket-balls  is, prob-
ably, the difference betAveen  Thompson's  and  Maxwell's  calcu-
lation.
   If, therefore, a molecule, the  dimensions of which Thompson
states are no less than the 5-0 o no doo5 0I>  a centimeter, were as
a  small  shot  to the earth,-what Avould a particle of matter con-
tained in the 30th centesimal  attenuation  be?   It would  be
equal to the  difference between a five-hundred-millionth of a
centimeter and -^5 of a drop—in other words,  a septillion times
smaller.

  * I cannot agree with Dr. F. Katsch (Alg. H  Z., vol. 98, No. 23),  that
Hahnemann committed a great error in  calculating that the 30th contains
the decillionth part of  a drop of original medicine.   The  calculations of
Professor Jolly  regarding molecular contraction do  not seriously invalidate
Hahnemann's simple arithmetical problem.  Although only 3000 drops of
alcohol are used, nevertheless in order to dilute the whole original drop to
the 30th, a quantity of alcohol would be  required exceeding  the volume of
the earth 925 octillion times.   In this the Academy of France is probably
correct. 
56       AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMOEOPATHY.

  In order to ascertain Avhat relation the fractions, expressing the
quantity of medicinal substance contained in our attenuations,
bear to Thompson's and  Maxwell's  molecular dimensions and
weights, let us first take Maxwell's conclusion "that the volume
of a  substance, Avhen  reduced to the liquid form, is not much
greater than the combined volume of the molecules." It folloAVS
that if a liquid represents very nearly the combined volume of
its molecules,  the volume  of a drop of liquid Avould represent the
volume of  its molecules.
  One drop of Avater is equal to one minim or 1.0533 of a grain,
which Ave Avill express by a common fraction of 1 ^g of a grain.
  Maxwell calculates that a million, million, million, million of
molecules Aveigh between four and five grams.
  Let  us  say 4§ grams = 69^\  grains,  or  66r9235 minims.*
This  represents the number  of drops  of water  in 4J  grams,
which, as Ave are  dealing Avith huge  numbers of molecules, Ave
will call by an even number, 67.   Dividing with this the  num-
ber of molecules (one million, million, million,  million),  Ave ob-
tain a quotient of a little less than fifteen thousand million, mil-
lion, millions, which represents the number of molecules  in one
drop or minim in  weight, a figure of 23 places, beginning  with
14925, etc.
  Noav this is a huge sum of particles occupying a small  space.
Our method  of applying  medicines demands that this mass  of
molecules should  be spread over a much larger space  in order
that each minutest portion may have full opportunity of exerting
its special and peculiar influence  upon the organism.  Xumerous
facts sIioav us  that it will exert its poAver less potently Avhen ad-
ministered  in bulk, undiluted  or  unattenuated.   It has  been
assumed that the divisibility of soluble substances and liquids is
infinite, but the researches of modern  times almost entirely deny
this.
  If the volume  of a drop represents (very nearly) the volume
of its molecules, then one molecule would represent the  ultimate
fractional part of a drop.
  The foregoing simple sum in division distinctly shows that the
* One grain in weight being equal to 1.0533 minims. 
DOSE AND DEGREE OF ATTENUATION.       57
11th centesimal attenuation would represent the limit to Avhich
this process may be carried according to the number of molecules
in a drop of liquid of the density  of Avater, taking Maxwell's
calculation as our standard.
  But let us suppose that MaxAvell's calculation fell too far below
the actual  number of ultimate  particles, and that Thompson's
figures approached much nearer to  the  actual rate.  The data
from  which Ave started  were that,  according to MaxAvell, 1024
molecules of hydrogen A\Teigh  4J grams or 67 minims, and that
a cubic  centimeter of hydrogen  contains 19 X 1018 molecules,
Avhile  according to Thompson a cubic centimeter of hydrogen
contains  6 X 1021 molecules.  Hence, any given  quantity of hy-
                                        6 v 1021
drogen contains, according to Thompson,  t-c    . 8 times as many
molecules as it  does according to MaxAvell.
  The quotient found by dividing the numerator of this fraction
by  its denominator is 3.158 X 102.   Now,  by reducing Max-
well's proportion to Thompson's, by multiplying the above quo-
tient by 15 X 1021,  we get 4.737 X 1023, Avhich  would represent the
number of molecules in a drop of liquid according to Thompson ;
that is, between 4 and  5 ; Avhile we Avould  have only between
1 and 2,  if the 11th attenuation is the limit  according to Max-
Avell.   The  12th  or 13th  at most  Avould be the  limit of our
method  of attenuation, according  to Thompson's calculation  of
the number of molecules in a drop of the density of water.

  SUFFICIENCY OF  ELEVENTH CENTESIMAL ATTENUATION.

  The 11th  centesimal  dilution or attenuation potency, if you
will, should be a practical limit of  our method  of attenuating
medicines.  I have already furnished  illustrations of our want
of practice in estimating euormous figures representing volumes
or distances, and shall illustrate the subject by more examples.
  The 11th  centesimal  dilution  would  somewhat exceed the
number of molecules  in  a  drop, Avhich would be  represented by
a figure with  23 places, beginning with 14925, etc., or  fourteen
thousand nine hundred  and twenty-five mill. mill. mill.   To be
always on the safe side,  Ave have  called this in round numbers
                              5 
58       AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMEOPATHY.

fifteen thousand  mill. mill. mill, molecules in a drop, of Avhich
each molecule is a fractional part, expressed by the last figure as
a denominator, Avith 1 for a numerator.
  That is, our 11th attenuation has  not yet reached the smallness
of a molecule.
  But let us proceed to  the 12th centesimal; multiplying that
numerator of our 11th by 100, it would immediately exceed  by
that proportion the limits of the size of a molecule and numbers
of molecules in a drop.  Hence this limit should satisfy the mind
of even the most refined materialist.
  We should establish a limit someAvhere for the mind  to  rest
upon.
  It is a proof of our limited poAvers of conception,  for want of
training, to think we have not reduced matter far enough when
we  have reached the degree of smallness of a molecule.
  A scale of attenuations  reaching from  1 to 11 is  enough to
satisfy even those who boldly reject the agency of material influ-
ences, and candidly believe in spiritual agencies.
  A drop of medicine reduced to the eleventh degree of attenua-
tion on the centesimal scale, Avould  be the ten-thousand-trillionth
part of the original drop.
  Now, according  to  Schimko,* the  body of  the sun is eight
hundred times greater than all the planets  taken together.  Still
it is much too small to form a conception of its septillionth part,
Avhich would have barely the size of 333,000th part  of a poppy-
seed.   Noav Avhat would be the septillionth part  of a drop or
grain, if we cannot form a conception of such a fractional part of
the sun?  Ah, but  we are  only dealing  with the eleventh.
Very Avell, that is just about one-half of a septillion ; but is it
easier for us to form an adequate conception of one-half of  the
333,000th  part of a poppy-seed or one-half of one-ten-thousand
trillionth part of the sun ?  This yet foils our imagination.
   I have not made all these calculations ; they have, however,
never been disputed ; neither have Thompson's nor MaxAvell's
calculations of the size of a molecule.
  * Die homceop. heilmethode in mathematischer und chemisch-geologischer
hinsicht betrachted.—Teschen, 1829.  2d Edition. 
           DOSE  AND DEGREE OF  ATTENUATION.        59

  Schimko's figures and  those of the Academy of France may
differ, by a  number or ciphers, from those of other mathema-
ticians, but they will not vary more  than the figures of the last-
named authors do from each other.
  After much testimony in regard  to the  limits of subdivision
of matter, it Avill  be unnecessary io dwel 1 on  the  attenuation
above  the eleArenth, to say nothing of the tAvo-hundredth  and
millionth.   It is  easy enough to reach them.  A few days of
labor spent with the ingenious apparatus of a  Fincke, Boericke,
SAAan, or Skinner, will reach that number.  But the centesimal
scale takes such enormous strides in figures, Avhile Ave, unconscious
of Avhat is progressing, look on and  see only a small quantity of
water and a few vials.
   The authorities, quoted above, differ in their calculations by a
thousand  millions.  The assumption of round numbers, though
causing slight deviations, increases the inaccuracy on the side of
safety, and it will not be difficult to determine the limits Avithin
Avhich the inaccuracy exists, and beyond Avhich it  can no longer
be of importance.
   But suppose, for the sake of admission, Ave  say  the twelfth or
thirteenth is the limit beyond Avhich no molecules can be carried
bv the process of attenuation, any attempt to distribute molecules
still farther will  be  useless.
   It folloAvs, further, that in  several attenuations, before reach-
ing  this point, say in the eighth or ninth, the molecular  particles
must  have been  reduced very greatly in  number; or  in other
words, the substance to  be attenuated or  potentized must have
been reduced by the  method of Hahnemann to the limits of
highly rarefied  gas, which condition  it could only maintain so
long as the  disintegrated  particles  of matter still may be pre-
sumed  to  exert  any influence  upon each other  by attraction or
repulsion, throughout the medium in Avhich they are suspended.
What their influences may  be, can be deduced from our present
knowledge of the diffusion of gases,  and also the  late remarkable
results  obtained   by MM.  Cailletet and  Pictet,  in  regard to
solidification of gases.   Hence, unless the most careful, conscien-
tious, and painstaking researches and calculations  are erroneous, 
60        AMERICAN  INSTITUTE OF  HOMEOPATHY.

the limit of divisibility of soluble substances does not extend so
far as had been hitherto assumed.
  The 20th attenuation or potency by far exceeds all  bounds of
molecular distribution by dimensions so enormous that ordinary
imagination can hardly realize it. Distances betAveen the molecules
of diameters of the earth Avould not express the degree of separa-
tion.
  The above estimates  have  been made Avith regard  to Avater.
Now, most  of our attenuations are made from alcohol,  more or
less diluted Avith  Avater.   But  a drop  of alcohol  is  only about
one-third of that  of water in size;  the number of molecules in a
drop  of alcohol  is therefore  only about one-third of  those of
Avater, taking into consideration the lesser density of the former.
Hence, any substances dissolved in alcohol will not bear dilution
by water quite so far as watery dilutions would.

       INFLUENCE ON DISTANCES BETWEEN MOLECULES.
   Aside from, and independently of, the impossible diminution
of size of a single molecule, another now Avell-known laAV  must
be  considered in connection with the changes Avrought in the
molecular constitution of matter by extended separation of its
constituent particles.  It  is  what has been  learned since  Fara-
day's time, concerning the condensation of gases.*   Without en-
tering into the  history of this process, a  short statement must
suffice.
   The motion of molecules and their velocities have been deter-
mined, at ordinary pressure  and  temperature, so that according
to Clausius, the molecules of common air move at the rate of 485
meters per second, those  of hydrogen at the rate of 1844 meters
per second.
   It  is noAV knoAvn that  differences  of temperature cause great
differences of attraction and  repulsion.  Under mere mechanical
pressure applied  to gases, first there takes place attraction, Avhich

  * An excellent statement  of the subject will be found in the Faraday
Lecture, delivered  before the fellows  of the Chemical Society, November
12th, 1878, by Ad. Wurtz, membre de l'lnstitute, etc.  Published in " Na-
ture," and reprinted in " Scientific American" Supplement, 156. 
           DOSE  AND DEGREE OF  ATTENUATION.          61

reaches a maximum; then, as the pressure is  increased this at-
traction diminishes, and at length becomes repulsion, which is
only overcome by diminution  of temperature.   This takes the
place of mechanical pressure, and may condense gases (hitherto
called permanent) into solids.  On this principle MM. Cailletet
and Raoul Pictet have, independently of  each other, succeeded
in reducing oxygen and hydrogen to liquid form.
   But our method of dealing Avith matter  in order to prepare it
as a medicine, is  not  to condense it, but to expand  it, and to in-
crease the surface of  its particles.  Heat does  this  in the case of
gases, and  overcomes cohesion.   We endeavor  to separate mole-
cules  of matter  by solution and diffusion in  a liquid.   We do
this at the ordinary temperature at Avhich soluble substances
will  be  dissolved,  and consequently permit themselves  to  be
separated by the interposition of the fluid  used, i. e., water or
alcohol.
   Noav, in liquids the influence  of cohesion is manifest; and if
tAvo liquids combine as  Avater does with alcohol, the particles or
molecules  of each  must become separated  by overcoming the
cohesion.
   This cohesion  would  necessarily be very rapidly overcome if,
e. g.,  the alcohol were  in  small proportion, while  that of Avater
were  constantly increased.
   Supposing Ave  have  a vial, holding one cubic centimeter of
alcohol, to Avhich Ave  add  one drop of any other  liquid, say a
tincture;  that  drop  of tincture  will immediately  be expanded
to the size  of one cubic centimeter plus the volume of one drop,
and its particles or molecules will be separated in proportion.
   And, just as gases,  if expanded  and their molecules  set at
liberty, will fly into  space and  cease to exert any attraction or
repulsion upon each other, just so the molecules of one  drop
Avhen separated by enormous spaces, will lose  their influence on
each other, and the distance separating them will increase in the
same  ratio  as the molecules of  a  drop are diminished in number
in our dilutions.
  For the sake of argument, let us assume  that these distances
do not interfere witli  the action  of molecules  upon  each other,
even if the whole drops  of original substance could be expanded 
62       AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMEOPATHY.

to fill continuous space.   Still, as only a fraction of it is thus
expanded, the distances do not come into play as do the Avails of
vials, which  if they contain  anything after the 12th or  13th
attenuation, do so only by accident.
  Whoever will take the trouble to  form in his  mind a concep-
tion of what  is actually going on, in making dilutions by means
of the centesimal scale, Avill perceive that the chances of retain-
ing fractional parts (molecules) of original matter, diminish at
the rate  of one hundred divided by one hundred many times,
thus soon lessening the chances by millions.
  In  the 11th dilution, as has  been  shown,  according to the
molecular constitution of matter, there can be but few left, and
these, if still present, will have been separated by distances, Avhich
Avould be  proportionate to the whole  mass of alcohol or water
required  to attenuate the entire drop.
   What  these distances  Avould  be has been  calculated  many
times, and is  more tedious than  difficult. Dr. Schimko also fur-
nishes us with an idea of these distances.  He calculates that in
order to  attenuate a drop to  the 30th attenuation, it would re-
quire a globe  of alcohol or water of thirty-six billions of miles
in diameter, or 1,760,000 times the distance of the sun from the
earth.   Light traA7elling 41,000 miles  in a  second, and reaching
the earth from the sun in seven seconds, Avould require tAventy-
eight years in order to  traverse the diameter of such a mass of
water or alcohol.  Hence one drop of this enormous mass Avould
contain  precisely the quantity of medicinal substance  which  is
contained in  one drop of the 30th.
   It will be  easily  understood that at the 11th decimal dilution,
the limit of conceivable minuteness has been transcended;  for to
us one-third  of the above  enormous  distance is already incom-
prehensible.
   Von Grauvogl has demonstrated that, according to the  inves-
tigations of Professor Jolly, in  solutions of certain salts, molec-
ular  contraction takes place to such  an extent as to show that
molecular attraction is exerted through great distances of space,
notwithstanding enormous preponderance  of the proportion of
the dissolving medium  to the  substance dissolved.  Applying
this to the 30th dilution, he claims that Hahnemann's arithmet- 
           DOSE AND  DEGREE  OF  ATTENUATION.         63

ical statement, as to the quantity of original substance, contained
in a fractional part (one  drop) of the 30th, cannot be correct,
and that it must greatly exceed the actual amount.
   When Ave further consider the enormous distances  by which
we actually separate molecules, and separate them by Avails of
vials, Von Grauvogl's conclusion, though of weight, does not re-
fute the simple arithmetical  calculation by which Ave are accus-
tomed to estimate the quantitative contents of attenuations.

          LIMITS OF THE DIVISIBILITY OF MATTER.
   The preceding statement is not  repeated  here  to sIioav the
futility of Hahnemann's ingenious method of dilution and po-
tentiation ; for it was never  necessary to  attenuate a Avhole  drop
to the 30th, and consequently  thirty little vials and about three
thousand drops of alcohol Avould accomplish  it before our eyes.
   Neither would  there be  any objection, Avere matter infinitely
divisible, as Avas properly assumed at Hahnemann's time.  But
the course of  modern researches, Avith its  manifold revelations,
points so strongly  and unmistakably to the non-homogeneous-
ness of matter, and to  its molecular constitution, that we  should
pause.  For  the  present we have  no alternative but to accept
that position of our state of  knowledge.
   Were matter infinitely divisible, all mathematical calculations
as to transcendent minuteness of particles, attained by attenuation,
would be deprived  of  much  force, let the particles attained by
attenuation be ever so small.  The septillionth part of the  mass
of the sun would be no  larger than the three-hundred-and-thirty-
three-thousandth part of a  millet-seed, and the septillionth part
of a grain Avould be outside  of all possible conception.
   If matter is inconceivably and infinitely divisible, such  reason-
ing AA'ould furnish  no  potent argument against the process of
attenuation.   But if matter  is limited in divisibility to measur-
able molecules and atoms,  Ave should say that any further at-
tempts at attenuation Avere entirely futile and the effects illusory.
   While  Ave  require only a few  ounces  of alcohol or Avater to
reach the 30th attenuation,  the calculation of the inconceivable
minuteness of a particle of medicinal matter Avhich Avould  be con-
tained in  a drop is nevertheless true, and exceeds the  dimensions 
64       AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF  HOMEOPATHY.

of molecules by enormous figures, comparable  only to the ex-
treme distances and magnitude of heavenly bodies.
  To reach such almost transcendental distances and dimensions
it  is  not necessary  to  cite  the 30th  centesimal  attenuation.
Take Only the figure known as a quadrillion, or the figure lfol-
loAved  by 24 ciphers (1024).   Hoav great a volume of water  is
formed by  a quadrillion of drops  counting four  drops to a
cubic line?   The  answer is:  7017 cubic geographical  miles, or
35,085 cubic English miles.*
  The fraction of  a  drop or grain diluted  to the 12th attenua-
tion would then be a drop divided by the 35,085 English cubic
miles of Avater or alcohol.
  This is true, and  cannot be destroyed by the argument that
only a feAV ounces  of  alcohol  and  a few  vials are needed.  The
simplicity of this  argument, coupled with the vastness of pro-
gressive multiplication by the power  of one hundred,  leads be-
yond the conception of the mind, Avhich clings only to the few
ounces  of visible  vehicle contained in  tAvo  or  three dozens of
little vials.
  We  have been treating of the molecular constitution  of matter
as related to the principle of attenuation.  But, as the molecular
theory involves the idea  of the divisibility of molecules, its rela-
tion to  our method of attenuation deserves  notice here.   Chem-
istry has turned the  molecular theory to praetical account, and
by its  demonstrable divisibility of molecules into atoms has re-
modelled chemical definitions throughout.  Accordingly mole-
cules noAvmean compound substances; and elementary molecules
Avhich,  when divided into elementary constituents, separate into
atoms f
  The  point which we are to consider  is that Ave are  not aim-
ing to  split molecules into atoms, because, to  the best  knoAvn
and accepted axioms of chemistry, belongs  the fact thai a mole-
cule of compound matter broken into atoms is no longer the original
substance.   A molecule of salt, of one atom of Chlorine and one

  * Kriess Arithmetic.
  f See  Modern Chemistry,  and also Ad. Wurtz's Lectures, quoted above ;
these furnish  very clear  accounts of the present state of chemical science,
based on the atomic theory. 
               DOSE AND  DEGREE  OF  ATTENUATION.         65

     atom of Sodium, breaks into these constituents, if broken at all;
     the same applies to all compound bodies.   We use in our dilu-
     tion  only soluble bodies;  these soluble bodies are compounds.
     When AAre have attained by attenuation the limit of their molec-
     ular  constitution they cease to be  what they  were, e.g.,  salt,
     Arsenious acid, or Belladonna, etc., in tincture; hence Ave should
     cease to attempt to subdivide them farther.
       For  only one of tAvo conditions  can possibly occur; either
     they are no longer what  the notation in the label Avould imply,
     or not having been subdivided into  atoms,  their molecules have
     become feAver and fewer in number, till at length at or about the
     11th centesimal they cease to be present altogether.  Chemistry,
•    hoAvever, teaches  that  molecules consist of  atoms, varying from
     tAvo to tAvo hundred and ten; the hydrogen molecules being taken
     as the standard, consist of tAvo atoms (microcriths) of hydrogen.*
       Noav, even if it Avere admitted that molecules could  be sepa-
     rated into  their atoms by trituration, succussion, and  dilution,
     the number of molecules contained in a drop multiplied by tAvo
     hundred Avould not be equal to two degrees of potentiation by
     one hundred.   Multiplied by a million it Avould only place  the
     limit at  the  13th attenuation  or  potency,  instead of the 10th,
     which Ave have found  to be the limit in the light of molecular
     science.

     RELATIVE RELIABILITY OF DATA  OF  MOLECULAR SCIENCE.

       It becomes, of course, a question  hoAV far the present state of
     knoAvledffe  concerning; the  molecular constitution  of  matter is
     based upon actual facts, or at least  upon  undisputed  theories.
     Let us hear Avhat the authorities above quoted have to say.
       Maxwell has clearly defined the degrees of reliability of the
     various stages to Avhich physical tests and mathematical calcula-
     tions, as based upon the laws of Avogadro, Boyle, etc., ha\Te led.
     In the first rank are placed what is knoAvn of the relative masses
     of molecules,  of different  gases, and their velocities in meters per
     second, as obtained from pressure and from the density of gases.
       In the second rank stand the relative size of molecules of dif-
* New Chemistry. 
66       AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMEOPATHY.

ferent gases, the length of their mean  paths, and the number of
collisions per  second, deduced from experiments on  the three
kinds of diffusion.   Their received values are rough  approxi-
mations.
  In the third rank stands the absolute  mass of the  molecule.
Its absolute diameter and the number of molecules in a cubic cen-
timeter  are not precisely knoAvn nor even  approximately conjec-
tured.   But Ave know the relative masses of different  molecules
with great accuracy, and  Ave  knoAV their  relative diameter ap-
proximately.  From these Ave  can  deduce the relative densities
of the molecules themselves.   So far we are on firm ground.
  In the application made of this  conclusion  to our method of
attenuation  and  potentiation  sufficient  and  ample allowance
should be and has been made  for approximate calculations, and
even conjectures Avith regard to the absolute number of molecules
in a given volume.

EXTREME ATTENUATION, OR  "HIGH  POTENCIES,"  SUPPORTED
                BY SPIRITISTIC  REFLECTIONS.
  Hahnemann himself,  in  the  last  edition of  the  Organon, and
later, in the last  edition of Chronic Diseases  (vol. v, 1838), in-
sisted that  there  is a distinction to be made  betAveen dilutions
and  potencies, or dynamizations.   He  places  the  limit of dilu-
tion just Avhere taste and color of any substance cease.
  Dynamizations are produced not  only by progressive dilution,
but by increased force and by the number of strokes or concus-
sions employed.   In this Avay, he says, Ave already obtain in the
50th potency medicines  of the most penetrating efficacy.
  Hahnemann does not distinctly state it as his conviction that
matter ceases  to be present at  the  limit of taste and color, but
maintains that the latent  medicinal virtues of drugs are devel-
oped in  what he calls dynamization, or  potencies.
  But it is certain that  he held the  opinion that the latent prop-
erties of drugs were developed independently  of the diluted ma-
terial substance, for he  insists that  the name of dilution should
no longer be applied to potencies where that latent power is made
to act in a spiritlike manner upon  life; that  is, upon  the sensi-
tive irritable fibre.  While Hahnemann's idea of the subject does 
DOSE AND DEGREE OF ATTENUATION.          67
not absolutely preclude the progressive divisibility of substance,
based on the possible infinite divisibility of matter, yet those Avho
came after him abandoned this opinion, and unequivocally sub-
stituted a spiritual  agency in the  place of simple material at-
tenuation.   As far back as vol.  x of the Algem. Horn. Zeitung*
"dynamopathy " and " Hahnemannism " were proposed as sub-
stitutes for the  name  homoeopathy.   The anonymous  author
Avas probably Dr. Hering, for he sought to substitute a newly
aAvakened agent, a neAV fundamental  force, which he supposed
existed between the original substance and the vehicle.   This he
called  " Hahnemannism," from admiration of Hahnemann, Avho
still hesitated to  express  this opinion unequivocally in  print.
Hering's  idea Avas based on  the assumption  that atoms of one
being could impart their character to those of another; and this
poAver Avas supposed to take an intermediate position betAveen
galvanism and mesmerism.   Glass and cork Avere supposed to
isolate it quite as Avell as they do electricity, etc.f
   Such ideas as these harmonized with the previous inventions
of Korsakoff, and Avere founded upon them ; and it Avas from
these same inventions that arose the process of contact-potencies.
   According to this  theory a hogshead of water could  be made
to possess medicinal  virtues by contact Avith a pellet of the 30th.
Hahnemann, hoAvever,  had declared such  medication to be  im-
possible, because  such a mass could not be stirred  or shaken.
   My  object here is  not to give a history of the theory of poten-
tiation, but merely to shoAV its origin and  import.   The basis of
material attenuation  Avas given up, and the theory  of high poten-
cies Avas  based on the  assumption of the spiritual or of some
disembodied agency.   While in Germany less and  less was heard
of them after the great revolution of 1848,  in this country an
enthusiastic party arose in their favor, awakening the controversy
aneAv.
   In order, then, to have a firm basis for potentiation, and par-
ticularly for high potencies, the upholders of such  a dogma must
depend upon a  belief  in a spiritlike  poAver.   And  to develop

    * Kleinert, History of  Homoeopathy.
    f Kleinert, History of Homoeopathy, from Archiv, vol. 15, No. 1. 
68   >    AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF HOMEOPATHY.

such a  poAver would require at least  some machine adapted to
the force of potentizing machines, to which it has been subjected
lately.
  Arthur Lutze, in  Koethen, claimed a much  shorter method
than this;  he simply imbued his  doses with animal magnetism.
He acquired an immense practice, accumulated AA^ealth, and edited
a neAV  edition of the  Organon, Avhich he  enriched with contri-
butions setting  forth his discovery.
  These doctrines are accepted by some of the folloAvers of Hah-
nemann, but the  majority reject them, except so far as the pres-
ence of matter is admitted.  No one, except potency-makers, ever
attempted to determine Avhere the loAver potencies end and where
the higher  begin; such a distinction is perfectly arbitrary.
  Among  those Avho  incline, by belief or experience, to the so-
called^high potencies, there are many Avho never sought to account
for their stability. They never  knew or cared to know that they
were based openly and avowedly on  spiritual  belief, and upon
the open disavowal of material influence; it was Avith many faith
in the  pretentious name of " high potency."
  There are many, on the other hand, among  those inclined to
the so-called  low potencies who can state no distinct reason Avhy
they prefer them, except by experience and belief.  Those who
cared to have  reasons for their actions surmised, or knew that
there was a limit somewhere to  the divisibility of  matter, and
while that  limit was uncertain  they preferred  to remain on the
side of reasonable safety, within  the domain of the material effects
of substances.
  Such are the well-known differences of opinion—for they were
neither more nor less—from Hahnemann's time up to the present.
I have sketched  them briefly without voluminous quotations to
support them.   To do so would  be like proving by quotations
that the sun rises and sets.   The differences of opinion  exist;
upon them are  based different parties of our school, and I believe
that I  have not done them injustice by overstatement.
   In view of these facts, and in vieAv  of the acknowledged aban-
donment of the material principle, and the avoAved acceptance of
a spiritlike principle capable of being potentized and propagated
in the  potencies in contradistinction to dilutions, it Avas unneces- 
          DOSE  AND  DEGREE OF  ATTENUATION.         69

sary to  adduce, as  I have  done, the evidence in illustration of
the grained  and molecular constitution of matter.   The spiritual
wing of our school will  find no hesitation in admitting it, for it
neither militates against  nor supports their belief.
  On the other  hand, physicians, of whatever religious views,
who, in their dealings  with  the material Avorld, prefer to remain
on the side of material influences, and who would not knowingly
push their dilutions to that degree where all material influences
must cease,  should  strive to know where that limit is.
  It was for their sake, and also to contribute something toAvards
the knowledge of this limit of divisibility, that I have given a
brief sketch of the progress of molecular science.   Those able
Avorkers in that field labored quite independently of, and without
regard to, the bearing Avhich their results might  have upon  the
method of diluting or  attenuating medicines.
  By again referring to  their figures it will  be readily seen that
matter is all but infinitely divisible.  A molecule, though trans-
cendently small to  the perception  of our ordinary minds,  is nev-
ertheless measurable, weighable, and its motions  calculable and
perceptible  to skilled minds.

CONCLUSIONS   BASED  ON THE PRESUMPTIVE  CORRECTNESS  OF
                     MOLECULAR  SCIENCE.

   The  conclusions  are  feAv and simple.   Instead of an  infinite
scale of attenuations  let us have a standard, like weights  and
measures, which we can teach to  learners, that they may not be
divided  into  sects  injurious  to our cause.  Let  us declare  the
11th centesimal as  quite high  enough.   Let us also abolish  the
absurd  method of  endeavoring to dissolve insoluble substances.
Still, if any one prefers to continue his  triturations and dilutions
higher, no one need object.  But never  let the potency enter into
the definition  of homceopathist.
   To those Avhose office it is to teach, certain standards of value
and measure are indispensable.  If Ave abandon the substratum of
matter, we are launched at once into metaphysical  speeulations,
and plunge into spiritual and spiritistic speculations, from Avhich
may our school be  saved !  It will thrive just in proportion to its 
 70       AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMEOPATHY.

 fealty to the known principles governing matter.  It will fail, as a
 science, Avhen it seeks support in the spirit Avorld.  Objections to
 these propositions are and will be raised by demanding proofs that
 higher attenuations  than the 11th are  incapable of curing.  In
 my last report to this bureau  I  stated the  ground  upon which
 alone the proof of a cure can be established, namely, upon a sys-
 tem of proofs and counter proofs, according to which, in a giAren
 case of cure, the result can or cannot be attributed to the medicine.
   I have also freely stated that the  same applies to the Ioav at-
 tenuations and triturations.   I can  only sketch  out my line of
 argument.
   1.  Aside from all light Avhich  science has of late throAvn upon
 the constitution of matter," experience " is and always Avas the only
 guide in  the  practice of medicine, in  all  schools and Avith all
 potencies.
   2.  No decision  will be possible in regard to the merits of vari-
 ous potencies until "experience" includes numerous and accurate
 statistics, obtained from hospitals and private practice.  Expe-
 rience must be based on  statistics Avhich  show the negative as
 well as the positive  results of treatment.  Hitherto  only favor-
 able cases have been  reported.
   3. Until then the assertion of individuals who exclude negative
 results, and the assertion of superiority of skill and success, is
 entirely Avithout force.
   4. The chances  of efficacy of a  drug preparation are absolutely
 on the side of the scale attained before the limit of material pres-
 ence is reached.
   5. Rigid and persevering research and inquiry Avere the founda-
 tion of the new school, and by them only can it be maintained.
   These  inquiries Avere undertaken  from a desire to lay a safer
 foundation for the estimation  of cures  upon the  homceopathic
 rule or law, and  thereby to do better than we are all, Avithout
 distinction, able to do now.  Bold and  over-enthusiastic asser-
 tions of superiority, based on belief in spiritual influences, carry
 before them  the young men of the  profession, but  are without
 weight in the  light of calm reason.
   ilAude sapere"  said Hahnemann, not " aude credere." "Dare
to know," not "dare  to believe." 
ON  THE  PROOF  OF  THE PRESENCE  OF
  MEDICINAL POWER IN ATTENUATIONS
        ABOVE THE SIXTH DECIMAL,
       FROM  THE  STANDPOINT OF THE SCIENTIST.
            By Lewis Sherman, M.D., Milwaukee.
  In regard to the question, Avhether solution of the so-called in-
soluble substances  is really accomplished by the Hahnemannian
process of attenuation, opinions are divided.
  There is abundant reason to believe that no substance is abso-
lutely or entirely insoluble in water and alcohol.
  Water  and many other substances in  the solid, as Avell  as in
the liquid state, are known to give off vapors at ordinary tem-
peratures.  There  is a constant tendency of all matter to assume
the gaseous state.   The higher the temperature the more rapidly
does this process go on.   The boiling-point of a liquid is by no
means the lowest temperature at which it gives off vapor; it is rather
that degree of heat  (molecular activity) at which  the expansive
force of the vapor  is sufficient to overbalance the pressure at the
surface of the liquid.  As the pressure diminishes the boiling-
point becomes lower.  Water will boil at its freezing point if all
pressure be  removed from its surface.   Ice gives off vapor of
water with appreciable rapidity when the temperature is  many
decrees beloAv the freezing-point,  Mercury is known to give off
copious vapors  in  the liquid state.   Even  gold rapidly assumes
the gaseous form if the temperature is raised high  enough.   In
the liquid state its  vapors are perceptible, and analogy would
add  to the conclusion that the process is not entirely stopped 
 72       AMERICAN  INSTITUTE OF  HOMEOPATHY.

 when it  assumes the solid form.   We are by this reasoning led
 to believe  that every substance, solid as well  as liquid, is  sur-
 rounded by an atmosphere of its own  vapor.   Water and alco-
 hol readily hold vapors  in solution.   Hence all substances  may
 be regarded as soluble in water and alcohol.
   The state of subdivision,  produced by  trituration, promotes
 rapid solution by  virtue of the extent of  surface exposed, and
 also on account of  the fact that fine particles are held in suspen-
 sion in these liquids for  a considerable time.
   I do not affirm  that  all of the  medicinal particles of the so-
 called insoluble substances in their 3d centesimal trituration are
 dissolved in the 4th attenuation  made  by Hahnemann's process.
 I  only assert my belief, with  reasons  for this  belief, that some
 portion of  the  medicinal substance is  dissolved.  In  most cases
 these Avill be coarse particles, which will fall to the bottom of the
 bottle in the 4th attenuation, and in all cases some particles  will
 remain suspended in the liquid for an indefinite period.  Although
 I believe that  the lower Hahnemannian dilutions are solutions
 of the drugs they purport to contain, I am  free to maintain  that
 the process of solution destroys the pathogenetic and therapeutic
 properties of those drugs. My reasons  for holding this last were
 stated in a paper  read  before this Society at its last previous
 meeting.  A brief recapitulation may be allowed.
   The specific  poisonous properties of the  insoluble substances
 depend upon their  insolubility.  The  poisonous effects  of lead,
 for instance are produced by the introduction of the  carbonate of
 that metal;  they  are  removed  by administering  a substance
 Avhich  renders the  lead soluble, such as Iodide of potassium.
 The Iodine  forms  a soluble salt Avith  the  lead which is  ex-
 creted by the kidneys.   Large quantities of Acetate of lead may
 be SAvallowed Avithout danger of lead poisoning, because this  salt
 is soluble and removable by the excretory organs.   The specific
 effects of the different insoluble poisons vary  with the phvsical
 properties and conditions of those substances.
   Metallic mercury in mass has very little  effect on the human
 body.  W'hen subdivided into minute  globules its great weight
and  smoothness render  it the most active agent in the whole
 Materia Medica for the removal of passive congestions and plas- 
           MEDICINAL POWER IN  ATTENUATION.         73

tic deposits in the tissues.   Metallic mercury, metallic gold, and
other insoluble substances in the form of solid particles are known
to be taken  into  the  circulation, and  deposited in the  tissues,
causing disorganization or foreign groAvths.   A globule of  Mer-
cury may be pictured  rolling  through an  obstructed capillary,
like a  leaden ball  through a  long narrow  tube, Avhen a ball of
some lighter material  Avould only increase the obstruction.   The
effects  of the mechanical action of insoluble particles introduced
into the  circulation may be as various as the physical properties
of the  particles.  But these effects cannot be produced by the in-
troduction  of solutions of those substances, except in cases Avhere
the solutions are so concentrated as t>form precipitates after they
enter the body.
  Does trituration promote the solution of gold f
  The average diameter of the particles of precipitated  gold is
about  a^iroo HU'h-  (The particles of the phosphorus precipitate are
someAvhat  smaller.)  The Aveight of one such  particle would be

  Hence, there would  be seventy such particles in one  grain of
the 9* trituration.
  A  poAverful  microscope can  only make visible at one view
tuwif  °f a gra'n or>a trituration.
  Hence, there would be in the 9X trituration one particle to every
140 fields, provided the particles are not subdivided by the  pro-
cess of trituration.  This agrees Avith the facts of observation.
  The free surface in a grain of precipitated gold is about 245
square inches.
  If the process  of trituration subdivides the particles so that
the free surface of gold in a grain of the 9*  trituration is at least
as great  as that in one grain of the  crude, the average diameter
of the  particles would be soinroiToVoTnrooT) ineh-
  The Aveight of one of these particles would be
7¥iiT7¥ii¥TTT7iro'FooiroT7TrT¥TO'TO¥7"roo'¥T5'o'"o"o  grain.
  The smallest visible particle with the best microscope and the
best illumination is g^oVoir mcn m diameter.
  A spherical particle of gold of  this diameter Aveighs about
swoinnnnroo gram.
6 
74        AMERICAN  INSTITUTE OF  HOMEOPATHY.

  Hence, one of the particles in the 9X trituration should be (if
there is no decrease of free surface) ? 77 tttttttttttVttt?? im 7" ttt>
the size of the smallest particle visible  under the microscope.
  If the particles are so subdivided, they should cease to be  vis-
ible between the first and the second decimal  triturations.   But
particles of gold have been seen in the  second, third, fourth, fifth,
sixth, and even the ninth and eleventh decimal triturations ; hence,
the conclusion is irresistible that gold is not subdivided by tritu-
ration. 
ON   THE  PROOFS  OF  THE  PRESENCE   OF
  MEDICINAL  POWER IN ATTENUATIONS
          ABOVE  THE SIXTH DECIMAL,
     FROM THE STANDPOINT OF THE THERAPEUTIST.

           .   By  Lewis Sherman, M.D., Milwaukee.
   Under this head I desire to say a few words in  favor of the
test proposed by the Milwaukee  Academy of Medicine.
   The proposition is briefly stated thus:

  A vial of pure sugar pellets, moistened with  the 30th Hahnemannian dilu-
tion of Aconite, and nine similar vials, moistened with pure alcohol, so as to
make them resemble the test pellets, shall be given to the prover.  The vials
are to  be  numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and  10   The number given to
the Aconite vial shall be unknown to the prover, and it shall be his task to
determine which of the ten vials contains Aconite.
  These preparations are to be put up with the greatest care, in the presence
of the members of the Milwaukee Academy of Medicine, and  then placed in
the hands of an unprejudiced layman  of unimpeachable honor, who shall
number and dispense the vials as they are called  for by the provers.
  The provers must be physicians of acknowledged ability, who possess a
good knowledge of the recorded symptomatology of Aconite, and who have
faith in the efficacy of the 30th dilution.
  If a hundred physicians engage in making  the test and all, or nearly all,
single out  the Aconite pellets, the inference will be that the 30th dilution
represents  the medicinal properties of Aconite.
  If only about ten out of the hundred succeed in the trial, the inference will
be that the 30th dilution  of Aconite  possesses no medicinal properties, for, ac-
cording to the laAvs of probabilities, about one in  ten would guess  right
without making any trial.
  Preparations of  Arsenicum album, Aurum  metallicum,  Carbo vegetabilis,
Natrum muriaticum and Sulphur in  the 30th Hahnemannian  dilution, made
with the same precautions and care  as this of Aconitum, shall  be used as a 
76         AMERICAN INSTITUTE  OF  HOMEOPATHY.
 test of the therapeutic powers of the 30th dilutions.   In consideration of the
 inconvenience of experimenting on the sick, arising from popular prejudices,
 the number  of  vials of " unmedicated " pellets may be limited to  one for
 each  remedy, and the experiments tried mostly in chronic diseases.   The
 real gain to the healing art, which will be accomplished by the establishment
 of the truth or falsity of the theory of " potentization," will amply compen-
 sate for the risk of delaying a few cures.
  The experimenters must be physicians of acknowledged ability, who possess
 a good knowledge of the therapeutic indications  of the remedies tried, and
 who profess faith in  the efficacy of the 30th dilution.  If in this trial  there
 be about one hundred per cent, of successes, the  inference will  be that  the
 30th dilutions have curative powers.   If there be only about fifty per cent.
 of successes, the inference will  be that the 30th  dilutions  have no curative
 powers.
  If those who advocate the use of these preparations refuse to participate
 in the experiment, the profession will have reason  to suspect that they are
 insincere.
  If the  result of the test should be to prove that  the 30th dilution of a drug
 can make the sick well or the well sick,  then  it must be acknowledged that
 in this a great discovery has been made  in physics  as well as  in medicine,
 and the science and ingenuity of the civilized world will  be set at work to
 find out the useful applications of the discovery.
  If the result should be to prove that the 30th dilution has no such  powers
 as it is claimed  to have, then the medical profession has a  right to demand
 that the symptoms supposed to have been produced by the 30th and higher
 dilutions be expunged from our Materia Medica,  and that advocates of the
 potentization theory shall henceforth cease to prate their " cures " in  med-
 ical journals and before medical societies which are avowedly devoted to the
 interests of science.

 Report of a Committee appointed by the Milwaukee Academy of Medicine, for
  the  Purpose of making Arrangements to  Prepare  a Scientific Test of the Effi-
  cacy of the 30th Hahnemannian Dilutions.
  Mr. President:   Your committee have  carefully considered  the  plan
 proposed in Dr.  Lewis Sherman's paper for testing the efficacy of the 30th
 Hahnemannian dilution, and we are unanimously of  the opinion  that the test
 proposed in that paper is fair and honorable, and that the interests of science
demand that it should be made.
  We recommend,
  That our society undertake to carry out the provisions of this test, and that
to this end the essential features and the practical  details of the test be given
for publication as soon as practicable to every regular  homoeopathic period-
ical printed in the English language;  and that translations of  the same be
sent to every  known  regular homceopathic periodical printed in foreign lan-
guages; and that all  other appropriate and accessible means be employed to
give the test publicity.
  That the directions given by  Hahnemann for the preparation of the 30th 
MEDICINAL  POWER IN  ATTENUATIONS.          77
dilution be followed with the most scrupulous exactness ; that the alcohol
used be of the purest quality obtainable, and  that to this end a quantity of
the best so-called " homceopathic alcohol " be redistilled in glass for the pur-
poses of this test.
  That the Rev. George T. Ladd, of Milwaukee, be selected to number and
dispense  the vials of test-pellets as they are called for  by the provers  and
experimenters; and that he give a solemn pledge that he will not, in any
manner,  reveal to any person which of the preparations coming from his
hands have been medicated with the 30th dilution, until he shall have been
called upon to do so by this society, and that he will use every means in his
power  to preserve  the purity of the materials intrusted to his care, and to
make the test fair and honorable.
  That all provers and experimenters be required to send  their reports to
the  secretary, Dr. Albert Schloemilch,  before the first day of  December,
1879 ; and that the result be published in full about the first of January,
1880.
  And finally, that this society appropriate a sufficient sum  of  money to
defray the expenses of furnishing and delivering the  test-pellets of  Aconite
to one hundred provers—these being selected from the first who apply—and
that the  other provers and experimenters be required to pay in advance to
the secretary of the society the sum of thirty cents for each set of test-pellets
sent them.
                                        Eugene F. Storke, M.D.,
                                        Robert Martin,  M.D ,
                                        E.  M. Rosenkrans,  M.D.,
                                        Julia Ford, M.D.,
                                        Albert Schlcemilch,  M.D.,
                                        G. C. McDermott, M.D.,
                                        0. W. Carlson, M.D.
  Milwaukee, December 3d, 1878.

   At a regular meeting of the Mihvaukee Academy of Medicine,
held April 1st,  1879, the folloAving resolution Avas unanimously
adopted:

   Upon application by any professor in a medical college,  or  any other
public advocate of the high potencies, the Academy will prepare and furnish
the  30th Hahnemannian dilution of any remedy in common  use, for the pur-
pose, and in accordance with the terms heretofore published in the pamphlet,
entitled A Test of the Thirtieth Dilution.
                                         A.  Schlcemilch, M.D.,
                                                            Secretary.
  April 21st, 1879.

    The most important feature of this test is the  removal of all
 bias from the minds  of the experimenters.   Whatever prepon-
 derance there may be in the selection of medicated  pellets, it  can- 
78       AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OP HOMEOPATHY.

not be ascribed to the vanity, pride, prejudice, superstition,  or
love of gain, or any other selfish motive acting on the physicians
Avho undertake the experiment.  Hence, if the results should  be
favorable to the efficacy of the high dilutions, the evidence is in-
comparably superior to that obtained  from  men Avho are of ne-
cessity subjected to outside influence.
  Men who desire to learn the truth in regard to the question  of
attenuation and potency will be ready to undertake this test; but
men Avho have selfish motives for making it appear that the truth
is on one side or the other of this  question, Avill  neither under-
take the experiment nor be willing that others should do so.
  Another noticeable feature of the test is that the medicinal
preparations are made especially for the purpose of the test by a
body of men  representing  both  sides of the question, and then
immediately put into the hands of a disinterested party.   There
is, therefore, no chance for collusion or for insinuations of trickery.
  The method of preparation is that followed by Hahnemann,
and  by the most careful  pharmaceutists  of the  present day.
Thirty vials are  used in the preparation of each  remedy, and
ten  shakes are given to each' vial.   None of the shoddy methods
of adventurous heretics are countenanced.   The preparations are
made Avith  strictness as  to method, and great care in regard  to
purity.
  Another important feature is that the experiment is performed
by believers in  the  potencies, Avho are, of course, most interested
in the success of the demonstration.  In making up  the results
none but men  of acknowledged skill and ability will be counted.
Ample time is given for every believer in the potencies to secure
the  aid of every sensitive subject of his acquaintance.   No fail-
ures then can be ascribed to lack of skill or opportunity.   Each
experimenter,  moreover, is allowed  to choose  the  particular
remedies with  Avhich  he is best  acquainted, and from Avhich  he
has seen the most marked results in the 30th dilution.
  The remedies preferred by the Academy are Aconitum, Arseni-
cum, Aurum, Carbo vegetabilis, Natrum muriaticum, Sulphur. We
think that this list includes the best knoAvn and the most active
remedies in the Materia Medica, and gives an assortment of those
best adapted  to both  acute and chronic cases, of those  Avhich 
MEDICINAL  POWER  IN ATTENUATIONS.        79
are poisonous, and those which  are non-poisonous in the crude
state and loAver attenuations, and of those which are soluble and
those Avhich are insoluble.   If any believer  of acknoAvledged
skill and ability thinks he can do better with  some other medi-
cine, the Academy are ready to furnish that medicine.
   In the trials on the sick there is one vial of  medicine and  one
of blank pills, and the experiments are recommended to be tried
mostly in chronic cases.
   On the ground of morality Ave believe this  experiment is not
only entirely justifiable,  but actually demanded.  If there is
truth in the doctrine of potencies it is important that the medical
profession and the Avorld at large should know  it, for many valu-
able lives are lost by the unnecessary use of large doses of medi-
cine.  If there is  no truth in the doctrine it  is important that
the medical profession  and the  world  at large should knoAV it,
for many valuable lives are lost by the neglect of this great dis-
covery. 
APPENDLX.
                      DISCUSSION.

               THIRD DAY—MORNING SESSION.

Answers to the Questions on " Drug Attenuation in Homceopathic
       Therapeutics," by Ad.  Lippe, 31. D., Philadelphia.

   Question 1.  History of Drug Attenuation in  Homceopathic
Practice, up to the Death of  Hahnemann; Avith a Statement of
its Objects and Methods.
   Answer. A true and fully  reliable history can  only be made
up from  facts which  cannot  possibly be  contradicted, and such
facts can  only be  established through  documentary evidence.
Hearsay testimony is no evidence; documentary  evidence cannot
be contradicted.   We find Hahnemann an advocate of the 30th
potency in all  his Avritings. The first remedy, by him, published
in his Materia Medica Pura, third edition, 1830, Avas Belladonna;
he distinctly recommends, as a suitable and sufficient dose to cure,
the spiallest part of a drop of the 30th  potency.   Hahnemann
says, on page 12 (Preface to Belladonna): " Taught by hundreds
of experiments on the sick, I found myself compelled, during the
last  eight or  ten years, to come doAvn  to  the decillionth (30)
potency, and  I find the smallest part of a drop (the  one thou-
sandth part of a drop) just sufficient to  accomplish the healing
object."   Hahnemann's objects and methods were, first to so di-
minish the quantity and attenuate the drug till the curative ob-
ject Avas  obtained Avithout the painful and  even injurious effects
of large doses  of the drug, homceopathically indicated, Avhen ad-
ministered in such doses as will frequently cause much  unneces-
sary sufferings, and even cause  injuries, because  given in too
large a dose.   His method he has frequently described, and did
so again  in his  preface to Belladonna.   He there  repeats what
he had described before as his mode of attenuating crude drugs
for better clinical uses.  He says, there, that he " takes as a unit 
APPENDIX—DISCUSSION.
81
the juice of the plant mixed in equal parts with tAvo drops of al-
cohol, and  drops this  into a vial filled with 99 drops of alcohol,
shakes this vial doAvmvards twice, Avhich constitutes the hundredth
part of a dilution ;  of it another drop is mixed with  99 drops of
alcohol in a clean neAv vial, and is shaken in like manner, which
constitutes the  10,000th dilution, and another drop of it is again
shaken with 99 drops of alcohol, which constitutes the 1,000,000th
dilution.  The potentization  is so continued through 30  vials, and
thereby we obtain the decillionth potency ;  Avith this preparation
the homoeopathist cures all such cases as are curable Avith Bella-
donna.   He further says, that this small dose is all-sufficient in
the most acute diseases, and Avhen given in a chronic disease this
very small dose will act for three Aveeks and longer.
   Question 2.  History of  Drug  Attenuation in Homoeopathic
Practice, since the time of Hahnemann  ; Avith a Statement of its
Objects and Methods, with Especial Reference to Arariations from
those Approved by Hahnemann.
   Ansicer.  The first  knoAvn drug attenuations  differing from
Hahnemann's  method Avere made by Korsakoff during  Hahne-
mann's lifetime, Avithout his objections to this new method, Avhich
consisted principally in making "contact potencies;"  that is,
after reaching, say  the 30th potency of  Hahnemann's,  he mixed
a large number of  unmedicated pellets  with a few medicated dry
pellets, shook them  very thoroughly,  and in  this manner he
continued  to  make his (contact)  higher potencies.  Next came
Jehnichen, Avho produced the 200th and  higher potencies ; he even
produced the 40,000th of Arsenicum.  All we know  positively
of his  modus operandi is, that he used much larger potency vials,
a larger fluid vehicle, and a larger force  by his powerful arm than
Hahnemann did.
   In 1807 the American Institute of Homoeopathy,  finding that
the  preparation of drug attenuation Avas carried  on  to a much
higher degree than  had been done by Hahnemann, instituted
some inquiries, and addressed itself to Dr. B. Fincke, who evaded
a positive  answer.   This statement of facts Avas published and
the question Avas agitated in the third volume of the Hahneman-
nian Monthly,  page 214.  This brought a reply from an  eminent
lawyer in  Brooklyn, and in the same volume of the Hahneman-
nian Monthly, page 385, 1 was requested to  shed some  light on
the mooted question ;  this was done in various papers, to be found
in the same volumes  of that journal, pages 385, 419, 497.  The
student of the history of drug attenuation will there find " doc-
umentary evidence " to show Avho Avas, and still is, the custodian of
the statements made to him by Jehnichen  respecting  the prepa-
rations of his high potencies; it will also be seen that said cus- 
82       AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF HOMEOPATHY.

todian of the secret Avas authorized by Jehnichen to divulge and
promulgate it "when the right time earned  Like Jehnichen, Dr.
B. Fincke, too, Avho produced Auction-potencies and much higher
drug attenuations than any one before, kept his secret.  In  1859
the late Dr. von Beenninghausen  caused Lehrmann, Avho Avas a
trusted pharmaceutist, to prepare the 200th potency of 200 medi-
cines after  Hahnemann's  method.  These various  preparations
were Avell  tested by experts and their testimony laid before the
profession.   The fundamental law of demand and supply became
evidently the cause of a multiplying preparation of high potencies.
There  was such a demand for them  that Ave find  the  late Dr.
Carroll  Dunham, by the aid of Dr. H. M. Smith, in New York,
prepared another set of the 200th potency, much more shaken
than Avere those of Lehrmann, Avho gave  each vial only two doAvn-
Avard  shakes, but used for each potency a neAV vial and  alcohol
for a vehicle.  Then came the preparations of Boericke & Tafel,
of Dr. Samuel SAvan, ahd^of Dr. Thomas  Skinner.   There Avas no
secrecy about these latter  preparations;  the methods used  Avere
published in our journals.
   The object the  various drug  attenuators had  in vie\v  Avas
undoubtedly a desire  to find  a potency  Avhich Avould no longer
show the presence of medicinal virtue, Avould be administered to
the sick without causing any curative or other effect.  The ex-
periments  made  Avith  Jehnichen's  high potencies  shoAved  that
the higher potencies  possessed  proportionately greater  curative
poAvers than the loAver potencies, and Avhen drug attenuation Avas
carried  still farther, it Avas only to  prove the correctness of the
former observations.
   Question 3. The Means Employed in Drug Attenuation ;  what
they Should Be, and the Danger of Impurity.
   Answer.  The  question has really been ansAvered before. What
they should be? Why, they should be so prepared as to produce
the most efficacious medicines, Avhich they cannot do if impurities
are alloAA'ed to become part of the preparation.  Nothing but the
experiment can  decide Avhether an  attenuated drug is pure and
the attenuation  useful in  curing such cases of  sickness as fully
correspond with its sphere of action.
   Question 4. The Limits of  Drug Attenuation, or Proof of
Drug Presence in Attenuations above the  Third Decimal;  from
the Standpoint of the Scientist.
   Answer. No doubt the  question truly means, from the stand-
point of the materialist.   The scientist  stands for  "materialistic
investigator."   Whether  any particles of a drug can be detected
in a preparation  above the 3d decimal is by no means settling
the grave question as to the development of the curative powers 
APPENDIX—DISCUSSION.
83
of drugs by potentization.  The microscope has detected parti-
cles of triturated metals far above the 3d decimal, and there are
iioav iiwestigations in progress showing  that  by the solar spec-
troscope much higher triturations shoAV  discernible color lines.
Such questions (as No. 4) have  been asked by the opponents to
homoeopathy time and again, and Ave hope  that some of our sci-
entists Avill make it a point  to show  how far these investigations
have  gone; and Iioav far they show the presence of drug particles
in drug  attenuations Avill sIioav  hoAV far materialism finds itself
eliminated by the spectral analysis.   And  Ave may just here be
permitted  to call attention to a very becoming ansAver to this
question, Avhich  Ave find in the Hahnemannian Monthly, page 198,
by S. A. Jones,  M.D.   It  reads thus:  " Noav  Avhy  may not a
homceopathic therapeutist, as Avell as an  old-school physiologist,
apply the physiological test to determine  the presence of a poison
in quantity too  minute for chemical test?   And why oblige  the
homoeopathic therapeutist, when he  has  successfully applied  the
physiological test, to demonstrate the condition of the ' original
substance'in the thing tested; Avhy insist that  he must  show
whether the 'original substance' be in minute subdivision or in
solution ?  Why deny the existence of some of the ' original sub-
stance' Avhen, though  the microscopic test and the spectroscopic
test fail, the  physiological test gives affirmative evidence?   Is
the marvellous  human  body  clumsier than the microscope, less
sensitive than the spectroscope?"   Professor S. A. Jones, in  his
laudable efforts to enlighten Professor Conrad  Wesselhoeft, Avho
had unfortunately fallen into a Carbo veg.  demonstration, might
as Avell  have  told him that  the provings  of Carbo veg. Avere
made with the 3d  and higher triturations,  the crude  substance
and the first tAvo triturations  having produced no effect on  the
provers.
   Question 5. The Limits of Drug Attenuation, or Proofs of the
Presence of Medicinal  PoAver in Attenuations above the 6th Deci-
mal, from the Standpoint of the Therapeutist.
   Answer. The limits of drug attenuation  are unknown!  There
has not yet been produced a single drug attenuation Avhich, sub-
jected to the test of the therapeutist, has  not sIioavu  strong, nay,
so far, steadily increasing medicinal and  curative poAvers. Proofs
of the presence of medicinal power in attenuations above the  6th
decimal are in the possession of the medical  profession by the
thousands;  they  are  on   record  in   Hahnemann's  Materia
Medica Pura, in the medical journals published in the last fifty
years. It is, therefore, a settled question, settled forever, and the
very admission of the  presence  of  medicinal  poAver in the  6th
decimal attenuation is implicitly an  acknoAvledgment of the cor- 
84       AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF HOMEOPATHY.

rectness and admissibility of the theory  of potentization ; or does
there exist anywhere a " nothing ?"  "Can  any  substance  come
to nothing in  any Avay ;  or, by division, be divided  and finally
come to be nothing?
  The idea of nothing is absolutely the  negation of all ideas; so
is the  negation of the existence of the substance, in an ever-so-
much divided substance, a negation of the existence of the sub-
stance itself before its division.
  The presence of medicinal  poAver of  any undivided or crude
substance can only be ascertained by the clinical experiment; in
like manner can the presence  of medicinal power in  any attenu-
ation only be ascertained by the clinical experiment.
  The testimony, so abundantly offered, positively affirming the
curative power of highly attenuated medicines, can  never be set
aside save by  a more abundant testimony showing  exactly the
contrary.  But, the admissibility of such testimony would very
much depend  on the qualifications of the Avitnesses.   If a Avitness
testifies that  in his hands potencies above  the 6th decimal have
not shoAvn any medicinal (curative) powers, he will have to sIioav
that he carefully  selected his  remedy and  that  he skilfully ap-
plied it.  Till that is done fairly and honestly, the testimony as
Ave  find it recorded for more than fifty years Avill stand unshaken,
and be final. 
MEANS E3IPL0YED  LN DRUG ATTENUA-
                        TION.

          By M. J. Rhees, M.D., Wheeling, W. Va.
   Some facts  in regard to drug attenuation, and especially to
that important  part which is accomplished by trituration, have
forced themselves so strongly on my attention that I desire to
lay them before you.
   Accompanying this paper you will find a package of poAvders,
each bearing a number, for my OAvn convenience of reference, and
each, except the last  tAvo (Nos. 7 and 8), claiming to be the 2d
decimal trituration of Kali bichromicum.
   Nearly four years ago,  having a case of malignant diphtheria
under treatment, I sent for one of the most eminent homoeopathic
physicians  of Boston, a professor  in the Medical Department of
Boston  University, to meet  me  in consultation.  (I was then
living near Boston.)  He advised Kali bich. 2X, and Hepar s. c.
2X, to be given  alternately.  As I had very seldom had occasion
to use those preparations, I had  none on hand, and the  doctor
promised to  send me some as soon as he returned  to Boston.
He did  so,  and powder No. 1 is a specimen of the Kali bich. re-
ceived from him, poured out of the very vial in Avhich it came to
me.   When I looked at it, I  Avas  astonished that any physician
could be willing to accept it or use it as a trituration of any  de-
gree ; but thinking it might have been prepared and sent  by one
of the doctor's students Avithout his supervision, I gave very little
more thought to it.
   Last  December I removed to  this city, and have since come
into possession of a tAVO-ounce vial of stuff marked Kali bich. 21, 
86       AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF HOMEOPATHY.

which I know had been extensively used by a physician of some
note in the West, who was  formerly a  professor in a Western
homoeopathic college.   Powder No. 2 is a specimen of this prepa-
ration.
   In the course of a professional life  of  a third of  a century, I
had made too many triturations, myself, not to be able to see at
a glance that these Avere in no sense triturations.   I  therefore de-
termined to find out if possible, whether any reputable  homoeo-
pathic pharmacy sent out such mixtures as triturations, and kno\Ar-
ing Avith Avhich  of the pharmacies the last-mentioned physician
usually dealt, I Avrote tothatone (aprominent Western pharmacy),
and also to the  most  prominent pharmacies  in the Eastern and
Middle States, ordering from  each, one drachm of the 2d decimal
trituration of Kali bich.  Powders 3, 4,  and 5 are  specimens of
what I received  from each.   Nos. 6, 7,  and  8  are triturations
made by myself.
   It Avill  be  perceived that even in No. 5, Avhich is  the  best ob-
tained from any of the pharmacies, great " chunks " (to  use the
expression of one of our eminent microscopists) of the crude drug
are clearly visible to the unaided eye.  Larger and more numer-
ous "chunks " are seen in each of the others.
   It is not possible that any of these preparations were made ac-
cording to Hahnemann's rules, or  with any desire to accomplish
the true purpose of trituration.  There are two objects to be at-
tained in the trituration of homoeopathic medicines.   The first is,
complete subdivision of the drug or crude substance and its inti-
mate mechanical admixture \vith the vehicle; the second is, dy-
namization.  The second and most important object cannot be
attained unless the first is accomplished.  But Avhat  constitutes
complete subdivision of the drug?  Can  the subdivision reached
in five of these specimens be called complete or even approxi-
mately so?  I think not.   They each, from the crudest mixture
to the best machine-made trituration,  contain masses of particles
large enough to be seen Avithout a magnifying glass.  Perhaps
we cannot reach absolutely  complete subdivision down to the
ultimate molecules; but Ave can certainly come nearer than  have
these pharmacists.  I think there ought to be no particle of the
crude substance large  enough to be seen by the microscope in the 
         MEANS EMPLOYED IN DRUG ATTENUATION.      87

2d  decimal or 1st centesimal triturations, if it  has  been prop-
erly comminuted.  If the 1st trituration has been properly per-
formed  and  sufficiently prolonged, the  molecules of the drug
ought to be separated  and equally distributed  among the  mole-
cules of sugar of milk, and even if the ultimate molecules cannot
be entirely separated, the mass  can be, and  ought to  be, propor-
tionately and equally divided.   I  think there may be in each of
these  specimens of triturations I send you, some  separate mole-
cules of Kali bich.; but there  are also, in at least five  of them,
masses containing millions and billions of molecules in their crys-
tallized agglomeration intact.  Having escaped subdivision in the
1st decimal  trituration, these masses have also  passed through
the 2X.   If  any mass of molecules passes the 1st  trituration,
whether that be a decimal or centesimal trituration, Avithout sub-
division, its chances for escaping in the second and all subsequent
triturations are  multiplied.  For  this reason I am not surprised
that Professor S. A. Jones found gold visible under the microscope
in the 91.   He found a particle or particles, or more properly,
masses of molecules Avhich had accidentally escaped comminution
in all previous triturations, through imperfection in the manipu-
lation, and he may happen to find them in the 30* from  the same
cause.  But if the 1st and 2d triturations had been properly made,
he could not have found visible particles  in the 9X, if even in the
3X or 4.
   If in the case of any drug, the  1st trituration  is not  carefully
and properly made, and the  exact proportion of molecules pre-
served throughout every part of the trituration, it is self-evident
that no  subsequent trituration  or attenuation  can  be correct;
therefore, it  is of the  utmost importance that the 1st trituration
of everv  drug be made with the most perfect  exactitude.  The
pharmacists may say, and truly,  that in the large quantities  in
Avhich they prepare these triturations, it is impossible to make so
complete a comminution and perfect mechanical admixture, as
when they are  made in smaller quantities.   But if they  cannot
be  made  properly in  large quantities,  and by  machines, they
ought  to be  made  in small quantities,  and by hand.   This is
work that requires brains.  Let us by all means have true and
scientifically  correct preparation  of our  medicines, whatever it 
88       AMERICAN  INSTITUTE OF  HOMEOPATHY.

costs.  Whether the molecular theory is  true, or matter is infi-
nitely divisible; Avhether our medicines are dynamized, and their
medicinal power is communicated to the vehicle, or not; whether
we give the Ioav triturations, or the 30th centesimal,or the 200th
centesimal, let us have our 1st trituration and 1st dilution  made
as if upon them human life and all its interests depended.
  Four facts in regard to trituration have  been considered  in
the preceding pages.  The first is : That some physicians, claim-
ing to be homceopathists, and holding positions of honor and re-
sponsibility in the profession, even in classical Boston, with her
supercilious assumption of scientific supremacy, as Avell as  in the
somewhat less pretentious West,  are content  to use preparations
in the treatment of disease, Avhich are in no sense homoeopathic
triturations, but are absurdly crude  mixtures.   The second  is
that our oldest and most  reliable pharmacies dispense prepara-
tions under the name  of triturations, which,  though better than
the crude mixtures considered above, are very far from being per-
fect, even in the case  of Kali bichr., Avhich is much more easily
manipulated than many others.   The third fact, as shown by the
samples I send you, is that, triturations dispensed by the different
pharmacies, but bearing the  same  name  and number, do not
agree in color; thereby shoAving a  difference in proportion  of
crude drug to sugar of milk.   The fourth fact, as proved to you
by  my OAvn preparations, is that far better  triturations can  be
made Avithout difficulty by  means of a common mortar and pestle,
than are made by the machines of the pharmacies.  Whether the
machines, Avhen under the control of conscience  and brains can
make thorough triturations, or  not, I do not know ; but I  do
knoAV that  we  have the proof before us that they do not  make
them in all cases.
  To preserve the purity and identity of our  remedies a separate
mortar, pestle, and spatula should be used  for each drug.   In
some cases the  horn or ivory  spatula Avill be indispensable; but
it is a question worth considering whether, in most instances,  an
extremely  hard and sharp steel spatula Avould not be better.   It
would  be least likely to lose any portion of its substance in scrap-
ing the smooth surface of mortar or pestle, and is, in  my opinion,
the best instrument for the purpose, except Avhen  a chemical sub- 
          MEANS EMPLOYED IN DRUG  ATTENUATION.      89

 stance which  could attack and  combine with the steel, is being
 triturated.   The  mortars and pestles  should  be  thoroughly
 washed and scoured Avith Bristol brick or Avhite sand, and washed
 again in hot Avater and dried by heat after every trituration. As,
 often, the atmosphere surrounding the operator becomes charged
 Avith impalpable and  invisible particles of the medicine, every
 drug ought to be  triturated in a small room devoted to this pur-
 pose.  The room  should  have a hard  floor and no  carpets or
 hangings of any kind about it.   It should be heated  by steam,
 have its OAvn water supply, and be kept scrupulously clean. One
 of the greatest difficulties in making triturations is the great lia-
 bility of dust and impurities floating in the air, to get into  the
 mortar and become mixed with the trituration. To guard against
 this the room should be small and otherAvise as above described,
 and the house should be in the country surrounded by meadoAA'S
 or lawns, where a pure atmosphere is possible.   The impossibil-
 ity of making a pure trituration in such a city as this or Pitts-
 burg is very evident  to any one who has ever tried it; it is bound
 to be contaminated Avith carbon in the shape of lampblack.  But
 any city should be avoided.  The proprietor of  such  an estab-
 lishment should be a well-bred and experienced physician, of
 mechanical tastes, and  he ought  to make every 1st trituration
 with his  own hands.  He ought also to have the whole establish-
 ment under his OAvn direct supervision.  With such a  factory of
 triturations in competent hands Ave might hope for exactness and
 purity in  the whole scale of our remedies.
   AHoav me to call attention to the strange  indifference of  some
 of our most eminent men to  the  mode of preparation of the
 remedies  they use.  On one occasion, Avhen discussing the high
 potencies  with one of the most distinguished homoeopathic  phy-
 sicians in the United States, and trying to show him the ridicu-
 lous absurdity of  their mode of preparation (that is of  Swan's
 thousandth  and millionth potencies),  he said to  me, "My dear
 sir, I don't care Avhat they are, or  how they are made, so  long
 as they do what I  want them to.  I cure my patients with them,
and that is enough for me."  But ought this to be enough  for a
scientific man ?  Is it not incumbent upon  us all to knoAV  with
 what we are risking the lives of our patients ? If we believe that
                             7 
90       AMERICAN INSTITUTE  OF HOMEOPATHY.

the 40,000th of Lycopodium will cure a certain case of diphthe-
ria, and that nothing but  the 40,000th will do it, as some of
these gentlemen do, are Ave, under any circumstances, excusable
in giving a preparation, which (as I  have conclusively shoAvn
elseAvhere) may be the 10th, or may  be  the 3d centesimal,  and
may be nothing but Avater, but can by no possibility be Avhat it
claims to be?   How  can these  men  quiet their  consciences in
such indifference? and how  can Ave hope ever to  have conscien-
tious and  exact pharmacists  Avhile the  profession is itself apa-
thetic and unconcerned as to the quality of the means made use
of for the cure of suffering humanity?

  Dr. T. F. Allen :  I believe that  I am not a fanatic on high
potencies, as I have long been knoAvn as  a Ioav potency man.   I
really Avas  never  above the  200th, though  I have occasionally
given the 1000th. As a scientific investigator, Avhich I try to be,
I Avould like to see settled the question regarding the efficacy of
the 30th potency.
  I have settled it in my mind long  ago, and Avould like to  see
it settled by this body ; the  only way is, not to Avrite a  long
article in a great many Avords, but to set to Avork and make ex-
periments, and see if we cannot get at the truth of the matter in
some Avay.   We  may read  papers for a Aveek and  not be  any
nearer the truth than Ave were before.  I think the propositions
of Dr. Potter and Dr. Sherman are  right to the point.  They
propose to  make a  test of  this matter.   I do not consider that
their proposition was  put exactly in the  proper way, but  it is a
step in the right direction, and I believe  that is the only line on
which  this can be settled properly.
   Noav, those gentlemen Avho Avish to give us some  help can do
so by giving us some vials, and letting us fill each of them with
the 30th dilution, each of which dilution shall receive the 200th
succussion.   These half dozen remedies shall be put in the hands
of some unbiassed member of this Institute, an honorable, upright
man, and a vial  of  this shall be given to some person Avho is
willing to undertake this trial; and I will say, gentlemen, that I
would be  perfectly willing to do it.  You  might give me one
bottle  of the 30th dilution  of  any  of the six remedies,  and I
Avould pick out the right one.  I would  like to  have the reme-
dies run close together in their pathogeneses.  Noav you will have
converted me if I cannot tell the name of the remedy, but  if I
tell you the name of the remedy, then you must, Messrs. Sher-
man and Potter, acknowledge the  efficacy of the 30th dilution. 
APPENDIX—DISCUSSION.               91
   Noav that is fair.  Well,  having  acknoAvledged  that, next
year, gentlemen, I will take you one step further, and compel you
to acknoAvledge the  superiority of the 30th  dilution over the
tincture of the  1st.   (Great applause, and cries of Hear ! Hear !
Hear!)
   Dr.  Morse :  I  desire to  ask one question of our  Presi-
dent in  regard to his paper.  He  has given  us  the  ultimate
divisibility of  matter into  molecules and atoms.  I wish to ask,
if he has  got one atom of  that matter, and if he puts that  into
water, whether it will not  impregnate that water indefinitely?  I
want to know if we have any means of showing that it will not?
   Dr. Clark, of New Bedford : I Avas very much  pleased to
hear Dr. Allen's statement.  It is a very manly statement from
his standpoint  it strikes me.   I am very glad the issue is taken
in this Avay.   I think it is high time, for the credit of ourselves
as a scientific body, that Ave cease from speculations  in regard to
these matters and wordy talk, and commence upon  some posi-
tive action by Avhich Ave can govern  ourseh^es, and  decide these
difficult questions.  One thing more I would like  to hear from
Dr.  Allen, and that is, Avhat he got up for?  He asks that when
this  report has  been received, if he  should determine the medi-
cine Avhich he is trying, that Ave shall acknowledge that the 30th
is efficacious; and furthermore, he proposes another thing Avhich
I hope he may live to accomplish.   Now I want to hear Avhether
Dr.  Allen, a year hence, proposes  to  acknowledge, in  case he
does not tell the remedy, that the 30th is not efficacious?   (Ap-
plause.)
  Dr. Lilienthal,  NeAV  York : There is said to be a little old
book, which I  suppose some of you  have  heard of;  it is called
the New Testament;  it is not so neAV after all.  It is  an old book,
but in that old  book there  is a chapter and a verse Avhere it says
there is a corporal  body and a spiritual body,  but it says a body
in both ;  and  thus  I think our  medicines are of  that kind of
spiritual  body, and I  am  not ashamed  to oavu it.  I am not
afraid to state that the microscope may not find the medicinal gold
particle; still, in that Avater there is the gold.   A\re have accounts
that the old Indian physicians were far ahead of us in the knoAvl-
edge of the use of remedies.  They called them spirits, and they
gave them the right name Avithout knowing why.
  Noav, I like  these  tests   proposed by Dr. Potter, and I Avould
like  to see a test applied.   But these tests  don't amount to very
much to me, and the reason of it is that when men  like the late
Dr. William E. Payne, of  Bath, Maine, or like Dr. Carroll Dun-
ham, made an assertion, men Avho never left anything undone in
their lives, I believed it.  Dr. Dunham kneAv his  pathology as 
92       AMERICAN  INSTITUTE OF  HOMEOPATHY.

well as any one. When he said it Avas pneumonia, \twas pneumonia
and not moonshine ; and when he says he stopped a disease, that
has its usual course of from eleven to thirteen days, with Phos-
phorus 200th, and the disease passed off, and the patient got en-
tirely Avell in tAvo or three  days, I think it Avas pneumonia and
that Phosphorus cured it.   Now, Dr. Potter and the other gen-
tlemen from Milwaukee will find nothing in it; but if a thousand
persons  should come  and  say that there was nothing  in  it I
would not believe them.  Their  assertion  would prove nothing
to me as to the action  of medicine in disease.  We have the tes-
timony of trustworthy men  Avho have seen the benefit of it, and
I do not Avant to have better testimony.   I do not speak for my-
self; I ask physicians of high standing Avho think everything of
pathology.  If such men say Ave have done Avell, I don't see why
we should give it up because a scientific body happens to decide
against us.  There may  be  a great deal of nonsense as well as a
great  deal of  sense, but it  does not answer the question, and it
will never answer it.
   Dr. Pearson, of Washington : I had resolved to take no part
in this  discussion; but  it occurs to me  as I  sit here just  iioav
that there is a hereafter,—that these papers would  appear  some
time in the far future, perhaps in the Proceedings, and I Avant
to say something in opposition to some of the sentiments con-
tained in them.  I believe that it is the experience to comfort a
man Avho has fallen from grace.
   Noav, I take it  that  Dr. Dake and Dr. Breyfogle  are back-
sliders, and the only Avay I can see to benefit these  men is to en-
tirely change them.  There is some more hopes  of Dr. Sherman,
for so far as I know he has never been converted.  He and Dr.
Breyfogle gave  us some good homoeopathy  yesterday, but un-
fortunately for them  it Avas all  copied from  Hahnemann's Or-
ganon !
   There was one remark of Dr. Dake's to which I wish to refer
briefly.   If I understood  him correctly, and I  think I did, I
heard the same objection made tAventy-five years ago  by an allo-
pathic physician Avith whom I had a  discussion.  It is simply
this, a point urged by these men very generally :  the fact  that
patients recover after the  administration of a  high  potency is
given as an evidence of  recovery as though it was OAving to the
high potency.   Now I think I can make it plain to every mem-
ber of the  Institute that  it was  put  in this way :  that if Dr.
McManus gives a few doses of the 30th potency to a patient, and
that patient recovers,  there  is no  evidence that the recovery Avas
owing to the remedy ; but if Dr. Dake gives a  feAv doses of the
1st or the 3d, and if his patient recovers, it is conclusive evi- 
APPENDIX—DISCUSSION.
93
dence that the recovery was OAving to the administration of the
medicines. (Applause.)  That is the proposition simplified.
   Dr. McManus, Baltimore :  After  the able remarks you have
heard Avhile sitting here, I think it is almost a work of supereroga-
tion that I should speak at all; I believe it my duty, hoAvever,
to say to this  Institute, to the cause of homoeopathy, and  to the
honor of Dr. Hahnemann something in reply to my practice in ref-
erence to the use of potencies. Forty-two years ago next November
there did  not live  on the face of the world a greater skeptic than
I was, for I Avas what I have often heard called a regular " Avagon-
horse " practitioner. I had promised to investigate homoeopathy ; I
bought some books and commenced the investigation of the 30th
attenuation to see whether there Avas medicine in it or moonshine.
I did not  knoAv which, because I did  not believe ;  I commenced
by using  the  30th attenuation of medicine.  Of course I had
no experience, but I  had  been  investigating.   They  all talk
about scientific investigation here, and I have been investigating
myself, because I do not Avish to be a  humbug, and I never Avish
to humbug  my patients.   I have been investigating this  thing
for a good Avhile, and I am going to investigate it as long as the
Good Master Avill  allow me to live.  I need not tell you all that
I should be a  fool in my OAvn behalf if I did not cure Avith it.
   A member of the Institute told me something in regard to
myself I  never kneAv before, and in one respect I  consider it a
compliment.   He said :
   " I do  not believe that  in the whole forty-two  years of your
practice you ever cured a case of any kind of sickness with the 30th
attenuation of medicine.  I will not say that all your cases died, be-
cause you  have the reputation of being a successful practitioner!"
   I asked him : " Well, how do you account for their recovery?"
   He replied : " Oh !  there are a great many patients  of physi-
cians Avho get Avell Avithout any medicine,—some from the  tact
of the  doctor, and some from their confidence in the doctor, and
all that kind of thing."
   Now a  man Avho begins Avith any attenuation, no matter Avhat,
must surely cure  his patients or they will die; and they do die
thousands of times for want of professional knowledge.  It is a
kind of impertinent absurdity on  the part  of any one to stand
and tell a  man Avho has been practicing for  forty-two years and
prescribing for, on an average, from ten to thirty  patients a day,
to tell him his medicine never  did any good.  Would you not
suppose I  ought to turn around and ask this man, " Do you sup-
pose all these  thousands,  yea, tens  of thousands of cases who
have put themselves under  my care, required nothing but sugar
to get Avell on ?"   Is there  any person who would make such a 
94       AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMEOPATHY.

preposterous  assertion ?   No !   If any of these gentlemen Avho
are skeptical will come  to me and say, "Dr. McManus, do you
pretend to cure a  fever?"  I  will reply, " Yes, sir."  "Can
you cure bilious fever?"   I will say, "Give me a case of Avhat
you call  bilious fever ;  let me have entire charge of the case;
I Avill  not tell you Avhat  medicine I am giving, if any at all.
But I Avill take upon  myself  the total  responsibility  of  the
case and  the  result,  Then, if I cure that case,  Avhich you have
pronounced bilious fever, if I  cure it, and  you see it,  Avill you
believe me ?"   " No, I  Avon't," he replies.  (Laughter.)   Then I
will say to him : "  If you  cannot belieA^e the testimony of your
oavu eves and  senses, Avho can convince you?"
   Now this Institute is  going  to be disgraced by these conflict-
ing theories.   Some men  declare that  nothing above the 6th at-
tenuation  Avill cure disease.   Why do  they say  so?  Because
thev never use anything  higher.   So-and-so told me he never
cured  a case  with  the  30th attenuation  in his life.  I asked
if he had  ever giA^en it.   He replied he had not, but understood
that others had.  I said I had given it Avith success for the last
forty-two  years.  But Avho is  to be convinced?  These discus-
sions  as to the efficacy of the high  and Ioav potencies are  going
to ruin the Institute.  It is  going  to harm homoeopathy more
than all the allopathic books ever did.  (Applause.)
   I had  the pleasure of traA7elling with  a man  I  never met be-
fore ;  he lives in  Brooklyn, and Ave began talking on  this sub-
ject.   He talked like a  sensible man.   He told me that he had
been practicing medicine twenty-five years, and  had neA^er given
anything higher than the  200th; he had more success with that
than anything else.  I have no objection  to any one using what
he pleases so he does not call me a fool because  I  do not get up
to the  2000th, nor Air.  A. a fool because he don't come doAvn to
the 30th.  Whose business  is  it?  And since the practice of
every  man must correspond with  his success,  his  success Avill
soon demonstrate Avhat he practices.  His success must be estab-
lished  by  his  cures; and if he cures, it is no matter Avith Avhat
potency he does it.  I regret in  my declining time  to see in the
distance anything arise that is going to be the death of the career
of this Institute.  Coming men are bound to differ on  this sub-
ject, Let them go into a room, shut the doors and windows,  put
out every one, and  then compare notes with  each other, and not
give Avay to this spirit of villifying a distinguished man and call-
ing him a  blackguard, and all  that sort of thing.   Where will
the thing permanently stop ?  You must stop it,  or othenvise you
will have to stop your science.   (Applause.)
   Just as certain as there is a God in heaven, I say it reverently, 
APPENDIX—DISCUSSION.
95
if this thing that is going on  now continues, you must abandon
your  Institute of Homoeopathy.  (Great applause.)   No, let us
be like a band of brothers;  if Ave differ in any essential, it is a
fact that Ave differ from necessity.  It is for A. to do it, and for
B. to do it,   Noav in the name of Dr. Hahnemann  let us be in
earnest in this matter.   In the name of the Institute, in the name
of God, be at peace  Avith each other ; and if one considers  the
other Avrong, and if he considers himself to be aggrieA^ed, avIiv, let
him  in the name of* charity do to  others as he Avould have others
do to him.
  Dr. Cooke,  Chicago: It strikes me, Mr. President,  and it
struck me yesterday, that the platform of the American Institute
of Homoeopathy is not  precisely  the  arena in Avhich to ridicule
homoeopathy.  I would not, however, state this in the first place
but for  the remarks of my venerable friend  McManus.   I have
only to tell a story not very long.  I think that my attention was
called to the possibility of the 30th doing something  by an act
of Dr.'  McManus, and  since  that  I have  gone up the scale;
and the older I  groAV, the scalier  I get.
  My little baby Avas brought into the room at my house, at the
last occasion of  the meeting of this Institute in Chicago, Avith a
ringworm three days in progress  over the left eye.   We Avere at
the table, and  the children  Avere bidding  us good-night. Dr.
McManus Avould not kiss the  baby, because it had a ringAvorm.
He said : " But I will  kiss it  to-morrow night, when  the ring-
Avorm shall be  cured ;"  and, after dinner, he  asked me for  my
Materia Medica, for the  /Sympfomen Codex.   I  said I  had a
very excellent copy at my office. " But," he said, " you cannot stay
through the night in your house Avithout the Symjrfomcn  Codex?"
Says  I: " I cannot, but I do.  I will never do  it again."  He was
not satisfied until he came to my office the next day, and studied
my Symptomen Codex, and  I recollect very Avell I Avanted to be in
the Institute Avhile I  had to get  the tools for  Dr. McManus to
Avork with.   He seemed to be terribly puzzled and vexed because
of the time allotted to  him;  he  could not find the remedy that
had a particular symptom over the left eye ; he could only find it
over the right eye, Avhich I thought Avas all sublime nonsense,—
with all due respect.  He, hoAvever, gave the medicine as a der-
nier ressort;  it was Capsicum  which had the ringAvorm over  the
right eye, and he gave it to my Avife, as  he Avould not trust me
Avith it.   One little poAvder of the 30th of Capsicum to give  the
baby  at night;  another  to be given in the morning  if the ring-
Avorm had  not  disappeared.   Noav I am not sure, but I think
my Avife shook me in the middle of the night, and said : "Frank,
it looks  to me as though that ringAvorm was fading  out; I don't 
96       AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF HOMEOPATHY.

know whether to give that other dose or not." "Let us wait till
morning," said I.  " No," said she, " I Avant  to folloAV instruc-
tions."  I arose and  turned up the  light.  I said : " I guess  I
do not see Avell enough."   When the baby Avas brought to the
breakfast-table the next morning the ringworm was almost gone.
  The remedy was never repeated, and the  ringworm Avas out of
the Avay in twenty-four hours.
  Dr. J.  Edavards  Smith, of Cleveland, Ohio : Ladies and
Gentlemen :  I have a  few Avords to say.  If I take a keg of gun-
powder and put a red-hot iron into  it, there will  be an  explo-
sion, and it will hit back ; so, if [ strike a  keg of nitroglycerin,
there will be an explosion; so  with relation to the discussion of
matters that are  legitimately  brought before us.  We can do  it
in such a manner as will go  out and  appeal  to sensible  people
all over the  Avorld ; if Ave cannot do  that, let us dry up and go
home.  Now,  my  friend Dr. McManus thinks it desirable for
me to follow him, and, gentlemen, I am so much his junior and
of less experience, and it is a very ungrateful  thing ;  but as  a
scientist there are some things that I am bound  to preach on
when I get the chance.
  First, let  us notice some of  the arguments he has  given us,
and see how far  they  will agree.  It has been my vocation for
several years to lecture to students in a medical  college, and  I
have invariably found the first year student, on his first lecture,
kneAv more about the  efficacy of highly potentized medicine and
high potencies than any other man.   He can discount Dr. Mc-
Manus, discount  his practice.  Now, as Dr.  McManus tells us
and as we all know, he has had an honorable and lengthy prac-
tice, has been successful, and has been revered by his felloAV-men.
We all revere  him, and  hold him  in veneration, but you have
got to look straight at the facts.  Now, I propose a plan here for
the success of which I propose to answer with my life ; if it fails
you may take  my head for a football, and  my body for the dis-
secting-table.
  I  refer you now to Dr. R.  V. Pierce, of  Buffalo, Avith this
broad  square  statement, that he has  cured  ten men  to Dr.
McManus's one; and  he has got the  Avritten evidence of it, and
the very best class of evidence, senators, lawyers, ministers, gover-
nors; men Avhose statements are bound to be received and admit-
ted ; Dr. Pierce has cured ten men to Dr. McManus's one, and,
therefore, ergo, sugar is the same thing.
  Dr. Pearson:  He copied  the names from  the tombstones.
  Dr. Smith : I think he  will beat you fairly  on that,  sir.
(Laughter and applause.)  Let  us stop once more for a moment,
and then go  on. 
APPENDIX—DISCUSSION.
97
   First. The gentleman (Dr. Allen) when he got up, Avas willing
 to  try  the  Milwaukee test.  He was willing to try the Mil-
 Avaukee test, and he said :  " If I succeed, and if I at first point
 out the remedy, then you  have got to admit  the efficacy of the
 30th dilution."  There was a good deal of blaze about my friend
 out there ; he  got hold of a chair, and began to pound it.  He
 hen  said  more than  that:  "If I  do succeed you have not
 only got to OAvn the efficacy of the 30th dilution, you have got to
 do more, you have got to OAvn that they are more efficacious, etc."
   Dr.  Morse: I would like to  ask you  a question.   Will the
 test be a perfect one?
   Dr.  Smith:  Now there is  only this to say;  it will  be if he
 does it; if he does it, then  there is time; if he does not, then it
 is  not  his place to  ctoav.   Make him go to war  and fight the
 battle,  then come back and do it over.
   Dr.  De Gersdorff, of Boston : I am Avhat  is called a low
 dilutionist, but I am a homoeopathist, and I revere the name of
 the great founder of homoeopathy as much as any of you can. I
 am also happy to say that I belong to those who Avould not Avish
 to  have his  memory burdened with all the extravagancies of his
 late followers.   He  was a reformer ; he had to give strict rules,
 and had to insist upon obedience and close folloAving ; and from
 that proceeded, in the course of time, a certain peculiarity of the
 whole sect of medicine to Avhich he belonged.
   Hahnemann, as  has been often said, Avould not  have  been
 opposed, to-day, if he was promulgating his theory as he Avas then,
 by the old school, because he was then ahead of his time and the
 science of his age.  He was even ahead of his OAvn knoAvledge of
 physiology and pathology.  His grasping genius caught at this
 method, Avhich he hardly could explain—the  mysteries of him-
 self.  At his time,  and shortly before, the great leading men
 had a peculiar  faith in the certain inherent poAver of medicine.
 They sought an arcanum  Avithout having found one.  Hahne-
 mann  found an arcanum.   He found the secret, not  of one
 remedy, but of all the remedies, by a certain method, namely, by
 homoeopathy.  Certain errors adhered to him in later  life; he
 began to see more importance in the dose than before, he  thought
 more of the remedy than of the other side, than of the recovery
 of  the case.  He put, in other words, the dynamization  in the
 remedy, while it ought to be put in the recovered vitality of the
 body.   I  have, in  my obscure and simple way of  practicing
 homoeopathy, never got any further than this way, that Avhen we
 use it  according to these  symptoms, from a distinct laAv, we
come to reduce  the dose, and Ave can make a very little medicine
do.  Owing  to what?   Not owing to the inherent  division of 
98       AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMEOPATHY.

medicine; that is a physical and chemical body, not a physio-
logical body; a physiologicil body Avhich is able to have a vital
reaction is the sick man ;  if the homoeopathicity exists betAveen
the two, then only Ave get a cure.  Therefore I  have remained
satisfied with my cure in  the  loAver dilutions  for almost  forty
years, and here and there have tried a  higher, but I don't find it
very necessary.   I desire, hoAvever, to say to you, I would never
wish to quarrel with anybody Avho  can cure Avith the  higher;
they can do as they please about that, but I stick to homoeopathy
and the selection  of remedies.
  The Chair: The time for the special business  has arrived,
namely, the special order for 11 o'clock.   We will noAV listen to
Dr. Alfred C.  Pope,  of London.   Dr.  Dake will close  this  bu-
reau Avith  a feAv remarks.
  Dr. Dake:  Mr. President, it is  not my purpose to take up
much time.  In the first place, it  Avill be clearly understood  that
the course this bureau has taken is Avith a view to discuss  this
subject plainly and squarely. There is no sort of quarrel about it.
Noav it is the very height of absurdity, it is entirely untrue,  that
this bureau, in any of its papers, has come in here to occasion a
quarrel and to break up this Institute,  though my Avorthy senior
friend  here  seems to fear it.   That is  all nonsense.   We  are
men, and  we claim to be men of science.  We claim facts as the
basis of our  belief; facts  pertaining  to this body—the human
body, the  material body and material things acting upon  this
body—Ave have not yet gone into the spiritual sphere.  I wish to
state some very plain propositions and  to invite particular atten-
tion to them.   I  do so in answer  to claims set up here in favor
of the  exclusive  use of the high  attenuations or potencies, and
not because  the clinical proofs of drug presence  and power  are
especially  called for  by the subject brought before the  Institute
by our bureau to-day.  From remarks made here a person,  un-
acquainted with the history of homoeopathy, might be led to sup-
pose that  everything had  depended, from the beginning, upon
this "spiritualizing" process in the preparation of medicines.
  My  first proposition is this :  That homoeopathy was established
successfully and firmly in the world by the use of low cdtenuations.
  Hahnemann, for the first twenty-five years  of his  practice,
used nothing Avhich  the gentlemen on  the other  side Avould  call
high potencies.   Beginning with the  crude  preparations of the
shops,  he  gradually  came up the scale of attenuations as far as
the 30th.   He considered the 30th  as high; but others have
gone beyond  him and, to-day, talk as though his mantle could
by no possibility cover anybody not given to the advocacy and use
of " potencies " never dreamed of by the master.  Men who sue- 
APPENDIX—DISCUSSION.
99
cessfully treat more patients in a day than some of these accusing
high attenuationists do in a week or a month, are called " back-
sliders."  They are lectured, here, for the very kind of practice
that gave solid  footing to homoeopathy.  How utterly absurd !
  My second  proposition is : That the  loiv attenuations, having
been sufficient for  the demonstration and establishment of homoe-
opathy,  there is no need of leaving such unquestionable  means for
those which are mysteinous and uncertain.
  Why leave solid  ground and go up  into the clouds ?  Was
Hahnemann's experience for tAventy-five years a failure?  Look
around, over America, and over England, and over the continent
of Europe, and see who have been curing the sick Avith homoeo-
pathic remedies, Avho have been fighting  the battles and Avinning
strongholds for the new school.   With here and there  an excep-
tion they have been  such men  as are here called "backsliders"
by one  of the speakers;  they have used loio attenuations.  (Great
applause.)   I  deny the claim implied, in the face of  facts  and
history, that these high attenuationists have done all the curing.
  A Member : Nobody has claimed it.
  Dr. Dake : I may mention  tAvo Avell-marked  and alarming    i
diseases, in the battle Avith which our system has won its greatest
victories and made its grandest marches, and  against Avhich the
low attenuations have been almost invariably employed, namely,
Asiatic  cholera and yelloAv fever.  (Great applause.)
  But I cannot enlarge.  For myself I will say that I began practice
Avith an outfit of the 30th, thinking to begin where Hahnemann
left off; but I Avas not long in finding it necessary to go down the
scale. I have  used Avhat is called the 200th and 4000th.  I have
had experience, up  in  the clouds,  as  well as some others from
whom Ave have heard to-day. The experience is  not all on one side.
  But I Avill close  Avith the remark  that the papers of our bureau
have been carefully prepared, that  they  are candid and respect-
ful, and that not a single statement, either of history or fact, has
been contradicted upon this floor.
  The aim of the bureau has been tobringout the truth and nothing
but the  truth for the benefit of the Institute and of the entire pro-
fession.   We will  have the truth and the heavens will not fall. 
 
REPORT
BUREAU OF  MATERIA  MEDICA, PHARMACY,
                  AND PROVINGS.
J. P. DAKE, M.D., Chairman,
c. wesselhozft, m.d.,
W. L. BREYFOGLE,  M.D.,
T. F. ALLEN, M.D.,   .
J. F. COOPER, M.D.,  .
LEAVIS SHERMAN, M.D.,
C H. LAAVTON, M.D., .
H. M. PAYNE, M.D.,  .
J. EDWARDS  SMITH, M.D
A. C COAVPERTHWAITE, M.D.,
Nashville, Term.
Boston, Mass.
Louisville, Ky.
New York, N. Y.
Allegheny, Pa.
Milwaukee, AVis.
AVilmington, Del.
Albany, N. Y.
Cleveland, Ohio.
Iowa City, la.
THIRTY-THIRD SESSION
American  Enstttute  of  i^omcopatiji).
MlLAVAUKEE, JUNE  l6TH, l88o. 
CONTENTS.
Introductory Reports, by the Chairman^.....J. P. Dake, M.D.
The Proof of Drug Presence and Power in Attenuations above
  the Sixth Decimal:
     As Furnished by the Tests of Chemistry,    .    .    .  W. L. Breyfogle, M.D.
     As Furnished by the Microscope......J. Edwards Smith,  M.D.
     As Furnished by the Spectroscope,.....C Wesselhceft, M.D.
     As Furnished by the Tests of Physiology,   .    .    .  Lewis Sherman, M.D.
     As Furnished by the Analogy from the Field of Impal-
       pable Morbific Agencies........J. P. Dake, M.D.
     Proofs of Medicinal Power in  Attenuations above the
       Sixth Decimal,.........C H. Lawton, M.D.
The Proofs of Medicinal  Presence and Efficacy in Attenua-
  tions above the Sixth Decimal:
     As Furnished by Clinical Experience, in the Use of At-
       tenuations, Ranging from the Fifteenth  to the Thir-
       tieth Decimal,.........A. C. Cowperthwaite, M.D.
     As Furnished by Clinical Experience, in the Fse of At-
       tenuations, above the Thirtieth Decimal; with Clini-
       cal Cases,..........C. H. Lawton, M.D. 
INTRODUCTORY REPORTS.
By J. P. Dake, M.D., Chairman, Nashville, Tenn.
              GENERAL  INTRODUCTORY.

   It is one of the duties of a chairman to present a resume of the
discoveries  and improvements in the department  of medicine
committed to  his  bureau.   My excuse for the omission of such
service, on  this occasion, is that, so  little time is given for the
presentation and  discussion of the  special subject selected, Ave
cannot afford to introduce other topics, however  interesting.
   I must remark, hoAvever, in this connection, and for the bene-
fit of my successors, that authors  of books and pamphlets, relat-
ing to the interests committed to  this  bureau, and introducers of
neAV articles of materia medica, or  improved appliances in pharm-
acy, should send copies and specimens to the chairman, for his
examination and notice.   In no  other Avay can  he  be expected
to make mention of them properly in his annual report.
   Only tAvo books on materia medica, out of several, published
during  the last  two years  have been thus sent to  me, namely,
that of Dr. H. C. Jessen, on  Therapeutic Materia Medica, and
that of Dr. Carl Heinigke, translated into English by Dr. Tietze,
on  Pathogenetic Outlines  of Materia Medica.   These are im-
portant works, valuable alike to the student and the busy prac-
titioner.
  Before proceeding to the introduction of our special subject I
must notice briefly a very important  communication, addressed
to this bureau by the American Ophthalmological and Otological
Society, reading as folloAvs : 
104       AMERICAN INSTITUTE  OF  H0M030PATHY.
                                            Buffalo, N. Y., July, 1879.
 To the Chairman of the Bureau of Materia Medica, Pharmacy, and Provings,
    in the American Institute of Homm>pat]iy, Jabez P. Dake, M.D , Nash-
    ville, Term.
   At the third annual session of the American Ophthalmological and  Oto-
 logical Society, held at Fort William Henry Hotel, Lake George, June 24th
 and 25th, 1879, the following motion prevailed :
   That a committee of three be appointed by the President for the purpose
 of conferring with the chairman of the Bureau of Materia Medica, Pharm-
 acy, and  Provings, in the American  Institute  of Homoeopathy, with the
 view  of perfecting the ophthalmic and aural examinations, during the prov-
 ing of remedies.
   In  fulfilling the spirit of this motion, the committee would suggest to the
 bureau the advisability, should it meet your approval, of having careful ex-
 aminations of the eye and ear made by specialists, before, during, and after
 the action of the drug ; the former, to determine the condition of the visual
 function  of the fundus, of the accommodation, of the refraction, and of the
 extrinsic  muscles; and the latter, to show the state of the external auditory
 canal and membrana tympani, with a careful record of the hearing power.
  All of which is most respectfully submitted.
                              F. Park Lewis, M.D.,  Buffalo,
                              H.  C. Houghton, M.D.,  New York,
                              W. H. Woodyatt, M.D., Chicago.

   This communication, coming into my hands after  the  adjourn-
 ment of the Institute  at Lake George, too  late for submission to
 the bureau, I  had it published in some of our journals, Avith com-
 ments, in order  the sooner to draAvthe attention of the profession
 to its important hints.
   The high  standing of the  society sending  us this appeal, as
 well as the great importance of the object aimed at, calls  for more
 than  a passing notice. If practitioners, dealing Avith affections of the
 eye and  ear, believe in the homoeopathic principle, it is but right
 and  necessary that they should  seek to  knoAv exactly  Iioav the
 various  articles of materia medica influence the conditions and
 functions of the human eye and ear.  If they have found  im-
 proved means of diagnosis  in the study of diseases  of those or-
 gans, it  is  but right and  necessary that they should have such
 means applied in the diagnosis of corresponding  drug affections.
   If  they require a similimum it is of prime importance that the
similimum should be of the highest order, a Avell-aseertained fact
and not  a creation  of fancy. 
INTRODUCTORY REPORTS.
105
  What they ask for, and what is needed by every practitioner
under the homcepathic law. is  the removal of the Avork of drug
proving from the field of the  busy practitioner, from the hands
of the untaught  student and  the  enthusiastic layman, to  the
physiological laboratory, where trained  provers, male and  fe-
male, under the guidance and scrutiny of expert observers, may
furnish a faithful reflection  of  drug influence in  the human  or-
ganism.
  Hahnemann did Avhat he could, with the means at his command,
toAvards building up a genuine and sufficient drug pathogenesy;
and Ave are happy, in this large assemblage  of his disciples and
in these triumphal  days of homoeopathy, to bear Avitness that,
with all its imperfections, the Materia Medica of the master and
of his followers  is far  ahead  of anything bearing the name
Materia Medica that the Avorld has  ever seen.   So valuable  has
it been considered  by those Avho write  textbooks  for the  old
school of medicine, it has been freely draAvn upon by them ; but,
much to the shame of the borroAvers, Avithout acknoAvledging, in
preface or by footnote, the source  of the wealth obtained.
  So increased  has become  the appetite of our traditional adver-
saries for pathogenetic knoAvledge, it becomes us to  look well to
our laurels, lest by the  adoption  of the more exact methods of
the day, they may cause the glory of the healthy vital test to  de-
part from us and  to adorn the  experimental laboratories of their
seats of medical learning.
  Let us heed the call of our brethren of the Ophthalmological
and Otological Society, and  inaugurate more thorough methods
of drug experimentation.
              SPECIAL  INTRODUCTORY.

  In the meeting of the Institute at Lake George, last year,
owing to the great  number of papers in the several bureaus
seeking to be heard, it Avas not possible for this burean to submit
its full report.
  Under the circumstances it Avas  thought best to reserve the 
106      AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF HOMOEOPATHY.

last tAvo divisions of our subject for consideration during the year
and  presentation at this  meeting.   The divisions so deferred
embraced the proofs of drug presence and efficacy in attenuations
above the 6th decimal.
  For convenience and the more efficient handling of our subject
we made sections and assignments of our work as follows:

  I. The Proofs of Drug  Presence and Power  in  Attenuations
above the Sixth Decimal:
  1. As Furnished by the Tests of Chemistry : W. L. Breyfogle,
M.D.
  2. As Furnished by the Spectroscope and Microscope:  C.
Wesselhceft, M.D., J. EdAvards Smith, M.D.
  3. As Furnished by  the Tests of Physiology: T. F. Allen,
M.D., Lewis Sherman,  M.D.
  4. As Furnished by  Analogy from the Field of Impalpable
Morbific Agencies : J. P. Dake, M.D.   ,
  II. The Proofs of Medicinal Presence and Efficacy in Attenua-
tions above the Sixth Decimal:
  1. As Furnished by the Tests of Clinical Experience in the
Use of  Attenuations, Ranging from the Sixth to the Fifteenth
Decimal:  J. F. Cooper, M.D.
  2. As Furnished by Clinical Experience in the Use of Attenua-
tions, Ranging from the Fifteenth to the Thirtieth Decimal:  A.
C. CowperthAvaite, M.D.
  3. As Furnished by Clinical Experience in the Use of Attenua-
tions above the Thirtieth Decimal: C. H. LaAvton,  M.D., H. M.
Paine, M.D.

   This schema of our work we  had printed  months ago in cir-
cular form and sent to all of our journals, most of which gave it
an  insertion and favorable notice.  In  order to  gather from  the
observations and experiences of the profession at large, and of the
scientific world outside, such facts as might aid our inquiries, we
had the following appeal  added to our schema and sent out in
all directions:

  " The bureau will be pleased to receive items of information and experi-
 mental aid from members of the profession, and also from scientific persons
 outside who may be interested in any division of our subject." 
INTRODUCTORY  REPORTS.
107
   In regard to the constitution of the bureau itself and the sub-
ject selected for consideration I should say that, in but one in-
stance, have Ave been called in question.  Our motiA^es have been
someAvhat impugned and our fairness questioned, with some detri-
ment I fear to our endeavors to gather for this occasion all pos-
sible proofs of the poAver and efficacy of our drug attenuations.
   In regard to the third section of our second division, embracing
" Proofs Furnished  by the Tests of Physiology," I should men-
tion that Ave shall not be able to present all  that Ave had hoped
at  the beginning of the year.  It Avill be remembered that, at
Lake George, Dr. T. F. Allen declared before the  Institute, that
if six bottles of liquid, to  all  appearance exactly alike, one only
being medico ted, and that with the thirtieth centesimal dilution, were
submitted to him, he would pick out the medicated bottle by the effects
of  its  contents upon the human organism; and, further, that  he
believed he could thus pick out the thirtieth as often as the advocates
of  the low attenuations could the sixth under  like circumstances.
Taking the doctor as  in earnest I placed him upon  the bureau,
in order to have him apply the test proposed, in the development
of proofs for this occasion, proofs so well guarded as to be above
question.
   I asked Dr.  Allen and  Dr. Sherman to  take charge  of all
physiological experiments,—the former, of those pertaining to the
60th, and the latter, of those pertaining to the 6th decimal.
   I requested Dr. Sherman to submit such safeguards for the
preparation,  marking, and care of the bottles  to be furnished  to
Dr. Allen as would  preclude all doubts as to  the entire fairness
of  his test,  and at the same  time I requested Dr.  Allen to do a
similar Avork for the security of the experiments to be conducted
by  Dr. Sherman.
  But, in place of going on with the work as laid out, Dr. Allen
resorted  to the President-elect of the Institute for a special com-
mission to take charge of the preparations for  his test, as though
this bureau were incompetent or umvilling to deal officially and
fairly Avith his undertaking.
  Afterward, when  brought to see his mistake, he declined the
experiments  entirely for the year, upon the ground of impaired
health. 
108      AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF HOMCEOPATHY.

  I mention these  facts simply to account  for the absence of
results earnestly looked  for by the  profession,  in view of Dr.
Allen's proposal at Lake George, and the subsequent announce-
ments  made by this bureau.
  Dr.  Sherman, under rigid safeguards, Avent fonvard with the
6th decimal, developing proofs Avhich, I am  sure, will be grati-
fying to all who have believed that there is medicinal power in
attenuated drugs.
  In  advance  of the papers  iioav to be read I must beg the
earnest attention of all present to each fact and argument submit-
ted, so that no misapprehension may occur as to the purposes and
spirit of this bureau relating to the questions before us.
  Some of  the discussions which folloAved the reading of the
papers of this bureau, last year, exhibited a Avonderful misappre-
hension as to the subjects brought fonvard and positions assumed
in them.   In place of shoAving any errors of statement, or weak-
ness of logic on the part of the authors of the papers presented,
and, so far from shedding any additional light upon the matters
under  consideration, an attempt Avas  made to  lecture  members of
the bureau upon their supposed heterodoxy and their recreancy
to the  teachings of Hahnemann.
   On  this  occasion I beg those who  discuss our papers to  keep
in mind the real questions  presented, and not to run off wildly,
under  a sense of horror or fear, lest the great temple of homoeop-
athy be overturned.
   In  matters of science there should be a calm  listening and
looking to statements made, with  a freedom from  prejudice and
a disposition to accept the truth,  however much it may contra-
dict Avhat Ave have previously cherished as true.
   All appeals to passion or prejudice, all closing of doors to full
and free  investigation, and all shrinking and hiding from the
light,  are unbecoming the members of this  learned body, the
cause  Ave Avould further,  and the age  in which we live.
   Not a member of this bureau has  desired to suppress facts or
discolor the truth, hoAvever earnest in the advocacy of cherished
views. Not one has had a wish to weaken the foundation or mar
the superstructure  of homoeopathy  while combating the  views
of others. 
INTRODUCTORY REPORTS.
109
  We do not all agree—upon some points we differ Avidely—but
I am  persuaded we differ honestly, and Avith sentiments of per-
sonal respect for each other.
  In closing my introductory to the reports now to be submitted,
I beg leave to say that, as the  senior member  of this bureau,
having served upon it almost constantly for a quarter of a cen-
tury, and  during  these tAvo  years as its chairman, I must be
alloAved to retire from all official work in connection with it.
  The duties of these two years have been performed by me with
the determination of retirement and a purpose to have my last
work  well done. 
THE  PROOFS  OF  DRUG  PRESENCE  AND
  PO WER IN A TTENUA TIONS AB 0 VE THE
     SIXTH  DECIMAL,  AS  FURNLSHED
        B Y THE TESTS OF CHEMISTR Y.

       By William L. Breyfogle, M.D., Louisville, Ky.
  As you are all aware, gentlemen, the science of chemistry, as
applied to homoeopathic dilutions, cannot be proof conclusive of
the existence of  medicinal power, but  as it is to become an im-
portant part of the proceedings of this bureau, I have endeavored
to give the subject a thorough test.  For this purpose I obtained
on the 29th day of last August, from a reliable homoeopathic
pharmacy, two ounces each of Arsenicum 3d, 6th, 12th, and 30th
decimal dilutions; of Nux vomica 3d, 6th, 12th, and 30th, and of
Sulphur 3d, 6th, 12th, and 30th.   The  seals were left untouched,
but the labels were removed, and in their stead numbers were
placed on each vial and a corresponding entry made in a private
book.
  The vials were then turned over to J. P. Barnum, M.D., analyt-
ical chemist, Avith the understanding that each should be separately
examined, using new apparatus for each  test,  and  under  the
direct supervision of Professor C. Leo Mees  and myself.   No
mention was made  of the contents,  excepting that Nos. 5, 6, 7
and 8 contained vegetable, and the rest mineral substance.

                        Test No. 1.
  No. 1 (representing Ars. 3X  dil.) Avas  then acidulated and
treated, according to the usual method  for determining unknoAvn
mineral substances, with no  result until saturated Avifh  sulphur-
etted  hydrogen, when a yellow  precipitate was thrown doAvn.
Redissolving and applying Reinsch's tests, the copper was coated 
    DRUG PRESENCE  AND POWER IN  ATTENUATIONS.  Ill

with a metallic film, Avhich on being sublimated, deposited on the
glass  tube distinct octohedral crystals of Arsenious  acid, with
crystals of Sulphur and some resinous matter, the latter from the
alcohol, and  the Sulphur arising from the decomposition of the
Sulphuret of arsenic.  On further examination the liquid Avas
found to contain no other metallic substance.

                          Test No. 2.
   No. 2 (representing  the 6th dil. of Ars.) was then  similarly
treated.   The metallic copper Avas slightly stained, and on being
sublimated, Sulphur, resinous  matter, and a  few indistinct octohe-
dral  crystals Avere  shoAvn, not sufficient in  number or distinct
enough in form to determine their nature.   Suspecting that they
did not  arise from  the substance under examination, perfectly
pure  distilled water was  similarly treated, and  similar  deposits
of Sulphur and crystals  occurred, shoAving  that  there had  been
a slight trace of Arsenic in the Muriatic acid used.
   A solution containing  5^Vo~oth of  a grain of Arsenic was then
similarly  treated, and  the  copper Avas  covered Avith  a distinct
steel-colored tarnish,  which, on  sublimation,  yielded  distinct
crystals.
   A  solution  containing TUoWoth  of a grain of Arsenic was
next  treated.  The copper was slightly tarnished  and yielded
minute but distinct octohedral crystals of Arsenious  acid.
   It was  then concluded that No. 2 contained only alcohol and
water.
                       Tests Nos. 3 and 4.
   Nos. 3  and 4  (representing the 12th  and 30th dil. of Ars.)
were  then each separately examined (using a  fresh  supply  of
acid,  Avhich  shoAved absolutely  no  arsenical  reaction) and no
traces of anything but alcohol and Avater discovered.
  The limit  to Avhich  a chemist  is willing  to  certify, as to the
presence or absence of Arsenic, is from nrixo-otn to Towoirth part
of a  grain,  yet a crystal measuring Towo-th  of an  inch, and
weighing less than T0oooVmnrotn 0I> a grain, may be distinctly
recognized.
  No such crystals were found in the 6th, 12th, or 30th dilu-
tions, the 3d dilution alone shoAving  traces of Arsenic. 
112      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  H0M030PATHY.

  As the substances contained in the series 5, 6, 7, and 8 Avere
understood to be vegetable matter, they were carefully examined
for the alkaloids.
                          Test No. 5.
  No. 5 (representing Nux vom., 3d dil.) was evaporated sloAvly
to dryness,  dissolved in  a small quantity of Avater, acidulated
with acetic acid, and subjected to the color-test, and the absence
of any knoAvn alkaloid determined.
  The reaction of more than  fifty of these substances are knoAvn,
and solutions containing -joiroth of a gram 0I> Strychnine gives
perfectly distinct reaction, Avhile the ToTTOTnrtn Part or> a gram
yields a fine display of colors.

                          Test No. 6.
  No. 6 (representing the 6th dil.) was sloAvly evaporated to dry-
ness, redissolved in  a small quantity of slightly acidulated water,
and injected into the circulation of a small frog, which was  not in
the least affected by it, Avhile on the injection of the i-owo*-'1  of a
grain of Strychnine the animal was  thrown  into convulsions
Avithin six minutes, and died immediately afterward.
  Considering the  relative Aveight of the frog and the human
subject, the administration of Tmroo^h 01>a grain of Strychnine to
a frog would be about equal  to the administration of four grains
to a human subject Aveighing one hundred and forty pounds;  and
the injection of the activre principle in  the contents of vial  No.
6 equals the injection into the human system of the active prin-
ciple  contained in 43f | gallons of water.

                      Tests Nos. 7 and 8.
  Nos.  7 and 8 (representing Nux vom., the 12th and 30th dil.)
were  together  concentrated by sIoav evaporation, slightly acidu-
lated, and injected  into the body of a frog weighing twenty-five
grains, Avho was to  all appearances not affected by it.
  On the second day a solution containing u^xroth  of a grain of
Strychnine was injected into the same animal, which shoAved symp-
toms  of poison  in a feAV minutes, and  on agitation Avas thrown
into a violent spasm and died soon afterwards.
  From the same data, as given in test No. 6, this would have 
    DRUG  PRESENCE AND  POWER  IN ATTENUATIONS.  113

been equal to the injection into the human subject of the active
principle contained in 91T'6 gallons of the solution contained in
vials marked 7 and 8.  Or if taken  into the stomach, alloAving
the usually accepted ratio of 3 to 1, equal to 273 gallons and 24
ounces.
   From the above experiments I am satisfied that the series con-
tained no knoAvn principles of vegetable origin except alcohol.

                          Test No. 9.
   No. 9 (representing Sulphur, 3d dil.) Avas tested according to
the several methods for discovering unknown substances in solu-
tion, and slight traces of Sulphur Avere found.  The contents of
the whole  bottle Avas  then  evaporated to dryness, treated  with
boiling Nitric acid, slightly diluted with Avater, and a solution of
Chlorate of  barium added, a faint  Avhite precipitate of Sulphate
of barium was throAvn down,  barely discernible to the naked
eye, but showing conclusively that Sulphur was the substance in
solution.
                   Tests Nos. 10, 11, and 12.
   Nos.  10, 11, and 12 (representing the 6th, 12th, and 30th dil.)
Avere then similarly treated and gave  no traces of Sulphur, con-
taining only alcohol and Avater.
   By the above method the presence of 4lT^ Q-^-th part of a grain of
Sulphur can be readily detected, and  acid containing 2 owo o^h
part of a grain of Sulphur will cloud the solution and show a
distinct precipitate.
   As before remarked, in each of the above experiments, Avhich
extended over a period of three  months, neAV apparatus Avas used,
and every possible precaution taken  to prevent the introduction
of foreign matter, and to secure accurate results.
   Although the  tests, as  applied  above, failed to discover any
vegetable substances in the third dilutions, and no traces of min-
erals above  the 3X, I determined to push these experiments still
further, and, if possible, not only  to demonstrate their curative
power, but  to discover Iioav much of a given substance Avould
produce an aggravation of the symptoms.
   My first case Avas one of continued " morning  sickness ;" the
patient being unable to take even  Avater Avithout vomiting.  Had 
114     AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  H0M030PATHY.

been under allopathic treatment for six weeks, and abortion was
recommended.  I tried internally, Lactic acid, Ipecac, Sepia, and
Nux moschata  Avithout perceptible change.   Remembering that
in test  Nos. 6  and 7 the  injection of the active  principle of 2
ounces of Nux  vom. 6X dil. into a small frog produced no effect,
and that this equalled the effect of 273 gallons and  24 ounces
taken into the human stomach, I felt justified in adopting anew
method.  Procuring a neAV  hypodermic syringe I  carefully  in-
jected under the skin of the forearm ten drops of Ipecac, the 6X
dil.  The effect was magical.   In a few  hours my patient Avas
enabled to take food, and  speedily recovered Avithout even a rep-
etition of the dose, or the  slightest aggravation of the symptoms.
Tavo eminently respectable homoeopathic physicians of Louis-
ville can substantiate the above statement.
   Emboldened by the successful results in the above case I next
injected ten  drops of the 6X dil. of Tartar emetic, in the case of a
policeman suffering from a violent attack  of asthma.   The par-
oxysm Avas relieved in tAventy minutes, and  the patient enabled
to lie doAvn and sleep for the first time in  three days.   This was
repeated four times, at long intervals, and the patient  speedily
recovered.   At no one time did we discover the slightest aggra-
vation of the symptoms folloAving its use.
   The next case Avas one of dysmenorrhcea,  and the violent colic
yielded in less  than ten minutes  to the hypodermic injection of
ten drops of Pulsatilla 6*  dil.  over the region of the uterus.
   In more than fifty cases, where this plan of administering med-
icines was used, in not one single instance was there the slight-
est apparent  medicinal aggravation, and  although the dilutions
were all used crude (that is, undiluted  Avith Avater), in no case did
the alcohol produce a sore, unless used in fleshy parts, and then
in but very  few cases.
   The conclusions drawn  from the above experiments have con-
vinced me (had such been necessary) of the efficacy of dilutions
above the 6th decimal, and that, although  beyond  the  reach of
the tests of  chemistry, they  still contain  medicine  enough  to
cure disease.
   It has also convinced me that homoeopathic medicines, hypo-
dermically administered, are often of great value. 
    DRUG  PRESENCE AND  POWER  IN ATTENUATIONS.   115

  It has strengthened my confidence  in  the  administration of
the single dose,  provided that the dose be sufficient to at once
control the conditions.
  It has shaken my faith in so-called aggravations from homoeo-
pathic dilutions, above  the 6th dil., and I  am led to believe
that this is a question but imperfectly understood ; that the pro-
fession rely too  much upon prejudices unsustained by facts.
  It is my opinion that this fanatical search after new attenua-
tions, implies a Avant of confidence in the material of the present.
To say that the 30th dil. will cure Avhere the 6th dil. will not, is
to deny the truths  discovered by Hahnemann.   To say that it
makes a better cure still  implies a doubt.   To  say that it is be-
cause of medicinal aggravations, is to state what is not capable
of verification.
  Experiments  with the different attenuations  are  legitimate;
but as they in no Avise affect  the principles of homoeopathy, we
should, as far as possible, confine their scope within the boundary
of well-established scientific methods.    In our great work of re-
forming medicine Ave ought not to  envelop the  plain, simple,
all-convincing truths—our powerful weapons—in a mystic, psy-
chological  halo, which is, to say the least  of it, not properly un-
derstood by our OAvn profession.
  It retards our own progress and causes the scientific investi-
gator to hesitate. 
REMARKS AND SUGGESTIONS CONCERNING
  CERTAIN HOMCEOPATHIC TRITURATIONS.

         By J. Edwards Smith, M.D., Cleveland, Ohio.
  It will be remembered that, at the last session of this Institute,
held at Lake George, I had the honor of presenting a paper dis-
cussing:, to some extent, the behavior of Aurum under the pestle,
as developed by the process of trituration.
  This paper, as presented, was simply a narration of a series of
microscopic  observations on various triturations of Aurum.  It
Avas accompanied  by a series of explanatory drawings, made di-
rectly from the microscope, and by the aid of the camera-lucida.
  Before leaving  the Lake  I  had formed the determination to
still  further pursue these investigations, with  the hope of elimi-
nating any  error  existing in  my  past Avork, or perchance of
arriving at neAV facts of interest to the profession.
  During the vacation the study of the triturations has received
all the attention that circumstances Avould permit; one draAvback
alone will here be mentioned, viz., my eyes Avill no longer bear
the severe strain consequent on the protracted  sitting to Avhich
they have so long been accustomed.   Thus it  has often occurred
that my daily use of the microscope professionally Avas all, nay,
even more than the state of my eyes would alloAV.  Nevertheless,
these microscopic, as well  as other, observations, have, hoAvever,
been  made in  the interim, some of Avhich, at the date of this
writing, are still  occupying my attention, the results  of which
will be presented at a future session.
  In laying out my Avork of the past season I determined to
review carefully the ground covered by my original contribution
to the Institute, desiring thereby either to confirm my past ob- 
          CERTAIN HOMCEOPATHIC TRITURATIONS.      117

servations, or, on  the  contrary, as I have  already intimated, to
expose  any latent errors perchance  therein  contained.   It is
always  more pleasant  to discover  one's OAvn blunders than to
accept the tender mercies of the critic
   KnoAving full Avell  the paramount importance of the proper
illumination of an object under the microscope, especially  when
triturations of Aurum are examined, I have expended consider-
able time and study in this direction.  I  iioav have to report that
the method of  using the  solar beam in  connection with  the use
of the high-apertured  objectives, suitably  diaphragmed, as  de-
scribed by me at Lake George, I still find to give me results
decidedly superior to all  others I  have tried, especially as to the
recognition of gold.
   This matter  of the recognition of gold,  during examinations of
its triturations, is  of the  utmost  and vital  importance.  It will
be remembered  that at the last  session  I  pointed out the fatal
errors likely to occur  from the use of reflected light;  neverthe-
less, it is to be  noticed  that, during the  past year, one observer
at least, engaged in the study of gold triturations, used this same
reflected light  constantly, to the  almost exclusion of all  other
methods of illumination.                                '
   I  have also revieAved that portion of my  past work  which Avas
accompanied by  the series of drawings  executed by aid  of the
camera-lucida and microscope under amplifications of 1500 diam-
eters ; my object being, first,  to ascertain Avhether certain infini-
tesimally small particles, Avhich, under  amplifications of  1500
diameters, Avere too dimly seen to  be recognized as gold, or to be
accurately measured,  might  not  be, under higher poAvers;  in
which case to also  measure the same as  accurately as possible.
In this Avork the chief instrumentation consisted of:
   1st. A superb duplex immersion, one-tenth, by Tolles, balsam
aperture of 100 degrees.   This objectiA'e  displays all the known
tests, including the Fassolt 120,000th band of lines.
  2d.  A special micrometer stage-plate,  ruled especially for me
by Professor William A. Rogers, of Cambridge, Mass.  This plate
contains the standard  American inch, and  also the French cen-
timeter.  A horizontal line traverses this plate from right to left.
Above this the standard  inch lines  are  ruled, Avhile  beloAv are
                              9 
118      AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF  HOMOEOPATHY.

the lines of the centimeter; both sets of  lines contact the hori-
zontal one, hence it occurs that the tAvo sets of lines at the point
of contact  with the horizontal are  seldom  coincident, the one
series forming " laps" with the other.  Now by measuring these
"laps" under the objective, and comparing  the said measure-
ments with their tabular vTalues, we  have the  means of cross-
questioning the  accuracy of the rulings in the severest manner
possible.  The plate in question, under this close scrutiny, will
always give me values true to three places, and often four places,
of decimals.   This  plate is a marvel of mechanical  skill.
   3d. A Donald cobweb micrometer, fitted Avith one-fourth inch
ocular, the value of the Avheel divisions being determined  by aid
of the Rogers's stage-plate above mentioned.
   4th.  Tolles's achromatic amplifier.  This instrument doubles
the poAver of the objective and  eye-piece,  Avithout disturbing the
corrections of the objective.
   5th.  Tolles's patent one-half and one-fourth solid oculars.
   6th.  The  new " Acme" stand,  the joint  production  of Mr.
John Sidle and  myself.  This  stand combines all the latest im-
provements.   For the close work contemplated the camera-lucida
is not adapted, and was not used.
   It Avill be remembered  that my paper read at  Lake George
contained an account of Mr. Witte's  new triturations of Aurum
from the precipitate by phosphorus in ether.   These, being so far
superior to all others I  have met with in  point of fineness of the
gold  particles therein contained, Avere selected for the work in
hand.  Of these the 2d, 3d, and 6th  decimal received my special
attention.  Further along I shall have occasion to again refer to
these superior triturations.
   The method of mounting the triturations Avas the same as that
described last year, and the superiority  of the method further
demonstrated, as it seems to me, beyond a reasonable doubt.
   I now proceed to give briefly the results of my observations
over the new triturations of Mr. Witte, above mentioned.
   These I have examined time after time, using the transmitted
solar  beam in conjunction with the diaphragmed  objective, the
greater portion  of  my time and  attention being devoted to the
3d and  6th decimal triturations. 
           CERTAIN HOMCEOPATHIC  TRITURATIONS.      119

    With  the objective  in  perfect adjustment, and  by the most
 delicate  manipulations of the  illumination, I  have discovered,
 under amplifications of 2000 diameters and  upwards, certain ex-
 ceedingly small particles which exhibit the characteristic behavior
 of gold.   These minute particles, after increasing the amplifica-
 tions to  4000 diameters and  upAvards, Avere carefully measured
 with the cobweb micrometer, and found to  vary betAveen g^oo"
 to ttsVoo of an inch. The most diligent search, coupled  Avith the
 most delicate manipulations, failed to display any smaller parti-
 cles  than the above named, having  the  slightest appearance of
 metallic  gold.
    I  desire  to  call your  attention to a  fact, to Avhich  many of
 those before me can attest, viz.: At the last  session of this Insti-
 tute, at Lake George, the Avriter  placed on record his utter dis-
 belief as  to the capacity of the microscope to determine the ulti-
 mate divisibility  of matter.  The question with the author from
 the outset has been, Iioav far—to what extent—is the microscope
 of service in enabling us to study the behavior of drugs under
 the pestle during the processes of triturations.
   Leaving then the item of ultimate divisibility out of considera-
 tion, the  question arises, Avhat has  the microscope taught concern-
 ing our  triturations;  or, referring  to my  OAvn investigations,
 what  has the author  learned  from  the  microscope concerning
 triturations of Aurum, during the past tAvo years, Avhich were not
 previously knoAvn and accepted.
   To this interrogatory I responded as follows :
   First.  A  certain so-called  trituration,  labelled and  sold for
 Aurum 3x, contained no gold at all.
   Second. Mr.  Witte's trituration of Aurum foliatum has been
 demonstrated to  be almost equal  in  fineness of  particles to the
 average triturations from the precipitate.
   Third.  Four-hour decimal triturations are not very far supe-
 rior to two-hour triturations.
   Fourth. Triturations of Aurum met., up to the 6*, from vari-
 ous makers, vary  considerably;  no tAvo being identical in  fine-
 ness of the contained particles.
   Fifth.  The popular idea that particles of gold are ten  times
smaller in the 2d decimal trituration,  than in  the 1st decimal, is 
120      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMCEOPATHY.

very far from being correct.  Nor are  particles of gold in the 3*
ten times smaller than in the 2d decimal trituration.   These are
plain facts and  are easy of demonstration.
   SLrth.  In all the triturations of gold, from the 1st to the  6th
decimal,  examined by  me, fully 33 per cent, of the metal escapes
subdivision  under the pestle, i. e., does not become subdivided to
anything like the extent formerly accepted.
   Seventh. It is quite possible Avith careful manipulations to dis-
play particles of metallic gold under the microscope which, in
point of minuteness, challenge our most difficult test-objects.
   Among the  most difficult test-objects known  in modern  mi-
croscopy  may  be  quoted the  finest bands,  ruled  by Professor
Rodgers, of Cambridge,  Mass., and Mr. Charles Fassolt, of  Al-
bany, N. Y.  Either of these  equal  120,000 lines to  the inch.
To display these delicate rulings the utmost  delicacy  of manipu-
lation, coupled with the employment of modern objectives pos-
sessing exquisite  definition,  is imperatively  demanded ; further-
more, it  may be asserted that few, even of the modern opticians,
furnish object-glasses equal  to the task.
   The finest object-glasses capable of resolving the delicate tests
above named are, and for the  past eight years have  been, made
in the United States.  The Avork of the \Teteran, Mr. Charles A.
Spencer, of Geneva, N. Y., and  that of Mr. R. B. Tolles, oi
Boston, Mass.,  is Avell  knoAvn and appreciated, both at home  and
abroad.   The late  glasses of Zeiss, of Ger  Denmark, are quite
equal, in point of definition, to those of Spencer or of Tolles.
   Exceedingly fine object-glasses  have lately been produced  by
the  Messrs. Bausch & Lomb, of Rochester, N. Y., and also by
Mes«rs. Powell & Lealand, of London, England.
   In giving, as above, the  names of the several opticians Avhose
objectives alone exhibit that exquisite  definition rendering them
successful to attack the  most  difficult problems, in  the line of
test-objects, known  in microscopy, i. e.,  the resolution of the
Rodgers  and the Fassolt 120,000th bands, the seeming digres-
sion may be pardonable, Avhen it is taken into consideration that
observers using object-glasses, knoAvn to be of inferior quality,
sometimes claim  results  which would at sight be rejected by mi-
croscopic experts.  One author, during the  past year, claims to 
          CERTAIN HOMCEOPATHIC TRITURATIONS.      121

 have seen  particles of gold measuring but j^th of the m.m.,
 r^'do^h  of tne English  inch, and  this, too, Avith  reflected
 sunlight.  Comment is here unnecessary.
   Returning to the enumeration of the results  possibly accom-
 plished by my OAvn observations, I have now to call your atten-
 tion to a most interesting and, it seems to me, important matter,
 which has been brought to light, and to a certain extent devel-
 oped during my studies of the gold triturations.
   Referring back again to  my original paper, read at Lake
 George,  many of those present will recollect that I exhibited a
 specimen of a new trituration  of Aurum metallicum, prepared by
 Mr. L. H. Witte, pharmacist, of this city, to whom I am under
 great obligations for his valuable assistance from the commence-
 ment of my  observations to the  present date.
   At our last  session I Avas content with simply inviting your
 attention to the neAV  preparations.  You Avere sIioavii  that the
 1st decimal trituration Avas very much darker, even approximating
 to the color of slate, as also that the 3d decimal  trituration Avas
 even darker in color  than the  usual  1st trituration.  Accom-
 panying the statement that these new triturations of Mr. Witte's
 Avere prepared from gold throAvn out of solution of the chloride
 by the addition of ether  and  phosphorus, I also asserted  that
 the particles of gold thus thrown out of solution average smaller
 than those found  in the usual  1st, 2d, and  3d decimal  tritura-
 tions.
   On my  return home, Mr. Witte, at my request, carried his
 neAV triturations up to the  14th decimal.
   While engaged in the study of these  last triturations, I  had
 occasion to dissolve a small quantity in a little distilled  Avater,
 and Avas astonished to find  that the  liquid instantly assumed a
 clear and almost transparent purple color; adding a little alcohol
 by Avay of preservative  the purple  fluid remained constant and
 unchanged for Aveeks and even  months.
   Noav,  if to a solution of the chloride of gold Ave add, as did
 Mr. Witte, a solution of ether in  phosphorus, Ave shall obtain
this same purple solution, Avhich, Avhen examined under the mi-
croscope, Avill  be  found  to consist  principally of metallic gold,
and in a state of very fine subdivision. 
122      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF HOMOEOPATHY.

  Having  determined  this fact it became desirable to recover
this  gold intact, and by some method render  the process practi-
cable to the homceopathic pharmacist.
  To secure this desideratum  Mr. Witte and  myself devoted
much time and attention, and  to Mr. Witte belongs the honor
of having  discovered  a process at  once practicable  as well as
simple, and meeting the requirements of the pharmacist.   This
formula will be given  in detail before concluding this paper.
  If, after  recovery, the gold be submitted to the process of tritu-
ration, and subsequently dissolved in water Ave have, as I have
before stated, the  original purple liquid again, that resulting from
the trituration being obviously purer than that occurring from
the addition of ether in phosphorus to the solution of the chloride.
  If, after  having  dissolved a little of the trituration in  Avater,
adding alcohol, as  before  stated, and allowing  the purple fluid
to remain quiet, say for ten days, a light sediment will be noticed
at the bottom of  the vessel.   By decanting now the supernatant
purple liquid  into a clean  bottle  no  further sediment seems to
form at  least for Aveeks ;  here we have  the purple liquid in  its
purest form.
  As to the nature of the sediment   referred  to, I opine that it
consists  principally of the impurities contained  in the sugar of
milk, and perhaps  of a small proportion of the larger particles
of metallic gold.  In this direction there is still room for further
study.
  If we  attempt  to dissolve too much of the trituration we may
obviously expect  a  sediment.
  The clear purple fluid, after a greater or lesser period, say from
two to four months' time,  will finally settle to the bottom, leav-
ing the liquid above  as clear as water.   If, however, we  shake
the bottle  slightly  this precipitate  disappears, and  the purple
fluid again  makes its appearance.
  Any attempt to examine the gold contained in the purple fluid
in the Avet  state will fail.   This  is true of the usual test-objects
used by  adA'anced microscopists.   By evaporating, hoAvever, a
feAV drops on a glass  slide the slide  becomes gilded, having  the
appearance of watered silk described in my former paper. 
          CERTAIN HOMCEOPATHIC TRITURATIONS.      123

   These neAV triturations present  peculiar claims for your con-
sideration.
   1st. Their very much darker color.   This to the professional
pharmacist  will be a matter of interest and likely to excite his
attention, knowing full Avell  that  the finer the comminution of
particles the darker will be the resulting color of the trituration.
   2d.  No previous trituration of gold will give the purple fluid
when dissolved in water.
   3d.  The  lower triturations,  say the  1st and 2d, are  easily
demonstrated  by the microscope  to be far superior to previous
triturations, and, be it  knoAvn, that on  the integrity of the Ioav
triturations rest that of all  the higher ones.
   I now proceed to dissolve samples of these neAV triturations in
water, and will pass  them  around for  your personal inspection
(specimens prepared and passed to members).   With these you
Avill also receiAre a  small sample of the  1st decimal trituration,
dry, for your further examination at your  leisure (samples  of the
trituration here given to members present).
   The 5th  decimal  trituration dissolved  in water will commu-
nicate to the latter a perceptible purple tinge.  Experienced eyes,
accustomed to judge of colors, might detect the color in the higher
triturations.
   The question noAv naturally arises, does this purple fluid con-
tain gold in suspension or gold in true solution?
   As proof that  this gold  is truly in a state of suspension the
following experiment may be cited :
   Resin  dissoh'ed  in pure alcohol gives  a perfectly clear and
transparent liquid,  which  cannot be distinguished by  the eye
from alcohol Avithout the resin. To this solution add Avater very
carefully until the resin shall be very slightly thrown out of so-
lution.   If the experiment  be conducted  properly the resinous
particles, in a finely divided state,  will  remain suspended  in the
liquid permanently, while the latter will exhibit a trace of color.
We knoAv now from obvious  reasons that the resin is not in a
state of solution.
   Again, it is a well-known fact that certain solutions  of  silver
are liable to turn red OAving to the reduction of the metal in a
finely comminuted state; the reduced silver being held in suspen- 
124      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF HOMOEOPATHY.

sion cannot be removed by filtering.  If, hoAvever, to  the liquid
be added a suitable quantity of Kaolin, and the Avhole Avell shaken
and immediately filtered, the reduced silver will be  separated,
the silver remaining on the filter, and in this manner it may be
recovered.
   Noav, as may be hereafter seen, this shaking Avith Kaolin and
subsequently filtering is a process practically identical with that
adopted by Mr. Witte for the recovery of his gold.
   I may here remark, en passant, that  the superiority of gold,
in point of fineness, precipitated from solutions of the chloride
by phosphorus  and  ether, Avas  clearly demonstrated  by  micro-
scopic examinations, and hence the importance of recovering this
gold for the purpose of subsequent triturations.
   Furthermore, from the  minute particles thus throAvn out of
solution by the action of ether and phosphorus, together Avith the
presence of the purple color, may it not  be urged that the metal
is simply held in the vehicle in a state of true suspension ?
   In  support of this position many natural phenomena may be
cited, e. g., the  prevailing blue of the heavens, the green of the
ocean Avave, both owe their color to myriads of infinitesimal par-
ticles  held in true suspension.   The  gorgeous tints seen on the
feathers of the peacock depend on the close striation of particles.
This  latter fact is easy of demonstration  under the microscope
by separating the particles under a low poAver, whereupon the
beautiful colors vanish, being replaced by a dingy broAvn.
   Again, the fine bands of the microscopist's test-plates all shoAV
a characteristic color when examined by reflected light.
   Nor are the results of my microscopic examinations of these
new triturations such as would strengthen the hypothesis of the
gold being in a state of true solution, for, in every instance, the
mass  of gold seen Avas not  in particles smaller than 6oT)ooth of
an inch.  The  very finest  particles alone Avere  those  measuring
from  ^gth'to TT5Vo"utn 0I> the inch.
   Finally, as I have already stated, if Ave allow the purple fluid
sufficient time the gold will eventually settle  to the bottom of
the vessel,  leaving  the supernatant  liquid entirely  devoid of
color.
   During the  past few months  samples of the new triturations 
          CERTAIN  HOMCEOPATHIC TRITURATIONS.       125

have been sent to friends prominent in our profession for exami-
nation and study.   The formula for their preparation has, hoAV-
ever, been Avithheld  for the purpose of presenting it to the In-
stitute during its present session.  Nearly all of those to whom
the triturations  have been fonvarded seem to regard the gold as
in a state of solution.   A  letter received  by  me, bearing date of
June 2d, from  a  gentleman favorably known  to all before me,
contains the folloAving paragraph :
   " One thing, hoAvever, strikes me about this preparation, and
that is, that it can hardly be said to be in suspension, but that it
is truly in solution.   According to chemical  authority, Silliman,
  solution is the result of  a feeble affinity, but one in Avhich the
properties of the dissolved body are unaltered;' and according
to Henry, ' solution is a state of diffusion of the  particles of a
solid throughout a liquid, Avithout  destroying its transparency.'
As your neAV preparation of gold comes fully under the condi-
tions just quoted it will be considered as  soluble, and not merely
suspended.  That, of course, Avill not affect the value of the dis-
covery."
   Other letters  received during  the past three months from in-
telligent and valued correspondents are similar in tenor to that
just quoted.
   Be  the facts what they may, there will be plenty of time in
the future  to arrive at a verdict, and, after  further deliberation
and study.  For the present I am content thus to leave the ques-
tion open.
   Of the superiority of these beautiful triturations there can be
no manner of doubt.   Furthermore, this marked  improvement
appeals with force to those using high as Avell as Ioav potencies.
   Is it probable that all the remaining triturations have reached
the  acme of perfection, and  may there  not be room for  their
further study and  improvement ?
   In conclusion I desire  to place on  record my obligations to
Mr. Witte for the valuable assistance he has  rendered me during
the entire progress of my  investigations,  and I feel assured that
when his neAV triturations shall become  better known  that the
profession  will  not be backAvard  in  their  appreciation of his
valuable discovery, which he gladly presents through  this In- 
126      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF HOMCEOPATHY.

stitute to the profession  at large.   His formula  is  as folloAvs,
which I giAre in  nearly his OAvn words:

  Sixteen grains of gold Avere dissolved in nitro-muriatic acid ; to
this solution sixteen pints of distilled Avater Avere added.
  Six grains of phosphorus Avere dissolved in twelve fluid ounces
of ether.   The two solutions Avere mixed together.

  The action  of the phosphorus upon the chloride caused its re-
duction,  there resulting phosphorus compounds  and metallic
gold,  the gold in particles so fine as  to remain in suspension and
to pass through  the filter-paper Avith facility.
  To separate the gold  a  solution  of albuminum chloride was
first  added, then aqua ammonia in  excess.   The  action of the
ammonia  caused the formation of  albuminum  hydrate, Avhich,
when filtered out, retained the particles of gold.   The  bulk of
the albuminum  hydrate  upon the  filter  was about  one cubic
inch.
  The albuminum hydrate Avas noAV dissolved out with muriatic
acid,  the solution passing through the filter and leaving the gold,
which was then  thoroughly washed  with  alcohol to dissolve out
any phosphorus, and then with distilled water until nothing
but the pure gold in fine particles Avas left upon  the filter.  The
gold  thus  remaining was  subsequently  submitted to  the usual
process of trituration. 
PROOFS OF DRUG  PRESENCE AND POWER
   IN ATTENUATIONS ABOVE THE SIXTH
                       DECIMAL,
          AS FUKNISBED BY THE SPECTKOSCOPE.

            By C. Wesselhceft, M.D., Boston, Mass.
   This  is the Avork allotted to me for the  Bureau of Materia
 Medica,  Pharmacy, and Provings.   The problem appears large,
 and its solution seems to promise more than Ave shall actually be
 able to realize.
   The spectroscope is, in the minds of many, a somewhat mar-
 vellous instrument,  Avhich is  thought to reveal  to  us, not only
 hidden secrets, but also to afford direct proof of the infinite di-
 visibility of matter.
   Revelations to unaided senses, of extremely minute portions of
 matter, such as the odor of fragrant floAATers perceived at a great
 distance, or the  perception by  the  senses of infinitely  minute
 quantities of metals, seems less  marvellous than  Avhen revealed
 to us through  the medium of some instrument, such as the spec-
 troscope, or the transmission  of Avords to a great distance by the
 telephone.
   In order to  arrive at a clearer understanding of what Ave may
 actually expect from the spectroscope,  a brief sketch of its in-
 ception and progress  is in place, and for this there is no  better
 authority than Mr.  Henry  E.  Roscoe's Lectures on Spectrum
 Analysis.
   The first principle to be understood in this connection is that
 Avhen light is allowed to fall through a prism  against a screen, it
 will be perceived  to have been separated  into its component parts,
and Avill  appear split up into a band  exhibiting the colors of the 
128      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMCEOPATHY.

rainbow.  This  is the solar spectrum.  None  of the different
colors  allow of further splitting up into other colors, and each
differs  from the other in Avave-length, and intensity of vibration.
  Besides the visible rays of light, there are invisible rays, play-
ing a most important part in the nature of solar light.  The red
rays produce  the most  heat; the yelloAv rays are the  most lumi-
nous to the eye; while the blue and violet possess  the greatest
chemical action.  {Photography.)  The dark heating rays  are in-
visible, but demonstrable by Tyndall's experiment with the ray-
filter, a solution  of Iodine in disulphide of Carbon, by Avhich all
the Luminous rays can  be filtered out, and only the invisible heat-
ing rays are transmitted, which is proved by the ignition of paper,
heating of platinum, etc.  The solar spectrum is not a gradual
transition of one kind of light  into another, but  interspersed
betAveen the  shades  and in  them are  certain dark  lines, to be
regarded as shadoAvs, or spaces Avhere certain  luminous rays are
absent  (L. C. Wollaston, Philosophical Transactions, 1802, p. 328).
They are only obtainable by alloAving the light to pass through a
narroAV slit.   They are ahvays the same in any kind of sunlight,
direct  or  indirect, and their  invariable  position  is known and
carefully mapped out; because by knoAving exactly the position
of these dark lines in the solar spectrum,  Ave can ascertain that
iron, sodium, and   other Avell-known  substances exist  in the
solar atmosphere.    This  Avas discovered  by  Wollaston;  they
were first mapped  out by Fraunhofer  to the number of  576, in
the year 1814, and are called  after him.
  Every chemical element, in  a state of gas, Avhen heated, gives
off  a peculiar light,  so that the spectrum  of  every element in a
state of glowing gas, is  totally different from that of  any solid
body, inasmuch as, instead of  a continuous spectrum, it presents
a discontinuous one containing light bands or lines, indicative of
the presence of the particular  elementary gas in question.
  Various bodies  burned in  a flame, e. g., Lithium,  Soda,  or
Potash, color the flame yelloAv and violet; Salts of strontium color
the flame crimson;  Barium green, etc., and each  chemical sub-
stance  can be detected  by its peculiar light, Avhen  burned in any
luminous flame like  that of Bunsen's burner. 
    DRUG  PRESENCE AND POWER  IN ATTENUATIONS.   129

  Every chemical element has the property of emitting its pecu-
liar light, if its vapor can be heated so  as to become luminous.
  Most of the alkaline earths can readily be detected by merely
burning them in a sufficiently hot flame; but the spectroscope is
the instrument by Avhich very minute quantities of each substance
can be detected.   This instrument consists of a prism placed on
a disk or platform ;  a telescope is fixed on  one side of the disk,
and is directed toAvards a surface of the  prism.   On the oppo-
site side of the disk  is placed  a tube having a lens in the end di-
rected toAvard the  prism, and  a narroAv vertical slit in the other
end directed  toAvards the flame.  This  form of spectroscope with
a simple lens will answer the  purpose  of detecting the minutest
particle  of most  substances.   More  complicated  instruments,
shoAving two spectra from tAvo flames, are  in use; also spectro-
scopes with many  prisms, Avhich have the effect of not only show-
ing colored bands in the spectra of various  substances, but which
by repeated refraction, split the simple colored bands into masses
of bright lines, each one as fine as the most gauzy spider's Aveb.
   As each metal,  salt, etc., produces bands of peculiar color, al-
Avays occupying the same place in the spectrum,  maps have been
prepared of the spectra of various substances, shoA\Ting the exact
position, breadth,  and intensity of  the  bright lines, enabling ob-
servers to identify the presence of knoAvn metals, and to recognize
the presence of unknoAvn elements.  The advantage of this method
of analysis consists in its delicacy, Avhich greatly  exceeds the
most delicate tests of chemistry.   The manner of using the  in-
strument, is  to place a drop  of  a  solution to be tested  upon a
small loop of platinum Avire, and to  burn it in a Bunsen burner
in front of the slit of the tube, while the observer looks through
the telescope at the  prism, in  a dark chamber.   If metals are to
be observed which are not volatilized in an ordinary flame, they
are made incandescent by means'of the electric spark, a method
more difficult of application than the former, both on account of
the additional apparatus, as well as OAving  to the rapid action of
the spark.
   Instances of the  Delicacy of Spectrum Analyses.—The most sen-
sitive reaction is that for Sodium, the minutest particles of Avhich,
unless  previously guarded against, disturb all other tests.   So- 
 130      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMOEOPATHY.

 dium  is  not only everyAvhere  present, but soon  returns if re-
 moved by heat, so  that  a thin platinum wire, if not used for a
 feAv minutes, will at once show the yelloAv  sodium  lines again,.
 which must  be removed when  trying another substance on the
 same wire.   Wgggth part of a milligram, or ts o-sWgth  part of a
 grain can be easily detected.   It is always present in the air, and
 all bodies exposed to the  air show, when  heated, the yelloAv soda
 line.
   Lithium, TogWth  part of a milligram, or so airs girth part of a
 grain  can be easily detected by its red lines.   It was formerly
 knoAvn to exist in only four minerals.   It is now found  by spec-
 trum analysis to be one of the most widely distributed elements.
 It  exists in all rocks, in the  ashes  of  most  plants, in  milk,
 human blood, and muscular tissue.  Strontium is easily  detected
 by red and  blue bands,  when  only Tosgggth  of  a milligram,
 or xggirogoth of a grain is present.   Calcium,  TogWgth of a milli-
 gram,  or  iggooffuth of  a  grain  of lime can  be easily detected.
 Caesium and Rubidium were detected  in the proportion of tAvo
 hundred grains in forty tons of mineral Avater.
   Thallium and Indium were discovered in a similar Avay.   To
 illustrate the delicacy of the spectrum  reaction, I transcribe the
 folloAving : " The folloAving experiment shoAvs  that  the chemist
 possesses no reaction which in the slightest degree will bear com-
 parison as regards delicacy Avith spectrum-analytical determina-
 tion of Sodium.  In a far corner of  our experiment-room, the
 capacity of which was about sixty cubic centimeters, Ave burnt a
 mixture of three milligrams of  Chloride of sodium Avith Milk-
 sugar,  Avhile the non-luminous, colorless flame of the lamp Avas ob-
 served through the slit  of the telescope.   Within a feAV  minutes
 the flame, Avhich gradually became pale yelloAv, gave a  distinct
 Sodium line, which, after lasting ten  minutes, gradually disap-
 peared.
   " From the weight of Sodium burned, and the capacity of the
 room, it is easy to calculate that in one part by weight of air
 there is suspended less than zgggWggth  part of soda smoke, as the
reaction can be observed Avith all possible comfort in  one second,
and as in  this time  the  quautity of air, which  is heated to igni-
tion by the flame, is  found, from the rate of  issue, and from the 
    DRUG  PRESENCE AND  POWER  IN  ATTENUATIONS.  131

composition of the gases of the flame, to  be only about 50 cubic
centimeters, or 0.0647 gram of air, containing less than FggoWggth
of Sodium salts ; it folloAvs that  the eye is able to detect with the
greatest ease quantities of Sodium  salt less than ?a«ggggth  of  a
milligram in Aveight."*
  The application  to homoeopathic  pharmacy of the above ob-
servations  is a very easy matter, and it appears at a glance that
the quantities of matter observable by spectrum analysis, permit-
ting the ocular perception of ejgoaggth part of a grain of Lithium,
or rsgoWggth part of a grain of Sodium, does not exceed  the 4th
centesimal or  7th decimal  dilution.  But it must not be sup-
posed that because we fail, by the  spectroscope, to see the  pres-
ence of  matter any further, that it  is not present in many sub-
sequent dilutions, nor that  modern science does not alloAv  us to
calculate the limit  to which soluble matter may be carried by
progressive dilution.   As I have shoAvn in my last report to the
Institute (Transactions, 1879), modern molecular science demon-
strates that, in accordance with  the  average size of molecules,
their number is calculable in a given quantity of Avater,  or some
other fluid, and such calculation is derived from the fact that a
volume of substance, Avhen reduced to a liquid form, is not much
greater than the combined volume of its molecules.
  According to this calculation  the 11th  centesimal, or 22d
decimal dilution, Avould be the limit to Avhich matter can possibly
be carried, which  is  fully corroborated by Mr. Crooke's experi-
ments  on  radiant  matter.   Hence, spectrum analysis  is inade-
quate to  demonstrate the extent  of molecular divisibility to the
senses.
  In order to test  the matter personally, I undertook the spec-
troscopic  analysis of several substances  (wherein I Avas assisted
by Mr. Fletcher, Lecturer  on Chemistry at the Boston Univer-
sity School  of  Medicine), at the Institute of Technology, Avhere
the use of instruments was  most kindly placed at our disposal.
I prepared decimal dilutions of Chloride of sodium and Sulphate
of lithium  as  the tAvo  most  available substances for analysis.
  * L. C, from Kirchhoff and Bunsen's first Memoir on Ana^-sis by Spec^
trum Observ — Phil.  Mag., vol. xx, 1860. 
132      AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF HOMCEOPATHY.

Each of these substances was diluted in  distilled Avater  in  pro-
portion of ten grains to one hundred drops of water, and carried
up on  this scale to the 8th  decimal.   The spectroscope  Avas
placed in a dark room; before  its slit there was a Bunsen's
burner, reinforced by atmospheric pressure to  give a very intense
flame.
   Very thin platinum Avires, melted into glass handles at one
end, Avere  bent  into a little loop at the other end,  just large
enough to hold the fraction of a drop of the  solution.  Having
burned off all the Sodium  deposited by the  atmosphere on the
Avire, it Avas then dipped into the 8th decimal dilution  of  salt,
and held in the  flame.   This gave no spectrum  Avith the char-
acteristic yelloAv lines  of  sodium.  These  lines Avere faintly ob-
served in a fraction of a drop of the 7th  decimal, and very  dis-
tinctly in dilutions below the 7th decimal.
   Lithium sulphate was subjected  to  the  same  process,  but
shoAA'ed no characteristic red  lines above the 3d at these  experi-
ments; although a  repetition, Avhich I  had  no time  to make,
Avould undoubtedly have shown the presence of Lithium further,
and I do not regard the last test as very conclusive.
   But taking  into consideration the  more successful  Sodium test,
we find that the 7th decimal dilution contains the Tggoggsth part
of  a  grain.   Each  drop of the 7th  decimal  Avould contain
Tijgg'ffoooth of a grain, and when Ave  consider that a  minute frac-
tion of a drop, perhaps only the tenth part,  was  burned in the
flame, we must conclude that the test is one exceeding in fineness
the  one  recorded  by Bunsen  and  Kirchhoff,  Avho  say  that
TsggVgggth  is easily detected, w7hile our fraction of about a hun-
dred-millionth in the 7th  decimal  Avas  only less  easily seen,
allowing a  brief  flash  of yelloAv bands to become visible more
nearly Avithin  the limits of the statement of those observers. 
PROOFS  OF  MEDICINAL  PRESENCE  AND
      PO WER IN A TTENUA TIONS AB 0 VE
              THE SIXTH  DECIMAL,
     FROM THE STANDPOINT OF THE PHYSIOLOGIST.

          By Lewis Sherman, M.D., Milwaukee, Wis.
   The determination of the limits of medicinal  poAver in atten-
uations must-be made by experiment.  Observation and analogy
connot give positive and unequivocal proof.   They can, at best,
give such indications as will point out the experiments which are
necessary to this end.  In observation  the  conditions are sup-
plied by the natural  course of events, and they have no designed
reference to the question to be settled.   In a perfect experiment,
the conditions are designedly arranged so that only the force in
question can determine the result.  In searching for the limit of
drug poAver in attenuation, three methods  of  experimentation
have been pursued.
   1. Experiments in Avhich the pnwerstook the medicinal prep-
arations to  be tested, and  recorded  all  the  sensations  observed
for several  days or months aftenvards.
   2. Experiments in which the provers took Sugar of milk, and
recorded all the sensations observed for several days or months
aftenvards.
   3. Experiments in which the provers  took the medicinal prep-
arations at  one  time and the menstruum at another, Avithout
knoAving, in any instance, Avhich  was the one and Avhich was the
other; and by close observation of their sensations tried to dis-
cover which was the medicinal preparation.
   A typical example of the first  of  these three  methods of  ex-
perimentation  is  the " Reproving  of Sepia," made under  the
                            10 
134      AMERICAN  INSTITUTE OF HOMCEOPATHY.

direction of this  bureau, published  in the  Transactions of the
Institute for the year 1875.  The chairman of the bureau, the late
lamented Carroll Dunham, selected the subject and requested the
professors of Materia Medica in the homoeopathic medical col-
leges to organize classes of provers among the students.
  Thirty provers Avere secured, and thirty-five provings  Avere
made.
  Ten provings Avere  made with the 3d centesimal trituration,
seventeen provings with the 30th centesimal trituration, and  eight
provings Avith the 200th centesimal dilution.  The ten  provers
of the 3d trituration recorded one hundred and ten  symptoms,
the seventeen provers  of the 30th  trituration tAvo hundred  and
tAventy-tAVO symptoms, and the  eight provers of the 200th dilu-
tion three hundred and four symptoms.
  The first prover, an unmarried lady medical student, took five
poAA'ders of Sepia  200th, and  experienced during  the  folloAving
winter seven quarto pages of symptoms.  The most prominent
among these Avere tenderness of the  mammas, distress in the pel-
vis, great vascular excitement,  a sensation as if the vulva  were
enlarged, frequent micturition.   There were numerous and va-
rious  pains, dull,  dragging, pressing, throbbing,  lancinating,
shooting, darting, gnawing, and bearing down.
  Once during the proving the menses came  eight days ahead
of time.  This happened sixty-one days after  the  taking of the
last dose of Sepia 200th, and only six days after taking a dose of
Nux vomica, Ioav.  Yet the symptom forms  a part of the patho-
genesis of Sepia.  The most remarkable symptom of all, perhaps
a " keynote," was a mental one, " I recall known facts by asso-
ciation."  This also  occurred long  after the  taking of the last
dose of Sepia 200th, and soon after the taking of a dose of  Nux
vomica,  low.   Nevertheless it is incorporated  in Dr. Dunham's
Hahnemannian arrangement of the symptoms, and forms a part
of the recorded pathogenesis of Sepia.
  The second prover, also a lady medical student, took tAvo pow-
ders of Sepia 200th.   She suffered great mental depression, and
urinated quite freely, passing a very large  quantity.  She had
very severe pelvic pains, and her mammae Avere very sore.   Like 
        PRESENCE AND  POWER  IN ATTENUATIONS.     135

the first prover she felt very  stupid during the Avhole  lecture
course, and had great difficulty in ansAvering questions.
  The symptoms lasted exactly one hundred and eleven days,
and covered seven quarto  pages of the Transactions.  Their se-
verity may be inferred from the fact that the word very occurs in
the record more than  seventy times.
  Another prover,  under  the personal supervision of Dr. Wil-
liam OAvens, of Cincinnati, Ohio, took a dose  of Sepia 30° at
nine o'clock in the evening.   At four o'clock the next morning
she became alarmed at her condition and took a dose of  Aconi-
tum, 3d.   Before night her feet gave forth a most offensive odor.
This symptom  is incorporated by  Dr. Dunham in the  arranged
pathogenesis of Sepia.  After nine days the prover took another
dose of Sepia 30°, folloAved in a feAV hours by a dose of Aconitum 3d.
Nine days later she observed a fine rash over the body, particu-
larly about the bends of the elboAvs  and knees, brought out by
heat and caused to disappear by cold.   This symptom is incor-
porated in the pathogenesis of Sepia.
  Hungry symptomatologists assume that such  provings as these
represent the disease-producing powers of drugs. Careful students
of drug-action believe that most,  if not  all, of the symptoms
added  to our Materia Medica from  such  sources are Avorthless,
because they are not  the  effects of the drugs to Avhich they are
ascribed.  They think that the Sepia had no influence in modify-
ing the symptoms, Avhich Avould have occurred if the  provers had
taken only Milk sugar or Alcohol under  the supposition that  it
was a medicinal agent.
  This difference of  opinion  suggested more  complete  experi-
ments.
  In 1877,  two years later, Dr. Conrad Wesselhoeft, chairman
of this bureau,  presented  provings of Milk sugar.   These, also,
Avere made by  medical students, and  Avere, in  every important
respect, analogous to the Sepia provings referred to.  The provers
Avere sixteen in number, eleven male and five female.
  They received from Dr. Wesselhoeft packages of  Sugar of
milk, and took it, probably under the  impression that it Avas a
medicinal agent.  At the end of six Aveeks, they brought forth
an array of seven hundred and sixty-five symptoms,  equal in se- 
136      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMOEOPATHY.

verity to those Avhich had been  ascribed  to  the  attenuations of
Sepia.   The record of the symptoms is published in the Trans-
actions,  occupying  thirty-one pages of that  volume.   Summa-
rizing the above, it appears that:
  Sepia 3°, Milk  sugar, and fear produce, on an  average, eleven
symptoms to the prover.
  Sepia 30c, Milk sugar, and fear produce, on  an average, thir-
teen symptoms to the prover.
  Sepia 200c, Alcohol, and fear  produce, on an average, thirty-
eight symptoms to the prover.
  Milk sugar and fear alone produce, on  an  average, forty-eight
symptoms to the prover.
  For the sake of brevity, the term "fear" is here made to  in-
clude the state of mental solicitude Avhich so  increases the sensi-
bility of the  prover as to cause  him to observe conditions  and
sensations Avhich ordinarily Avould receive no more than a pass-
ing notice.   This fear is a potent  factor in the  production of
symptoms in all provings like those I  have  mentioned.   Its
poAver varies in different individuals, and  in the same individual
at different times.  The influence of this factor must be elimi-
nated from the provings in order to ascertain the effects produced
by the drug itself.  To eliminate, Ave must either  remove or neu-
tralize.  Since  Ave cannot remove Ave must neutralize.   In  the
third, or test method of experimentation, this end is accomplished.
The prover is  deprived of all bias or prejudice, in his experi-
ments, by being kept in ignorance as to whether,  in any particu-
lar  instance,  he is taking a medicinal  preparation  or a blank
containing the menstruum alone.  Since he is just as likely to as-
cribe irrelevant sensations to the  blank as to  the medicine, these
sensations cannot influence the result. He is thus  delivered from
the besetting snares Avhich impede all experimenters upon atten-
uated medicines, who folloAV the ordinary  methods.   A typical
example of the test.method is seen in a  series of experiments per-
formed in the year 1879 for the Milwaukee Academy of Medicine,
by the believers in  the medicinal power of the 30th dilutions.
  The experiments Avere designed as a crucial test of the efficacy
or inertness of the 30th dilutions.
  The plan Avas proposed in a paper which  I  read before  that 
        PRESENCE AND POAVER IN  ATTENUATIONS.     137

society in 1878.  It was briefly as follows : Several vials, simi-
lar in appearance, Avere given to the  prover.  One of the vials
contained the 30th  centesimal attenuation of a remedy selected
by the prover, Avhile the remainder of the vials contained only a
quantity of the  menstruum in which the  drug Avas prepared,
namely, alcohol and cane-sugar. The prover undertook to select
the medicine from among the blanks, by means of its effects upon
the human organism.
   The attenuations Avere made  by the  Milwaukee  Academy of
Medicine especially for the  purposes of this test.   The tinctures
of plants and the  6th  decimal attenuations of drugs, were  ob-
tained from Avell-knoAvn and reputable homoeopathic pharmacists,
and, in all cases in which the nature of the substances admitted,
these original preparations  Avere tested by members of the society
to make sure of their genuineness.  All of the attenuations Avere
made at the meetings  of  the society, both  believers and  un-
believers in the 30th potency  being present and Avitnessing the
process.   The  vials Avere  scrupulously  clean and  the  Alcohol
and  sugar globules the purest obtainable.   The  attenuations
were made by dilution  and  succussion, according to Hahnemann's
directions, in the proportion of one to  ninety-nine, and ten vigor-
ous shakes Avere given  at each dilution.
   The attenuations thus prepared, together Avith the remainder
of the  Alcohol used in  making them, and a sufficient quantity of
labelled vials, sugar globules, and mailing boxes, Avere given to
an unprejudiced layman of unimpeachable honor, who promised
to guard them  and dispense them as they Avere called for through
the secretary of the society.
   The chosen depositary was Rev. George T. Ladd, late pastor
of the Spring Street Congregational Church in Milwaukee, now
Professor of Mental Philosophy at Bowdoin College, Maine,  and
lecturer at Andover Theological Seminary,  He is a man well
knoAvn among  the  scholars in the  church to which he belongs,
and  one Avho has borne an  unblemished reputation in the com-
munities Avhere he has  resided, and  more  important  than all, a
man Avho had no interests  to serve in the matter except those of
truth and honor.  Rev. George T. Ladd took the  preparations
and  utensils directly from the hands of the society and, himself, 
138       AMERICAN INSTITUTE  OF HOMOEOPATHY.
medicated the pellets and dispensed to the prover  the test pack-
ages.   The vials Avere all  numbered  and a record  Avas  kept of
their contents.
   The test  packages were given  out  at various  times, as they
were called for,  from January 13th to July 28th,  1879.   Notice
was given, at the beginning,  of the time alloAved for  the experi-
ment, and  all the provers  Avere notified a second time  Avhen  the
reports were due.   January  26th,  1880, Professor Ladd  mailed
his report to the society.   As soon as  practicable thereafter  the
society met, broke the seals and compared  the report of the  de-
positary  with the reports of  the experimenters.
   The result is  indicated in  tabular form thus:
W. II. Blakely, Bowling Green, Ky., .
G. R. Mitchell, Richland Centre, AVis.,
C R. Muzzy, AVatertown, Wis.,  .
A. W. AVoodward, Chicago, 111.,  .
N. A. Pennoyer, Kenosha, Wis., .
M. A. Ries, Milwaukee, AVis.,
A. Uhleineyer, St. Louis, Mo.,
J. H. Thompson, New York,.
W. F. Morgan, Leavenworth, Kan.,
J. W. Thompson, Greenfield, Mass.,
H. I,. AValdo, AVest Troy, N. Y., .
E. Lippincott, Bowling Green, Ky.,
W. B. Trites, Manayunk, Pa.,
C. H. Hall, Madison, AVis.,   .
O. AV. Smith, Union Springs, N. Y.,
W.Collesou, St. Lonis, Mo.,  .
W. Eggert, Indianapolis, Ind.,
H. A. Foster, Buffalo, N. Y.,.
T. L. Brown, Binghamton, N. Y.,
H. A. Foster, Buffalo, N. Y., .
C AV. Mohr, Philadelphia, Pa.,  .
J. A. Pearsall,  Saratoga, N. Y.,
E. C Morrill, Norwalk, 0.,  .
T. M. Martin, Delavan, Wis.,
N. A. Pennoyer, Kenosha, Wis., .
W- M. Butler, Middletown, N. Y.,
C. B. Gatchell, Ann Arbor, Mich.,
C B. Gatchell, Ann Arbor, Mich.,
C B. Gatchell, Ann Arbor, Mich.,
C B. Gatchell, Ann Arbor, Mich.,
C. B. Gatchell, Ann Arbor, Mich.,
W. S. Gillett, Fox Lake, Wis.,
^ CENTESIMAL		DILUTION.
Aconitum,	. 9*	. Incorrect selection
Aconitum,	. 9	. Incorrect selection
Aconitum,	. 9	. Incorrect selection
Aconitum,	. 9	. Incorrect selection
Aconitum,	. 9	. Incorrect selection
Aconitum,	. 9	. Incorrect selection
Aconitum,	. 9	. Incorrect selection
Aconitum,	. 9	. No selection.
Aconitum,	. 9	. No selection.
Aconitum,	. 9	. No report.
Aconitum,	. 9	. No report.
Aconitum,	. 9	. No report.
Aconitum,	. 9	. No report.
Aconitum,	. 9	. No report.
Aconitum,	. 9	. No report.
Aconitum,	. 9	• No report.
Aconitum,	. 9	. No report.
Aconitum,	. 9	. No report.
Aconitum,	. 9	. No report.
Arsenicum,	. 9	. No report.
Belladonna,	. 9	. No report.
Belladonna,	. 9	. No report.
Nux vomica,	. 9	. No report.
Nux vomica,	. 9	. No report.
Arsenicum,	. 4	. No report.
Digitalis,		. No report.
Aurum, .		. No report.
Arsenicum,	i 1	. No report,
Calcarea carl	)., . 1	. No report.
Carbo veg.,		. No report.
Sulphur,		. No report.-
Arsenicum,		. No report.
* This column gives the number of " blanks " in each case. 
PRESENCE  AND  POWER  IN  ATTENUATIONS.       139
AV. S. Gillett, Fox Lake, Wis.,
W. S. Gillett, Fox Lake, Wis.,
W. S. Gillett, Fox Lake, Wis.,
W. S. Gillett, Fox Lake, AVis.,
0. AV. Smith, Union Springs, N. Y.,
0. AV. Smith, Union Springs, N. Y.,
0. W. Smith, Union Springs, N. Y.,
0. W. Smith, Union Springs, N. Y.,
0. W. Smith, Union Springs, N. Y.,
A. Uhlemeyer, St. Louis, Mo.,
A. Uhlemeyer, St. Louis, Mo.,
A. Uhlemeyer, St. Louis, Mo.,
A. Uhlemeyer, St. Louis, Mo.,
A. Uhlemeyer, St. Louis, Mo.,
W. F. Morgan, Leavenworth, Kan.,
W. F. Morgan, Leavenworth, Kan.,
A\r. F. Morgan, Leavenworth, Kan.,
A\r. F. Morgan, Leavenworth, Kan.,
AV. F. Morgan, Leavenworth, Kan.,
0. S. Childs, Beaver Dam, AVis.,  .
0. S. Childs, Beaver Dam, Wis.,  .
0. S. Childs, Beaver Dam, Wis.,  .
0. S. Childs, Beaver Dam, AVis.,  .
O. S. Childs, Beaver Dam, AVis.,  .
W. Colleson, St.  Louis, Mo.,  .
AV. Colleson, St. Louis, Mo.,  .
W. Colleson, St.  Louis, Mo.,  .
W. Colleson, St.  Louis, Mo.,  .
W. Colleson, St.  Louis, .Mo.,  .
Petrus Nelson, Minneapolis, Minn.,
Petrus Nelson, Minneapolis, Minn.,
Petrus Nelson, Minneapolis, Minn.,
Petrus Nelson, Minneapolis, Minn.,
Petrus Nelson, Minneapolis, Minn.,
L. A. Campbell,  Attleboro, Mass.,.
L. A. Campbell,  Attleboro, Mass.,.
L. A. Campbell,  Attleboro, Mass.,.
L. A. Campbell,  Attleboro, Mass.,.
L. A. Campbell,  Attleboro, Mass.,.
 Aurum, .
 Calcarea carb
 Carbo veg.,
 Sulphur,
 Arsenicum,
 Aurum,
 Calcarea carb
 Carbo veg.,
 Sulphur,
Arsenicum,
 Aurum, .
 Calcarea carb
 Carbo veg.,
 Sulphur,
 Arsenicum,
 Aurum, .
 Calcarea carb
 Carbo veg.,
 Sulphur,
 Arsenicum,
 Aurum, .
 Calcarea carb
 Carbo veg.,
 Sulphur,
 Arsenicum
 Aurum, .
 Calcarea carb
 Carbo veg.,
 Sulphur,
 Arsenicum
 Aurum, .
 Calcarea carb
 Carbo veg.,
 Sulphur,
 Arsenicum,
 Aurum, .
 Calcarea carb
 Carbo veg
 Sulphur,
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
Correct selection.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
No report.
                              SUMMARY.
                              Ten-vial Test.
Number making reports,   .
Number making correct selection,
Number making no selection,
Number making incorrect selection, .
Number making no report,
Total,
 9
 0
 2
 7
16

25
Five-vial Test.
Number making report,
Number making no report,
Total,
* This column gives the number of " blanks " in each case. 
140      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OP HOiWCEOPATHY.
                          Two-vial Test.
    Number making report,  ........  1
    Number making correct selection,   ......  1
    Number making no report,    ....... 4G
    Total,............48
        Total number of tests, ........ 73
        Total number of correct selections,   .....  1

   The most remarkable feature of the result, aside from the total
 failure in all of the ten-vial tests which were  performed, is the
 fact that the majority of the experimenters did not venture upon
 a selection.  This, with the fact that comparatively few of the
 advocates of potentization Avere willing to undertake the  experi-
 ment, shoAA'S a lack of confidence in potentized drugs, which Avas
 not anticipated  by the proposer of the test.
   If the entire body of provers of,  and healers Avith, dynamized
 medicines, cannot, in the course  of tAvelve months, distinguish
 one of their  remedies from its  inert menstruum,  under condi-
 tions Avhich preclude the aid of collusion, fraud, or chance, it may
 be  reasonably inferred that  the so-called  dynamized drugs are
 not to be relied on as medicinal agents.  There is no evidence, in
 the results  of this test  that, the  30th dilution of any medicine
 contains any power  or property which  is  not also contained in
 the menstruum in Avhich the medicine is prepared.  The nature and
 conditions of the experiments were such, that if there be in these
 dilutions any  medicinal power,  which can  be recognized  or
 handled, this poAver Avould have shoAvn its existence by its effects.
  It must be borne in mind,
  (1.) That the genuiueness of the preparations is vouched for
 by  competent physicians who were believers in the poAvers of the
 30th dilutions.
  (2.) That the custody and distribution of the preparations was
 put directly into the hands of a man of known integrity, Avho had
 no  interest in the success or failure of the doctrine of dynamiza-
 tion.
  (3.) That the experimenters Avere believers in the efficacy of
 preparations they tested.
  (4.) That the  experimenters  chose the  remedies Avith which
they experimented and voluntarily  undertook the  task of selec-
tion. 
        PRESENCE  AND  POWER  IN ATTENUATIONS.     141

  (5.)  That the experimenters Avere  not limited to any special
method of investigation,  but were alloAved full liberty to apply
chemical, electrical, physiological, therapeutic, or any other tests
by which they might detect a difference betAveen the  medicated
and the  unmedicated pills.   In view of these considerations the
failures to report are significant.
  The advocates of dynamization have plead  that the  test Avas
too hard,  avowing their belief that it is impossible also to  select
under similar conditions the 3d, 4th, 5th, and 6th decimal atten-
uations.
  Partly  to prove the Aveakness of this  plea, but more especially
to furnish data for determining the limit of drug poAver in  atten-
uation, a series of experiments on the loAArer attenuations has been
performed during the past year under  the auspices of this bu-
reau.
  It Avas  arranged that Dr. T. F. Allen, my confrere in  this sec-
tion of the bureau, should undertake a test of the 30th dilutions,
similar  to that  of the Mihvaukee Academy, while I  undertook
tests of the loAver attenuations  on the same conditions.   A com-
mittee of  three Avere to  be appointed to oversee and place  safe-
guardsaround each subseries of experiments.  On each committee
there was to be a representative of the American  Institute  of
Homoeopathy, appointed by Dr. Dake, the chairman of the bureau;
a representative of  the  believers in  dynamization, appointed by
Dr. Allen; and a representative of unbelievers in dynamization,
appointed by me.   The committee to  oversee  Dr. Allen's  tests
was chosen as folloAvs :
  Egbert Guernsey, M.D., of New York, by Dr. Dake;  J. T.
O'Conner, M.D., of New York, by Dr. Allen;  C. F.  Chandler,
M.D., of New York, by Dr. Sherman.
  AAvaiting the appointment of a similar  committee to  oversee
my tests in Milwaukee, I learned  that Dr. Allen had declined to
go on with  his experiments, and that  he Avould not  appoint a
representative in the Milwaukee committee.
  KnoAving well the fertility of any tests of this sort Avhich Avere
not satisfactory to skeptics, I had insisted upon both Dr. Allen's
tests and  mine  being surrounded by safeguards imposed  by a
committee representing believers and unbelievers. The absurdity 
142     AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF H0M030PATHY.

of attempting to convince skeptics Avithout giving them a repre-
sentation in the safeguards is apparent to the wayfaring man.
  After Dr. Allen's failure, I  called upon the three medical so-
cieties of Milwaukee to appoint each its representative, of various
opinions on the dose question, to scrutinize and place safeguards
around the proposed tests.   Dr. AV. J. Ha wkes, of Chicago, avIio
had publicly challenged a comparative test  of  the  3d  and 30th
dilutions, was also requested to appoint a representative.
  After considerable delay, occasioned  mainly by the apparent
uiiAvilliugness  of the dynamizationists to aid in  any  tests, the ar-
rangement  of safeguards Avas  completed and  the  experiments
Avere begun.
  The folloAving record of the tests Avas made by the committee
in an official manner.

        RECORD OF A TEST OF THE LOAV  DILUTIONS.

  Milwaukee,  Wis., January 14th, 1880.—At 8 p.m. the folloAA'-
ing named  gentlemen met in the office of Dr. Sherman on AVis-
consin Street,  namely :
  Dr. Lewis Sherman, member of the Bureau of Materia Medica,
Pharmacy,  and  Provings,  American  Institute of Homoeopathy.
Dr. C. C. Olmsted, appointed by the Chairman  of the Bureau of
Materia Medica, Pharmacy, and Provings, American Institute of
Homoeopathy,  to represent  the believers in high  potencies in
placing safeguards around the test.
  Dr. G. C. McDermott, Dr.  Samuel Potter,  representing the
Milwaukee  Academy of Medicine, by special appointment.
  Dr. E.  F.  Storke, Secretary,  Wisconsin  State Homoeopathic
Medical Society.
  Professor George AV. Peckham, teacher of biology, Milwaukee
High School.
  Absent, Dr. E. M. Rosenkrans, of the committee, appointed by
the  Milwaukee Academy of Medicine.
  The committee Avas called to order by Dr. Sherman,  Professor
George AAr. Peckham Avas  chosen chairman, and  Dr. Samuel
Potter, secretary.
  Dr.  Storke  presented  a  sealed  package  with  the  following
Avriting upon it: 
        PRESENCE AND  POWER  IN ATTENUATIONS.     143

   " I hereby certify that the contents of this box, consisting of a
piece of Phosphorus, one  seed of Nux vomica, one small  bottle
Avith Mercury, and one with Arsenious acid, have been examined
by me, and  I found them pure  and as represented; and further,
that I have  placed them in this box, and have wrapped them up
and sealed.
                                    " Gustavus Bode,
  "Milwaukee, January 13th, 1880."           Analytical Chemist.

   The package Avas opened by Dr. C. C. Olmsted in the presence
of the committee, and the substances enumerated above were found
therein, each in a separate package.  They were then placed upon
a small table surrounded by the committee.
   On motion, it was agreed that each member record his opinion
regarding the medicinal  efficacy of  attenuated drugs,  for  the
purpose of shoAving that all sides of the question are represented
on this committee.
   The chairman, Professor Peckham, stated that he had no opin-
ion to express on the matter, not having had sufficient evidence
before him to determine the question.
   Dr. C. C. Olmsted  stated that he  believed  in  the  medicinal
efficacy of the drugs  enumerated as high as  the  200th decimal
attenuation.
   Dr. G. C.  McDermott stated that he had the fullest confidence
in the medicinal virtue of all drugs in the highest attenuations
when attenuated by the Hahnemannian process.
   Dr. LeAvis Sherman stated that he had confidence in the medi-
cinal efficacy of the drugs enumerated as high as the 6th decimal
attenuation.
   Drs. E. F. Storke  and Samuel Potter  stated  that they had
little or no confidence in the medicinal efficacy of the attenuation
above the 6th decimal of  the drugs enumerated.
   Professor  Peckham  dissolved tAvo grains  of Arsenious acid
with 200 minims of distilled Avater in a neAV clean test-tube.
   At 9.15 p.m. Dr. Storke took his departure.
   This solution of Arsenicum Avas then attenuated according to
the Hahnemannian process to the 7th decimal by Drs. Olmsted 
144      AMERICAN  INSTITUTE OF  HOMCEOPATHT.

and Potter.  The preparations Avere dispensed for proving in the
folloAving manner:
  Ten tAvo-drachm vials Avere labelled  " Arsenicum 6X," and on
each label Avas Avritten a different number; the numbers running
from one to ten, inclusive.
  Ten slips of paper Avere likeAvise numbered  from one to ten.
Each of the slips Avas carefully folded to conceal its number,
and was placed alongside  the cork in the correspondingly num-
bered vial.  Each of the  vials Avas  then  Avrapped in  a square
piece of Avhite  paper (the pieces of the same size and quality), so
as to leave only the cork, one end of the slip, and the rim of the
vial visible. The ten vials Avere then placed in a hat and shaken.
Dr. Olmsted then took one vial from the hat, took out the cork
and the slip, filled the vial Avith the Arsenicum 6X, replaced the
cork, deposited the filled vial in another  hat,  marked  the slip
which  he took out "Arsenicum 6X," and deposited it unopened in
a paper slide-box.  The other nine vials  Avere then filled Avith
distilled water by members of the committee; each slip being
handed Avithout being unfolded, or the Avrapper being removed
from the vial, to Dr. Olmsted, Avho deposited it in the box Avith
the marked slip, and sealed the box ; all the members of the com-
mittee writing their names across the seals.   The  ten vials thus
deposited in the hat Avere again mixed up  by shaking and taken
from the hat.
   The set of Arsenicum 6X was then, in accordance Avith his  re-
quest,  handed to Dr. G. C. McDermott for experimentation, and
the Avhole  lot of material  (drugs, Avater, alcohol, slide-box, etc.)
was placed in  a desk, the same being locked  and sealed, the seals
being signed by Dr. Olmsted and Professor Peckham; Avhereupon
the committee adjourned to meet at the call of Dr. Lewis Sher-
man.

   January 22d, 1880, 8.30  p.m.   The committee met at Dr.
Sherman's office. Present: Professor George AV. Peckham, Chair-
man, Dr. Samuel  Potter,  Secretary, Drs. E. M. Rosenkrans (of
the committee of the Milwaukee Academy of Medicine),  C. C.
Olmsted, and  Lewis Sherman.
   Dr. G. C. McDermott, having been called  to the chair of Oph- 
        PRESENCE AND POWER IN  ATTENUATIONS.     145

thalmology and Otology at Pulte Medical College, had  left  the
city.
   Dr. Sherman dissolved  four  (4) grains  of Phosphorus in a
boiling flask in 2800 minims of Alcohol, in the vieAv of the com-
mittee.
   A package of Belladonna  tincture, bearing the original seal
of a Avell-known European pharmacist, Avas opened by the com-
mittee, and a portion thereof Avas attenuated  to the 7th decimal
dilution by Drs. Olmsted and Rosenkrans.   A set each of Bel-
ladonna 3X  and 7X Avere then dispensed by  Drs. Olmsted and
Potter  in the  manner  heretofore described,  the boxes  of slips
sealed, and the packages handed to Dr. LeAvis Sherman for  ex-
perimentation.  The material Avas then placed in the sealed desk,
as heretofore described,  and the committee adjourned.

   February 26th, 1880, 8.30 p.m. The committee met.  Present:
Drs. Rosenkrans, Olmsted, Sherman, and Potter. Professor George
AV. Peckham having promised  to be  present, but failed.  The
desk-seals Avere examined.   One Avas found  intact,  the others
having burst in drying.   Arsenicum 5X, 6X, and 7X Avere then
dispensed by the committee in the manner  heretofore  described,
Dr. Olmsted doing the medicating, marking,  filling, and sealing
of the  boxes containing the  slips.   They Avere then handed  for
experimentation as  follo\Ars :
   Ars.  5X and 6X to Dr. LeAvis Sherman.
   Ars.  7X to Dr. Samuel Potter.
   After placing the material under seal in the desk, the com-
mittee adjourned.

   March 16th,  1880, 8.50 p.m.  The  committee met,  Present:
Drs.  Sherman,  Olmsted,  Rosenkrans, and Potter.  Aconitum
3x and 6X Avere  prepared from the tincture found in stock in Dr.
Sherman's pharmacy.   Phosphorus 5X and 6X Avere made from
the solution prepared  by the committee and kept under seal.
They Avere then dispensed as folloAvs, in the  manner heretofore
described : the  filling, marking,  and  sealing being done by Dr.
C. C. Olmsted  in person, or  under his immediate direction, by
different members of the committee.   To Dr. Potter were handed 
146      AMERICAN INSTITUTE  OF HOMOEOPATHY.
sets of Aconitum 3X and 6X, Phosphorus 5X and 6X.  To Dr. Sher-
man sets of Aconitum 3X and 6X, Phosphorus 5X and 6X.
  The material being placed under seal as before, the committee
adjourned.

  March 25th, 1880, at 8.30 p.m.  The committee met,  There
Avere present Drs. Olmsted, Rosenkrans,  Sherman, and Potter.
Dr. Olmsted received the  reports of Drs. Sherman and Potter.
The boxes containing the marked slips Avere then examined by
the committee, and with their seals were  found  intact.   They
were then opened by Dr. Olmsted, and the marked slips found
to agree Avith the reports as folloAvs :
Preparation tested.	NUMBER OF THE MEDICATED VIAL.			
	Dr. Potter's report.	Dr. Sherman's report.	Record in sealed box.	
	1 1 6 1 7	1 1 6 9 1 2 i 7	1 1 6 9 6 8 9 1 7	
				
				
Belladonna, 3* (1)........ Belladonna, 7* (1)........ Phosphorus, 6*............				
  The committee then adjourned.

  March 30th, 1880.  The committee met at Dr. Sherman's
office.  There were present Dr. LeAvis Sherman, Dr. C. C. Olm-
sted, Dr. E. M. Rosenkrans, and Dr. Samuel Potter.
  The minutes of the previous meetings Avere read and approved.
  Belladonna 3* and 6*, Phosphorus Sx, 9X, and 10x were  then
prepared as before, from the tinctures—the Belladonna from a
neAV tincture—and Avere dispensed  by Dr. C. C. Olmsted in ten-
vial sets, as heretofore described.   They Avere handed  out  as
folloAvs:  To Dr. Potter, Belladonna 6X, Phosphorus 9X,  and  to
Dr. Sherman, Belladonna 3X, and Phosphorus 8* and 10T.
  After sealing  the sealed boxes in the desk draAver heretofore
used, the committee adjourned.

  April 25th, 1880. The committee met.   There  were present
Drs. Olmsted, Rosenkrans, Sherman, and Potter. 
        PRESENCE  AND  POWER IN  ATTENUATIONS.    147

  Dr. Olmsted received the reports of Drs. Sherman and Potter,
who also  stated that they had each, before  experimentation,
divided with each other the medicines given to them by the com-
mittee.  The boxes containing the marked slips were then exam-
ined by the committee, and Avith their seals Avere found intact.
They were then opened by Dr. Olmsted, and the marked slips
found to agree Avith  the reports received, as follows:
Preparation.	NUMBER OP THE MEDICATED VIAL.			
	Dr. Potter's report.	Dr. Sherman's report.	Record in sealed box.	
Belladonna, 3* (2) Belladonna, 6* (2)..... Phosphorus, 8*............	2 9 5 5 4	2 1 7 2 10	2 9 7 5 1	
                        SUMMARY.

  Both  experimenters Avere successful Avith Aeon. 3X, Aeon. 6X,
Arsen. 5X, Arsen. 6X, Arsen. 7X, Bell. 3*,  No. 2,  Phos.  5X  and
Phos. 61.
  Both experimenters failed Avith Phos. 10*.
  One experimenter succeeded and one failed Avith Bell. 6X,  No.
2, Phos. 8X, and Phos. 9\
  One experimenter failed Avith Bell. 3X, No. 1, and  Bell. 7X,
No. 1.
  The committee then adjourned.
                        George AV. Peckham,
                                        Chairman.
                        C. C. Olmsted, M.D.,
                        Eugene F. Stork, M.D.,
                        Lewis Sherman, A.M., M.D.,
                        E. M. Rosenkrans, M.D.,
                        Samuel Potter, M.D.,
                                        Secretary.

  For convenient reference I have arranged the preceding reports
so as to  make them correspond Avith  that on the 30th dilution,
by the Milwaukee Academy of Medicine. 
148       AMERICAN  INSTITUTE OF  HOMCEOPATHY.
TESTS  OF THIRD  DECIMAL  DILUTION,
Samuel Potter,.
Lewis Sherman,
Lewis Sherman,
Samuel Potter,.
Lewis Sherman,
Aconitum,  .
Aconitum,  .
Belladonna No. 1,
Belladonna No. 2,
Belladonna No. 2,
Correct selection.
Correct selection.
Incorrect selection.
Correct selection.
Correct selection.
TESTS  OF THE FIFTH  DECIMAL  DILUTION.
                                  .9   .    .  Correct selection.
                                  .9   .    •  Correct selection.
                                  .  9  . .    .  Correct selection.
Lewis Sherman,   ....  Arsenicum,
Samuel Potter......Phosphorus,
Lewis Sherman.....Phosphorus,
TESTS  OF THE SIXTH  DECIMAL DILUTION.
Samuel Potter,.
Lewis Sherman,
Lewis Sherman,
Samuel Potter,.
Lewis Sherman,
Samuel Potter,.
Lewis Sherman,
G. C. McDermott,
Aconitum,  .
Aconitum,  .
Arsenicum, .
Phosphorus,
Phosphorus,
Belladonna No. 2,
Belladonna No. 2,
Arsenicum, .
Correct selection.
Correct selection.
Correct selection.
Correct selection.
Correct selection.
Correct selection.
Incorrect selection.
Lost the package.
TESTS  OF THE SEVENTH DECIMAL DILUTION.
Samuel Potter,.
Lewis Sherman,
Arsenicum, .
Belladonna No. 1,
Correct selection.
Incorrect selection.
TESTS  OF THE EIGHTH  DECIMAL DILUTION.
Samuel Potter,.....Phosphorus,
Lewis Sherman,   ....  Phosphorus,
Incorrect selection.
Correct selection.
TESTS  OF THE NINTH DECIMAL DILUTION.
Samuel Potter,.....Phosphorus,
Lewis Sherman,   ....  Phosphorus,
Correct selection.
Incorrect selection.
TESTS  OF THE TENTH DECIMAL DILUTION.
Samuel Potter,.
Lewis Sherman,
Phosphorus,
Phosphorus,
Incorrect selection.
Incorrect selection.
   With a single exception there were no failures to report in the
Ioav dilution tests.   The following note  from Dr.  McDermott to
the Secretary of the Committee explains the absence of his name
in the table:
                                    Cincinnati, Ohio, April 30th, 1880.
   Dear Doctor  Potter :  In reply to yours of inquiry regarding the test,
I am  sorry not to be able to report even trying to find the  medicated prepa-
ration.  If you remember, it was just two days before I took  my departure,
and the medicines were mislaid, as  I was not there during the moving.   I
regret sincerely the accident.                      Ever yours,
                                                     G. C. McDermott.
* This column gives the number of " blanks " in each case. 
PRESENCE AND  POWER  IN ATTENUATIONS.     149
   Reports of cures have been presented in evidence of the pres-
ence and poAver of drugs, in  attenuations beyond the accepted
limits  of the  divisibility  of matter.   This supposed evidence
does not come in the form of statistics, comparing the effects of
these attenuations Avith the effects of pure sugar, used in the same
manner, and under the same conditions, as the supposed reme-
dial agents. For this reason, these observations must go for nought.
It has  been shown by experiment that symptoms, similar to those
obtained in the provings of the "dynamized" drugs, folloAV the
administration of milk-sugar, and it may be shoAvn  by experiment
that as remarkable recoveries from sickness Avill follow the use of
sugar,  as can be  obtained from " dynamized" drugs.   The results
obtained in the tests of the Milwaukee Academy, by the believers
in dynamization, point unmistakably to such a demonstration.
   The evidence is not all in, until the sugar has had a fair trial.
This much can be affirmed, that, in the competitive trials Avhich
have been made Avith dynamized drugs and pure sugar, no dif-
ference could be detected.
   In conclusion, I submit an estimate  of the probability of the
existence of medicinal  poAver in the  attenuations tested, based
upon the results of the experiments which have been made and
presented :

                  2222 in favor to 1 against
                          '   1    "
                           '   1    "
                           '   1    "
                              1    "
                           '   1    "
                              4i   "
                           '    7,036,875,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,-
                                         000,000,000,000, against,

or leaving  out of the calculation the experimenters Avho  did not
report  1 in favor to 1,999,999,999 against.
3* dilution,	2222 i
5* "	999
6X "	158,730
yx i<	H
8x «	4.!
9* "	4
10* "	i
30* "	i
11 
THE  PROOFS   OF DRUG   PRESENCE  AND
      PO WER IN A TTENUA TIONS AB 0 VE
               THE SIXTH DECIMAL,

AS FURNISHED BY ANALOGY FROM THE FIELD OF IMPAL-
                PABLE MORBIFIC AGENCIES.

               By J. P. Dake, M.D., Nashvillk.
  If a drop of blood, or a particle of pus, or a breath of air, in
Avhich chemical  tests and the spectroscope and  the microscope
can detect no impurity, is found, by human experience, to  hold
the seeds of disease, analogy warrants the conclusion that, in
drug attenuations Avhere such tests and appliances fail to discover
a drug atom, there yet may be medicinal presence and poAver.
  The field of morbific agencies is very broad, and,  for the  most
part, covered with thick darkness. Human vision has discerned
much in  it by occasional gleams of  light in efforts  to  learn the
origin and to trace the history of various diseases.
  Inheritance.—In the ovum and the seminal fluid are borne,
from parent  to  offspring, those  material  yet  impalpable seeds
Avhich, germinating in after years, give rise to tuberculosis, carci-
nosis, the hydra-headed  syphilis, and  other affections Avhich are
regarded as hereditary.  No species of test, no  means of diag-
nosis have yet been able to detect those seeds in advance of their
germination and fruitage; and yet, where is the pathologist Avho
ventures  to deny their existence ?
  Parasites.—In articles of food  and drink, in clothing, in beds,
and in contact with persons diseased, various germs are received,
which  increase  or develop  into  parasites—epizoa,  enlozoa—to
prey upon and  even destroy the  human body.  Some of these
germs have been clearly seen and studied  by direct  observation, 
     DRUG PRESENCE  AND POWER IN  ATTENUATIONS.  151

 while others have eluded the keenest search with means the most
 perfect and powerful.
   Judging the  unseen by that which is seen aetiology has come
 to acknoAvledge the presence and sick-making poAver of living
 germs which no microscope has discerned.
   Vegetable Emanations.—There are  trees and plants the ema-
 nations from Avhich occasion sickness and  even  death.  There
 are persons Avho cannot ride along a road, beside Avhich groAvs the
 Rhus toxicodendron, Avithout having  vesicular erysipelas, espe-
 cially if the Avind chance to bloAv from  the direction of that shrub.
 The senses all fail to detect the poison thus borne upon the air.
 It is impalpable, yet Avho denies its potency?
   Miasmata.—There  are  localities Avhere one night's  sojourn,
 where one hour's  travel, may occasion intermittent fever, mala-
 rial  fever, and other affections Avhich Ave  denominate miasmatic.
   AA^hatever may  be our views of the pathology of such affec-
 tions—Avhatever organ or tissue Ave may regard as the  one  pri-
 marily or chiefly affected—Ave cannot  escape the conclusion that
 in such localities there is a material not elsewhere found, a mor-
 bific something as real  as that from the poison oak, the  leprous
 hand, the trichinous pork, or the syphilitic parent.
   Efforts ha\'e been made to discover the form and other physical
 characteristics of miasmatic poison by the aid of the microscope
 and  chemical  reagents.  Some  investigators claim the ability to
 detect and define them in the atmosphere of various localities.
   Contagion.—A healthy child entering a  house  where  one is
 sick  with scarlet fever, encountering nothing in the  least offen-
 sive  to the senses,  in a feAv days has scarlatina.
   Another, looking through a picture-book  lately  handled by a
 child recovering from measles, in due  time presents a case of
 measles.
   And another, riding for  half an hour in a raihvay coach with a
 child that has mumps or whooping-cough,  noticing nothing dis-
agreeable, in a feAV days, perhaps  a thousand miles aAvay, is found
to have mumps or Avhooping-cough.
  A person never vaccinated nor inoculated Avith variolous mat-
ter, riding along a country road, on a frosty morning, a  mile to
the AvindAvard of a house in Avhich is a case of small-pox, in two 
152      AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF HOMEOPATHY.

weeks thereafter, Avithout further exposure, may have that dreaded
disease.
  In all these cases there is a contagium, a graft-germ, a material,
passing from  person  to person, Avhich no  microscope has been
able to define and no chemical tests to distinguish.   Each seed
has its oavu form  and character, always reproducing its kind,
Avithout material variation.  Hybridization may give rise to neAV
species, and so extend the  number of impalpable morbific  or-
ganic agencies.
  Gases.—Beside  the transmissible seeds of disease, coming  by
inheritance, the invisible graft-germs and parasites, and the  yet
more  impalpable  miasms and  contagions from various sources,
there are gases in peculiar states and proportions, inorganic ele-
ments, immediately recognizable by no means or  methods at our
command,  Avhich operate as  effective causes of disease.
  Electricity.—And beyond these is the subtile agent known as
electricity,  appreciable only under  peculiar circumstances,  yet
brought under human  control  and measurement.   In dealing
with it we  are compelled to consider its quantum as Avell  as quo
modo.   AVith all  its tenuity its sick-making power is not ques-
tioned.
  But we need look no farther in the field of  impalpable mor-
bific agencies.
  Turning now to the data  furnished by chemical  tests and  by
spectroscopic and  microscopic examinations of  attenuated  drugs,
we  find medicinal  matter traced beyond the 6th decimal  to  the
8th, 9th, and  some claim to the 12th.
  One  mathematician,  upon the accepted  theory of molecular
magnitudes,  tells  us that  one grain  of the  11th  centesimal
attenuation may contain one atom of the drug-matter and  not
more;  while  another says the 15th centesimal dilution  has
one atom to each drop, and  the 16th but one atom  to every one
hundred drops.
  Taking  the decimal scale the calculations of  the former Avould
warrant us in the  conclusion that no medicinal matter exists in
the 25th  attenuation, or at least but  one atom in  every mil-
lion of drops, while  the calculations of the latter, considering
the ultimate atom, or indivisible particle to  be reached in  the 
    DRUG  PRESENCE AND POWER IN ATTENUATIONS.  153

15th centesimal, Avould lead us to expect  one atom  of  drug in
each drop of the 30th decimal.
  Beyond  the  30th, so far as I  am  informed,  no one  claims
either the practical or the theoretical presence of drug material.
  As for drug-poAver  existing beyond drug-presence I  fail  to
find any proofs of such a  condition in  the field of morbific agen-
cies.  If the physiologist finds undoubted drug-effects from atten-
uations  in which  neither direct  observation nor analogy, can
consent  to there being drug-presence,  Ave are only forced  to the
conclusion that  the material drug may exist beyond the  limits
set  by direct obsen^ation and analogy.
  HoAA-ever Ave may theorize and philosophize about the persist-
ence of force and  its correlation, Ave cannot predicate  potential
drug-force Avhere there is not some drug-matter.   The force of a
drug, its spirit, if you please,  is no more recognizable and useful
out of its  oavii  body than is the spirit of a man out of its body
among men.   If it Avere possible for it to be  transferred by tritu-
ration or succussion to sugar of milk or alcohol, what Avould be
the gain?  AVrhy  labor so long to free the medicinal  spirit from
one body to  have it " clothed  upon"  by another body ?   To
those Avho  recognize a dynamic medicinal spirit in the most inert
substances, including  sugar of milk, the question is pertinent:
AVhen the drug-spirit has taken possession of the sugar of milk,
where is the dAvelling-place of the  disembodied spirit of the sugar
of milk?
  Let us consider these and other troublesome questions  before
we  declare our unqualified adherence  to the doctrine of medical
spiritism.  In avoiding the grossness of the old school let us not
rush into the absurd  transcendentalism of a small section  of the
neAV.
  Tracing medicinal matter by one means and another, step by
step, from the crude up to the finest, let us endeavor to so treat
and so employ it as to escape the evil and obtain the good in the
restoration of human health. 
PROOFS OF MEDICINAL POWER IN ATTEN-
          UATIONS ABOVE THE SIXTH
                      DECIMAL.

          By C. H. Lawton, M.D.,  Wilmington, Del.
  I have the honor  to  present for your consideration a few
thoughts Avith reference to the limits  of  drug attenuation, or
proofs of medicinal poAver in attenuations above the 6th decimal.
In doing so I shall  not follow the beaten  track, but shall  call
your attention to laws  and principles that control all material
substances, and shall endeavor  to trace some  analogy between
them and the action of our homoeopathic remedies.
  Viewing the subject  from  this standpoint, I  am aware,  I
go on  dangerous ground; for this question has been the cause
of more  dissensions in  our school, and has provoked more vio-
lent opposition, than all other questions combined.
  Standing, as I do, in  the presence of men Avho are veterans in
the homoeopathic ranks, men of culture and ability, and at whose
feet I love to sit, it is natural I should feel some embarrassment
in presenting a subject of such vital importance.  With no wish
to provoke a spirit of  controversy, but with an earnest, honest
desire, to search after the truth, I ask  that you join me for a few
moments in the investigation of this subject, the truth of Avhich
can only be approximated  by the closest observation, and  oft-
repeated  experiment.   I say approximated, for we cannot  un-
derstand  it by experiment; it is still shrouded in mystery.
  Gentlemen come here, year after year,  and relate their ex-
perience, piling fact  upon fact, showing  the Avonderful  results
achieved  by the most minute doses; and year  after year, others 
   PROOFS OF  MEDICINAL  POWER  IN ATTENUATIONS.  155

listen incredulous, and some are almost ready to give the lie, to
what they cannot understand.  Why is this ?
  One great cause, it seems  to me,  lies in the fact,  that wTe are
too much in the habit of using the terms high attenuations, high
dilutions,  and high  potencies, indiscriminately.  If, in making
a statement, I  use  the terms arbitrarily, and  not in  harmony
Avith  the  facts I Avish to  communicate, no logical mind can ac-
cept it.   If I speak of increased  medicinal power in connection
Avith high attenuations  and  high  dilutions, there  is an incom-
patibility, a Avant of harmony in  these terms, and its acceptance
by  others  must depend  upon its  statement in  terms that are in
harmony with knoAvn laws—all truths must harmonize !  Where  .
then is the truth ?
   Again,  gentlemen cannot accept facts based  solely on experi-
ment; they must either make the experiment themselves, or Ave
must appeal to their judgment and  reason ; they must not only
have facts, but these facts  must harmonize Avith  known laws.  If
in experimenting Ave develop facts only, our sphere of usefulness
is limited ; but  if in developing facts,  Ave unfold the underlying
principles, while acting consistently with those principles, Ave
can neA^er make a mistake.   It is a fact that the high potencies
do  act, although we cannot all  accept it.  Some of us know this
by experience;  others know  it  from  the testimony of men stand-
ing in the foremost ranks of homoeopathy, men of profound re-
search and rare mental attainments,  members of our OAvn Amer-
ican Institute, and  the peers of any who have lived  since the
days of Hahnemann.
   AVe have  the facts, either by experience, or from testimony ;
but science does not consist in  an accumulation of facts merely,
there must be a knowledge of  principles Avhereby we may trace
the unknown, from known phenomena, and may arrive at definite
conclusions.   Noav,  if Ave find that these facts harmonize with
knoAvn laws, Ave have demonstrated a  principle, and may dra\v con-
clusions Avhich any logical mind can accept. In the further devel-
opment of this subject I wish to submit the following propositions :
   1st. The practical limit of drug attenuation is determined by
the amount of  resistance (inherent  in the drug) opposed to the
disorganizing or decomposing agent Avith  which it is triturated; 
156      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMEOPATHY.

and this resistance depends on density and hardness.  It is, there-
fore, impossible to establish any arbitrary rules for defining it.
  2d. That beyond the limit of drug attenuation there is medic-
inal poAver.
  Some minds are  so  organized that  they can  only accept as
evidence that Avhich  is appreciable to the senses ;  if a  thing looks
strong, and  smells strong, and tastes strong;  if they can handle
it, and  it  feels strong, they conclude  that  it  is strong.  AVe
know, hoAvever, that the most poAverful  agents of Avhich Ave have
any  knoAvledge,  are those  Avhich we  cannot  see,  nor  smell,
nor  taste, nor handle.  Electricity and magnetism are such.
There is  in every material  substance  (therefore in  every drug
substance) a force, Avhich is the life of that  substance, the organ-
izing and controlling poAver, the  active  principle.
  AVhen any substance, solid or  fluid, is decomposed, this latent
force is set free, and becomes active or dynamic.   This principle
may be evolved  either chemically or by friction, heat  or mag-
netism.   All substances continue in a state of rest unless acted
upon by some external force.  These are fundamental principles
in  science  and philosophy,  that no  argument of  mine can
strengthen,  and no amount of opposition can disprove.  I Avill
give a few illustrations.
  Take  any  tAvo substances, one of Avhich  is more easily  oxi-
dized  than the other, bring them  in  contact with a third sub-
stance, Avhich will  act  upon them  chemically, and  as  the sub-
stance most easily acted upon is  decomposed, there is a principle
evolved which  we  can neither see, nor  smell, nor taste, nor
handle, but Avhich, nevertheless,  is the life principle,  and Avas the
organizing and controlling power of the substance acted upon.
   This is beautifully illustrated  by the  galvanic battery, the life
principle evolved by which is called chemical or  galvanic elec-
tricity.  This principle may also be developed  by friction ;  the
experiments with the  glass rod, and with  sealing  Avax, are  so
familiar, that it will be hardly necessary to do more than allude to
them.  In this case the  principle developed is called frictional
electricity.   Heat will also develop this principle ; take tAvo bars
of different kinds of metal, bring the ends into close contact, and
heat them at their junction, and a like  phenomenon  will occur. 
   PROOFS OF  MEDICINAL POWER IN  ATTENUATIONS.   157

  Noav, gentlemen, my thought is, that just as  electricity dAvells
in all substances, and is made sensible  only by friction, or de-
composition, so in our potentized remedies the medicinal power
is developed by friction or trituration.   AVe knoAv by experience
that there is poAver developed  by trituration.  Is not this sug-
gestion then, of likeness to electricity or magnetism, a suggestion
in the right direction?  This has been called life, Avithout sense.
I believe  it is the life principle, and in the hands of Deity, the
creative and creating power of the universe.   Again, matter can
neither give itself motion nor deprive itself of it.   My hands
have no power in  themselves  to move ;  my blood has no poAver
in itself to circulate,  my heart to throb,  or my lungs to perform
the function of respiration.  They must be acted upon by some
force external  to  themselves  in order  to perform  the  various
kinds of motion to Avhich they are adapted.
   One more thought and  I will close.   It has been stated, and
experience proves its  truth, that, in the majority of cases, both
acute and chronic, our potentized  medicines act more promptly
than the  tinctures or low attenuations  ;  I will  go  further, and
think I may be justified in saying, that Avithout potentization there
is, and can be, no medicinal poAver.   As material substances haA-e
no power in themselves to act, and as there can be no force with-
out decomposition; I submit, that, if  Ave  give our medicines in
the crude state, or in the Ioav attenuations, this process of decom-
position must be performed in the stomach before the medicinal
poAver can be developed.   Hence the  retarded action of Ioav at-
tenuations.
   In conclusion, I submit the  following:
   1st. That attenuation is simply the  commingling, or the  unit-
ing in one mass, of a medicinal Avith a non-medicinal substance.
   2d. To potentize, or in other words,  to  develop medicinal
powers there must be decomposition.
   3d. The amount of medicinal poAver is in proportion to the
complete  or partial decomposition of the drug acted upon.
   4th. A point, Avhen decomposition  is complete and  the me-
dicinal power fully developed,  marks  the limit of drug attenua-
tion. 
THE  PROOFS  OF  MEDICINAL   PRESENCE
     AND EFFICACY IN ATTENUATIONS
         ABOVE  THE SIXTH DECIMAL,

AS  FURNISHED BY CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN  THE USE
      OF ATTENUATIONS RANGING FROM  THE FIF-
          TEENTH TO  THE THIRTIETH DECIMAL.

       By A. C. Cowperthwaite, M.D.,  Iowa City, Iowa.
  Many centuries ago it Avas decreed that man  should not live
by bread alone, or, in other words, that life Avas not altogether
made up of those things Avhich  constitute the material, but that
it must draAv much of its  pabulum  from  the  fountains of the
unknown.  So, in all  the elements which  go to make up life?
from its humblest  to its most exalted  manifestations, from the
child in the cradle to the  gray-haired  scientist, do we  find all
the relations of life involving both the known and the unknown
quantities.  Were it not so, advancement, both moral and intel-
lectual, Avould cease, for Avithout the  incentive of the unknown
continually before us, the  desire to unravel its mysteries Avould
not exist, inductive reasoning Avould become unnecessary, and
man, contented with himself  and his surroundings, would cease
to be the active, inspiring element of progress Avhich he now is,
and would become a mere listless automaton, performing mechani-
cally the necessary duties of life.
  Such, comparatively, is  the man of  the present day who at-
tempts to deal only with known quantities, who believes only that
Avhich  the  sense of touch  or sight  may reveal to him.   That
physician Avhorefus.es to traverse that borderland in which dwells
the unknowable of the scientist is in serious danger of shipAvreck 
   PROOFS  OF MEDICINAL  PRESENCE AND EFFICACY.  159

on the shoals of inactivity.   For that Avhich  is unknowable to-
day may not  be unknowable to-morroAV, and the drug potency
yielding no medicinal molecules to-day may, in the hands of the
future scientist, become rich in the finely divided elements of the
original substance.
  Hahnemann (Avhen he discovered that under the guidance of
the laAV of cure the sensitive human organism Avould not tolerate
as large doses as he had previously  employed) sought to establish
some  plan by Avhich the size of the dose might be systematically
reduced.  Of the success of his efforts we are Avell a\vare.  AVhen
the aggravation of symptoms still attended the administration of
the lower preparations, and  he felt  the necessity of still further
reducing the size of the  dose, Hahnemann, although appreciat-
ing his far departure from the original substance, did not point
the microscope to each successive potency in order to assure him-
self of actual drug presence.  This  he considered an unnecessary
test, for equally conclusive to him Avas the action of the medicine
upon  the diseased organism.   AVhen, as he ascended the scale of
potencies, he saAv precisely the same effects attending the admin-
istration of his remedy, save the absence of the medicinal aggra-
vation,  he  Avisely concluded  that such action could  only result
from  the drug administered, else Avhy could these results  be fore-
told Avith such precision ? The patient tossing about Avith a burn-
ing fever on receiving Aeon.30 would break out in a profuse per-
spiration and the  fever would abate.  And this, occurring time
and  time  again, was conclusive evidence to Hahnemann that
Aconite  did it.  Should it not be  conclusive evidence to others
as Avell?   And Avhen Hahnemann's experience has been repeated
many thousand times by his followers, .pot only with Aconite as
mentioned, but also with many other remedies, should  not  the
medicinal efficacy  existing in the 30th  potencies be clearly ac-
knoAvledged, and the subject  no longer remain an open question ?
It is  a fact acknoAvledged by all homoeopathists that the cura-
tive  action of a drug, when properly selected, is not in direct
ratio  with  the quantity of the drug employed.   This principle
Avas set forth Avhen Hahnemann passed from crude  materials, by
the scruple and drachm, to drops  and grains of tinctures and
triturations, just as  much as Avhen urged by additional experi- 
160      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMOEOPATHY.

ence he passed from the latter to pellets of the 30th potency.
The physician who prescribes only Ioav potencies admits the truth
of this statement equally with him who relies  upon  the higher
potencies.  So, Ave  may safely assume it to be an accepted doctrine
of the homoeopathic school that, " the curative  poAver of drugs
is not in the proportion of their  material  quantity."   This fact
once acknoAvledged, Avhere shall the line be drawn, and Avho shall
say at  Avhat point  in drug potentizations medicinal  efficacy  is
lost? Again, it is a conceded point that trituration and dilution
develop curative poAver in substances which  in their  crude state
are inert, viz., silica, salt, tin, gold, etc.  If this be the case, and
it most certainly is, Avho is to say what point marks the limit  of
this development?   Experience alone can establish these points,
and  it has already demonstrated beyond cavil  that, to say the
least, development of curative poAver does  not cease below the
30th potency.  I say experience has demonstrated this fact.   If
not, then  experience is of no value, and  the accumulated Avis-
dom of Hahnemann, of Bonninghausen, of Dunham, and  others
only fills a blank page in our literature.
  Statistics go  far  toAvard proving the medicinal efficacy  of the
30th  potencies, but I will detain you only by referring  to the
well-known  experiments of  Drs.  AVurmb  and  Kasper,  in the
Leopoldstadt Hospital  at Vienna.  These  gentlemen had no
confidence  Avhatever in high  potencies, but determined to  estab-
lish a series of experiments in order to arrive at a solution  of the
question  of dose.   So during the ten  years  from 1850 to 1859,
inclusive, all cases in this hospital AATere treated for the first three
years Avith the  30th decimal dilution, for the second three years
Avith  the  6th,  and for  the remaining four  years with the
15th.   At the end of the  ten  years  Dr.  Eidherr  undertook
the  task  of collating  the  material  thus  obtained,  and con-
fined his  investigations  to  a  single  disease, pneumonia, for
the reason  that the diagnosis of this  disease is easy, and that,
by means of the physical signs, its course, progress, and decline
could be more  accurately followed and observed than is the case
Avith many other  acute  diseases.   His  investigations were con-
ducted with  the greatest care, and all  outside  influences  taken
into consideration, even  to the different atmospheric  conditions 
PROOFS OF MEDICINAL  PRESENCE AND EFFICACY.  161
 of each period.   As  regards the latter, it Avas  determined that
 " during  the first epoch  the  atmospheric conditions were  most
 favorable to the prevalence and severity of pneumonia, and there-
 fore  the  least favorable  for the treatment;  during the second
 epoch  least favorable  to the spread and severity of pneumonia,
 and therefore the most favorable for the treatment."
   The cases occurring during the first period  were designated by
 Dr. Eidherr as Group 1, those during the second period as Group
 2, and those of the third period as  Group 3.
   The physical signs of each stage of the disease Avere very  care-
 fully noted, and  the comparison  betAveen the groups made with
 reference to all these points.   The  following is the result:
   The average duration of the infiltration was:

          For Group 1,......      3.0 davs.
               "   2.......      4.1  «
               "   3,......      3.0  "

   Resolution began:

          For Group 1,.....on the 3d day.
            "    "2,.....      "   3 5  "
            "    "  3,.....      «   3.2  "

   Resolution Avas complete:

          For Group 1,.....on the 4.9 day.
            "    "  2,.....      "   6.9  "
            "    "  3,....."   6.3  "

   The  physical signs of the infiltration vanished :

          For Group 1,.....on the 7 1 day.
            "    "  2,.....      "   9.3  "
            "   "3,.....      «  10 3  "

   The physical signs of the exudation vanished:

         For Group 1,.....on the 12.3 day.
           "   "   2,      . '  .    .    .      «   20 5  "
           "   "   3,.....      "    18.1   "

   The  average duration of each case from  its reception to its
dismissal: 
162      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  H0M030PATHY.

                                            11.3 days.
                                            19.5   "
                                            14.6   "

   From these valuable figures Ave not  only learn positively that
there is medicinal  power in the 30th potency, but we may safely
conclude, in fact must conclude, that 30th  potencies, at least in
pneumonia, are to be preferred to the loAver potencies.
   In addition to these statistics Ave  should not fail to take ac-
count of the success of those  individual practitioners Avho have
relied  mostly  upon the 30th,  or still higher potencies—Hahne-
mann, Bonninghausen, and others, in both Europe and America.
These gentlemen  have Avon Avorld-Avide reputations as successful
practitioners, and, to say the least, their successes in  practice will
very favorably compare Avith  those  of our friends who rely ex-
clusively upon the Ioav preparations.  Nor should  we forget a
fact in the  history of homoeopathy, recently brought to notice by
Dr.  Lippe, Avho  Avrites  as folloAvs: " Homoeopathy was  intro-
duced into the United States about fifty years ago.  The early
pioneers, as we well remember, had only the 30th potency at
their command.   The  only shop in  the  United States  where
homoeopathic medicines Avere for sale Avas in Broad street, Phila-
delphia, kept by J. G. AVesselhoeft, and this bookseller imported
them from Europe.   AVith these 30th  potencies as their only
outfit in the Avay of medicine, but Avith  a  full knowledge of Hah-
nemann's teachings, and  strictly following the rules laid doAvn
in the Organon in  the application of  the  principles governing
the homoeopathic  healing art, did these early pioneers enter upon
their  mission  ' to cure  the sick.'   Our  skeptics of the present
day,  then,  should remember  that  the foundation  upon  Avhich
homoeopathy has  been so rapidly and  so successfully builded in
America, Avas  laid  by the successful use of the 30th potencies.
Had  the experiment, though  such it Avas not considered, failed
at that time, had it been proven that the 30th potencies contained
no curative poAver, homoeopathy would to-day have been a thing
of the past. Had it not been for the triumphant successes which
attended the use of these potencies in the hands of those pioneers,
the young  members of our profession to-day, instead of attempt-
ing to unsettle facts most thoroughly established  fifty years ago,
For Group 1,
  "   "  2,
  "   "  3, 
    PROOFS OF  MEDICINAL PRESENCE  AND  EFFICACY.  163

would have been entirely ignorant, save from history, that such
a school of medicine ever  existed.   How ungrateful, then, and
foolish, to  assail their  OAvn birthright, and to attempt to tear
down the foundation upon Avhich they themselves are builded,
and to Avhich  they OAve  their professional existence."
   But the materialists  of the present day Avould have us under-
stand that clinical proofs are of no validity, and very  Avisely turn
to the patent medicine  almanac as proof of their position.  To
admit such a  comparison should hardly be alloAved.  The ho-
moeopathic remedy prescribed upon a scientific basis is expected,
according to the laAV of similars, to effect certain definite results,
which may be  presaged Avith  remarkable certainty.   On the
other  hand, the so-called clinical proofs of the patent  medicine
action are only the  indefinite and unwarrantable conclusions of
unprofessional minds, enlarged and embellished  by the proprie-
tor of the nostrum for pecuniary benefit.  There is no similarity
whatever betAveen the two.
   That clinical  proofs,  Avhen not surrounded by proper restric-
tions, and  Avhen not conducted  by  observers of integrity and
scientific capacity, may  become Avorthless Ave admit, but it is not
of  such  that  Ave Avould  speak, nor is  it necessary to take such
into account Avhen Ave have  before us the authentic and reliable
case-books of  Hahnemann,  Bonninghausen, Dunham, and many
others.   So Avhen Ave have clinical proofs Avhich are the result of
the single homoeopathic remedy prescribed  in precise accordance
Avith the homoeopathic laAV of cure,  and untrammelled by any
deleterious or  antidotal  influences, and in cases Avhere the diag-
nosis is established beyond question!, may Ave safely say that such
proofs are of equal importance and rank with those proofs Avhich,
to the chemist, decides the proportions of a  compound, or, to the
physiologist, establishes the relations  of the life processes,  or
which tells the  astronomer in advance the movement of the
heavenly bodies.  Each is the definite result of an applied natu-
ral laAV  and  in  this sense each is of equal  importance to the
other.
   Not only is there  therapeutic power  in the 30th potency, but
pathogenetic power  as  well.  Hundreds of authentic provings
with the 30th potencies are recorded, in Avhich  the positive and 
161      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMOEOPATHY.

distinct pathogenesis of the drug, as afforded by poisonings and
by provings with  the crude material, are verified.  If then the
30th potencies have been proved to possess pathogenetic poAver,
their  therapeutic  virtues must be acknowledged.   Nor  can Ave
overcome the facts of these authentic  provings by sneering at
motives, or by calling into question the veracity or reliability of
the prover.  Take,  if you  please, the  provings of Rhus rad.30
made by Dr. Joslin.  Note the rheumatic character of the pains
produced, even to the retaining of the Rhus peculiarity, worse
when first beginning to move.  Also observe the skin symptoms
giving the peculiar  eruption Avith much burning and smarting,
so that Dr. Joslin  himself  remarks that, "the effects apparently
produced by the  30th, agreed in character and location  very
closely Avith those  caused in many by the contact of  the legs and
feet Avith the leaves of the living vine."   Can it be said  that
such  symptoms were the  result of imagination ?   Not  at all.
This, 'tis true, only argues as to the pathogenetic poAver,  but we
need not go far to establish  the curative.   My  OAvn  experience,
aside from that of scores of others present, guarantees the  fact
that this class of symptoms have very many times been removed
by Rhus30, nor  is  it necessary to prove a fact so positively well
knoAvn.  Yet in this connection pardon a single  case : Dr. Hup-
field reports the case of a colored Avoman aged 33, Avho had had
rheumatism for five years, suffering every day, and at times  very
severe attacks.   The chief characteristic being  " excessive pain
and stiffness of the limbs,"  the latter especially on rising after be-
ing seated.  Four doses of Rhus tox.30 produced a  radical  cure.
A few special cases, and I  will close :
   Dr. Fanning reports the following :  A Avoman, aged 28,  after
an attack of typhoid  fever  under old-school  treatment, had  a
chronic diarrhoea alternating Avith constipation lasting over a year;
the chief peculiarity of the diarrhoeic attacks was a  sensation of
something pulling at the umbilicus, with actual  retraction at the
navel.  A feAV  doses of Plumb, met.30 gave an immediate cure.
   Dr. BroAvn, of Binghamton, reports the case of  a lady  hav-
ing paroxysms  of excruciating pain at the stomach, as if  " stick-
ing the parts with a knife," which had lasted under allopathic 
   PROOFS  OF MEDICINAL  PRESENCE AND EFFICACY.  165

and homoeopathic treatment over  a year.   One  dose of Phos.30
cured immediately.
   Dr.  Betts reports  a case of constipation, Avith no desire for
stool or ability to pass stool, cured Avith one dose of Alumina30.
   Dr.  Boparius  reports a case of flatulence of several years'
standing cured Avith Phos.30
   My  colleague  on  this bureau,  Dr. LaAvton,  of AYilmington,
Del., furnishes the folloAving remarkable case: A lady, subject
to periodical  attacks of renal colic, Avhich had aUvays  yielded
promptly to Lye30 (Tafel), sent for medicine saying, " You know
just Avhat I  AA'ant, doctor; it  is  one of my old attacks."  I sent
her one powder of Lye.30 to be  dissolved and taken in Avater, a
teaspoonful  every half hour until  relieved.   I also sent a second
poAvder (Sac. lac.) to be dissolved and  taken after the first had
been discontinued.   In about three hours I Avas sent for to come
immediately, the patient being  a  great deal Avorse.   Found her
symptoms all aggravated, Avhile she Avas tossing from one side
of the bed to the other in great agony.
   I asked if she had  been better  at  any time since taking  the
medicine, and Avas told that  after  taking two doses she Avas re-
lieved  and thought she could  sleep. In the meantime her medi-
cine became again due, and she took another dose.  From that
time she became  uneasy, and continued to grow worse every time
the medicine Avas repeated.   I decided that she Avas getting ag-
gravations from Lye, and stepping to the bed gave a feAv pellets
of Camph.30 dry on the tongue.   In less than a minute she Avas
relieved and had no return of the pain.
   From my OAvn case-book a few  cases :
   Three  cases of facial paralysis,—two of long  standing, and
one recent,—each cured within ten days, the recent case in three
days, Avith Caust.30
   In a Ioav case of typhoid fever,  fifteenth day.   Patient  uncon-
scious  trembling of loAA'er lip, constant for five days.  One dose
Arnica30; in half an hour the trembling  ceased and did  not re-
turn and on further  use of the same remedy consciousness soon
returned and the patient made a rapid recovery.
   I had always been afraid to rely upon the higher potencies in
the treatment  of croup, until upon one occasion I found my-
                              12 
166       AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF HOMOEOPATHY.

self  several miles in the country with my Aconite vial empty.
The 30th was all I had, so I prescribed it, and instead of wait-
ing half an hour or  longer, as I had previously  done, for the
much-desired  perspiration  and accompanying relief, I only had
to wait five minutes, and I saAV the most rapid and beautiful re-
sults I had ever Avitnessed.   To this day Aeon.30 in such  cases
has never failed me.
   In my college clinic, a case of constipation in  a  scrofulous
young  man of 22, a cripple from Avhite swelling, avIio had not
had  a natural  evacuation since five years of age, either using in-
jections or cathartics, Avas cured in three months Avith Bry.30 on
the indication, " stool hard and dry, as if burnt." .
   Also a  case of intermittent of six months' duration under old-
school treatment.   Shaking every day or every second  day, at
irregular  intervals; chills and heat mixed ;  pale, yelloAv, cachec-
tic look.   Prescribed  Ars.30.  Not  another chill occurred, and
the patient recovered at once.
   But  these are only a feAV cases out of thousands that might
be offered in connection Avith  other arguments we have adduced
to show the " medicinal presence and efficacy in the 30th potency
as furnished by clinical experience."   AVhy need we go farther?
These are incontrovertible facts, and, surely, if they do not con-
vince, you " Avould  not be persuaded  though one rose from the
dead," 
 PROOFS  OF  MEDICINAL  PRESENCE  AND
   EFFLCACY  IN ATTENUATIONS ABOVE
           THE THIRTIETH DECIMAL,

AS FUENISBED BY THE TESTS OF CLINICAL EXPERIENCE.

          By  C. H.  Lawton, M.D., Wilmington, Del.
   The strongest evidence and the most convincing proof of me-
 dicinal presence and curative poAver in our high potencies is that
 they cure.   Having been assigned by our chairman the work of
 collecting proofs from clinical experience  of medicinal poAver in
 the use of attenuations  above  the 30th decimal, and  believing
 that the testimony of a number of physicians from different parts
 of the country would be more convincing and conclusive than
 the limited experience of any one man, I  have solicited and ob-
 tained the folloAving reports from gentlemen avIio are Avell known
 to the most of you as  close  observers, successful practitioners,
 able exponents of the homoeopathic laAA*, and worthy the confidence
 and support of every member of this  Institute.
  These reports, so far as time will permit, I noAV have the honor
 to read.

  Mr. S. K., age 44, married, by occupation a merchant.  Active
 habits; bathes tAvice a week; five feet  ten inches in height; gain-
 ing in flesh ; complexion salloAV.  Has been ill a year and a half.
 Father Avas subject to rheumatism of legs, rhus-type.   Former
 treatment allopathic. Has considered himself incurable, and  has
 had no treatment for several months.  His  temperament is nervo-
 bilious-sanguine, is very nervous and  irritable;  pulse very Aveak,
and 66 to the  minute.   If startled or frightened has palpitation 
168      AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF HOMOEOPATHY.

of the heart; sounds of the heart normal.   Circulation in hands
and  feet good, except in the winter.  Tongue slightly  coated;
teeth sound ; appetite  good ; sometimes whilst eating, nausea, and
sometimes  vomits ingesta.   Stools undigested;  bowels  consti-
pated.   Rheumatic pains in right shoulder, caused by  draft of
air, followed by an attack one year ago.   Has stiffness of thighs
Avithout pain,  better from constant motion.   Feels Aveak, and is
unable to bear fatigue.   Intense itching of the skin, Avith formi-
cation all over the body, Avithout  any eruption ;  has no  period-
icity, except it is worse ivhile undressing.   On this date, October
31st, 1874, I gave him  one dose  on the  tongue of Oleander'200,
and followed Avith a dose, every three hours, of the same.
  November 4th, 1874.  Pulse  76.   Tongue not  changed  in
appearance.  Undigested stools, perhaps a little  better.   Other
symptoms  no  change.  Continued same treatment.  After this
prescription, he  rapidly improved, and took no  more medicine.
I frequently meet him on the street, and  he has remained Avell
up to this date, March 1st, 1880.
  The symptoms which I  deemed characteristic of Oleander
were the intense itching, worse while undressing, Avhich  I have
frequently corroborated, and the undigested stools.
  P. S.—I ought to say  that the potency was  the 200th  centesi-
mal, made  by  Tafel, and by hand.
                            H.  Noah Martin, M.D.,
                                            Philadelphia, Pa.

  Mr. Geo. A. M., aged  about 30 years, wholesale grocer, active
habits ; lost his mother a  year ago, and an infant child six  months
ago; exerted himself  much  in nursing.   Complains of shortness
of breath, bruised soreness,  and  stitching pains in region of left
ventricle of the heart.
  Percussion, sIioavs cardiac dulness, extended to  the left  nipple-
line  and someAvhat beyond.  Palpation : excessive  action of heart;
impulse of apex, very  strong to nipple-line, and upAvard to abo\7e
nipple.  Auscultation, inconstant  bloAving sounds at apex, and
from aortic orifice to  great vessels, momentary in duration; no
continuous  valvular  murmurs.  Face pale and  anxious;  eyes
appear someAvhat fixed. 
    PROOFS OF  MEDICINAL PRESENCE  AND  EFFICACY.   169

   March 26th, 1880.  I prescribed Arnica200, night and morning
(No. 40 pellets, three at a dose).
   March 30th.  Feels much better in every Avay.   The  heart  is
more quiet and  less sore.   B/.  Sac. lac.
   April 5th. Still better; cardiac dulness less extensive; impulse
less extended upward, and to left.   Tj;.  Sac. lac.
   April 11th.  Better.  R/. Sac. lac.
   April 22d. Better as to heart, but has been moving; exerted
himself going up and down stairs, and was exposed to cold.  Noav
has pleuritic stitches in the right side of chest, Avorse by inspira-
tion and  motion.   Py.  Bryonia200, three  times a day, three davs,
follov\'ed by Sac. lac.
   May 1st. Complains of nothing;  feels quite well.   Physical
examination shoAvs the cardiac dulness and apex impulse nor-
mal ; sounds normal.   Discharged.
                                J. C. Morgan,  M.D.,
                                             Philadelphia,  Pa.

   No. 1.  A boy, aged  7 years.  Convulsions;  starts from sleep,
Avith  red  face,  frightened looks,  staring eyes, and convulsive
jerkings of the body.   Bellad. 6m  (made by hand on the Hahne-
mannian  plan), relieved.   A relapse the next day yielded to a
dose of similarly prepared 10m.   Had had convulsions before,
but has had none since (one year).
   No. 2.   Miss  ----, under treatment  for ten months.  Some
symptoms yielded,  but the following resisted the usual remedies.
Ineffectual urging to urinate; Avhen it does pass it comes in drops
with much straining  and intense pain;  Avorse before  menses.
Headache the third day of the menses,  the flow suddenly stops,
then the headache ensues.  Dim vision;  Avorse Avhen stomach is
out of order.
   Lith. carb. 10m Fincke relieved promptly.
                           E. A. Farrington,  M.D.,
                                             Philadelphia, Pa.

   June, 1879. Etta S., aged 14 months,  bright, healthy appear-
ance.   Chill in the morning, tAvo  hours earlier every other  day.
Awakens bright, becomes  thirsty, after a little time falls asleep,
has a marked chill, blue nails, fingers and tips, folloAved by  high 
170      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMOEOPATHY.

fever, flushed  face, someAvhat restless, then profuse and general
sweat, after which she awakens in good spirits.  Opium'200, Nux
vom.1000, Bry.200, etc., failed.  Nux  mos.200, a  poAvder  every six
hours.   No more  chills  to date.  While sleepiness is a charac-
teristic of  Nux mos. I  find no mention of the profound sleep
during all  the stages  of an intermittent fever, Avhich was the
characteristic symptom of this case.
  I cured a case of three years' standing in the same family Avith
Cimex'200.   Characteristic symptoms, draAving  under the knees,
and sensation, during the chill, "as if the body Avere contracted."
                           J. B.  Gregg Custis,  M.D.,
                                            Washington, D. C.


  A gentleman, aged 35, called on  me to prescribe for a facial
neuralgia.  The indications being for  Arsenic, I prescribed one
dose Arsenic 200 Fincke.   He clapped his  hands to his head in
intense agony, and cried :  " Doctor, Avhy did you  give me Ar-
senic ?  I ought to have told yon that  I never can take Arsenic."
He remained  in intense agony for about five  minutes, when the
pain disappeared, and his neuralgia never recurred.  He had no
means Avhatever of knoAving Avhat medicine it was that  I had
prescribed.
                 A. C. COWPERTHWAITE, M.D., Ph.D.,
                                             Iowa City, Iowa.


  An old man, seventy-five years old, but  otherwise  hale and
hearty, a good eater, complained for about one month of dizziness,
Avith tendency to  fall  on left side; he fell once or tAvice Avhen
Avalking in the street, but never lost consciousness  or, if so, only
for a second or two.  All secretions and excretions normal;  radial
pulse, 60, hard and tense, perhaps from atheromatous condition of
arteries.
  Vertigo  with inclination to fall to  left side is found in Aur.,
Cil., Dros., Euphorb., Lach., Mercur., Mez., Sulph. zinc.
  Remedies for aged people, Ambra, Baryta,  Con., Opii, Sec.
  The indications for Aurum met.  were clear, and in the 200th
potency, a  dose morning and  e\Tening, for a feAV  days, relieved 
   PROOFS  OF MEDICINAL  PRESENCE  AND EFFICACY.   171

the vertigo entirely; the removal of the atheromatous condition
Avas out of the question.
                            Samuel Lilienthal, M.D.,
                                           New York, N. Y.


AGGRAVATION  FROM RUTA GRAVEOLENS 200th.

   On February 2d, 1872, I Avas consulted by Mr. B----, about
fifty-five  years  old.   He  has  for years been  subject to pro-
lapsus of the rectum.   During stool, and even Avhen lifting hnrd,
the boAvels would protrude to the extent of an inch or  more.  He
Avas in the habit of evacuating the boAvels soon before retiring,
as it Avas difficult to retain the boAvel for  some hours after stool,
unless he kept in a recumbent position.  After a careful compari-
son of all his symptoms Avith those of Ruta graveolens, I gave
that  medicine in the folloAving manner: Twelve poAvders of Sac.
lactis, numbered.  In  Nos. 1, 4, 8, and 12 were a feAV pellets of
Ruta 200th, the others were blank, but also contained blank pel-
lets, that they might all appear alike.  (This is my usual custom
when giving blanks and medicated poAvders.)   A poAvder  to be
taken at 10 a.m. every day.  After the poAvders Avere all taken,
he reported that on the days he had taken Nos. 1, 4, 8, and 12,
he had several diarrhoeic stools, folloAved by such general  pros-
tration and Aveakness of the  boAvel (as he expressed  it), that he
Avas obliged to keep in the house, and very quiet for twenty-four
hours, as even slight exertion would cause a descent of the bowel.
   Left him Avithout medicine for a feAV days, and wrote to Dr.
AVilliam Eggert, for advice, and requested him to send me Ruta
very high.   Dr. Eggert  advised me to AATait on the action of the
200th, as an aggravation was generally a pretty oertain  indica-
tion  that the correct remedy had been given.  He had no higher
potency of  Ruta to send  me.  On the  24th  of same month,
tAvelve days after the last dose of Ruta, no improvement having
taken place and not being fully satisfied that the medicine had
caused the aggravation, I gave him a similar package of powders,
only numbering the medicated ones 3 and 9.   Again he reports
that  Nos. 3 and 9 Avere the same remedy that I gave him  before
in Nos. 1,4, 8, and 12, causing exactly the same train of symp- 
172      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMOEOPATHY.

toms, and begging me to give him  no more of that kind, as it
made him sick.
  From  this  time  on to April 5th folloAving, I  kept him on
blanks, numbered as before, but no improvement folloAving, I
gave him another dose of Ruta 200th, with precisely the same
result, and he discontinued treatment.
  In this case there Avas  no possible  chance for the patient to as-
certain beforehand any difference between the powders, as  all ap-
peared and tasted alike, and he did not see them put up.
  The Ruta Avas Tafel's 200th, the only preparation of the remedy
I then possessed.
                                   A. L. Fisher, M.D.,
                                                Elkhart, Ind.

                        TYPHLITIS.

  Patient, stout healthy  boy, aged twelve years, dark hair and
eyes; on November 1st,  1879, SAvalloAved a  leaden bullet, larger
than a No. 80  globule, and Aveighing 75  grains, or nearly 4
scruples.
   For a  Aveek afterwards suffered no inconvenience except con-
stipation ; bowels moving but once during that time. Was called to
treat him November 8th for pain and tenderness in the bowels,
worse in right iliac region, loss of appetite, white furred tongue,
slight nausea, feverishness, pulse 90, temperature 100, thirst, but
not for large quantities of Avater.   The pain Avas not spasmodic
like colic, but a constant  sore  pain, aggravated  by motion.
Patient could not tell if the bullet had passed. BoAvels had  moved
but once since it had been  SAvallowed, and  not  at all for three
days.
   AVas this a case of lead poisoning? or  had  the  foreign  sub-
stance anything to do Avith Avhat appeared to be enteritis?
   Nothing else could be  assigned as a cause; no cold, or  impru-
dence in eating or drinking.    Gave Plumb, met. 50m, in Avater,
a dessertspoonful every  two hours, till three were taken,  then if
better to be discontinued. * Next day patient easier;  medicine had
been given irregularly during  the  night, as the  sleep Avas dis-
turbed.   Pulse still 90,  temperature much the same.  Medicine
continued, three poAvders, three hours apart.    In tAventy-four 
   PROOFS  OF MEDICINAL  PRESENCE AND EFFICACY.  173

hours the case Avas still further improved ;  pulse and  tempera-
ture lower ;  soreness not so great, and more circumscribed. Three
more poAArders of Plumb. Avere given, three hours between.  Did
not hear from patient again for  iavo days, Avhen a message came
that he Avas  much  worse.   Found him lying on right side, with
right limb drawn  up ; could not be moved without great pain.
Complained of a hard, sore lump, the size of a man's fist, in the
right iliac fossa.   Pulse 100; temperature 100; disgust  for food ;
tongue Avhite; nausea; urine very slight, and dark broAAm; con-
stipation, no action  of boAvels for seven days.    Gave  Lyc.cm in
solution, dessertspoonful every two hours, unless better.  Next
day, much Avorse; had  had  a bad  night,  no sleep, pulse  110,
temperature 101;  constant moaning and screaming with  pain in
the lump, Avhich Avas noAV as large as a man's tAvo fists,  hard and
very tender, Avith slight discoloration of the surface.  Everything
taken into the stomach Avas noAV rejected ; vomiting had continued
for twenty hours.   Besides the  slight nourishment  taken there
Avas a green ropy fluid throAvn up.  Still no action of the  boAvels.
Tepid Avater inject men ts  had been given, but passed off Avithout
effect.   No  urine passed  for tAAenty-four  hours.   Friends  Avere
anxious.  Allopathic  physicians,  Avho  heard of the case, pre-
dicted death certain, and  not far distant.   An abscess  evidently
seemed  about to form in the region of the obstruction ;  and Iioav
was this to be averted ?   The boAvels must  move, or the patient
will die, say the allopaths, and  the allopathically inclined;  but
Iioav is this  to be brought about ?   By the  hazardous  operation
of a cathartic? a failure of Avhich to effect this  end would  only
add to the pressure and inflammation, and thereby insure certain
death.
   Is this a case Avhere the law of the similars is suspended or in-
applicable, and the physician  justified  in resorting  to  anything
knoAvn  to the medical world  to save the life  of the patient, an
only child, and criminally  culpable if he did  not?   Can Ave
conceive of a more complicated or  dangerous  condition, or one
that it Avould seem Avas more beyond the sphere of  medication ?
But even in this  dreadful  state of affairs, homoeopathy, pure,
rigid, and unadulterated, is the  only auxiliary required.  Hepar
sulph., 1000th (Tafel), in solution, Avas given,  a dessertspoon- 
174      AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF H0M030PATHY.

ful every tAvo hours for twenty hours, without intermission, by
which time the vomiting had ceased, the pulse  fallen to 105,
temperature 100, urine passed freely, pain and expression better,
lump softer  and not  so tender, medicine  continued at longer
intervals.  Next day, the  ninth  of the treatment,  very  much
improved ;  pulse 100, temperature 100, had  slept three  hours
during the night, taken and retained  nourishment; medicine
continued every four hours.   In twenty-four more pulse 95, tem-
perature  normal, pain and  soreness greatly relieved, bowels had
moved freely, filling a gallon  chamber  one-third full, in Avhich
there Avere eight or ten hard dark  balls over an inch in diam-
eter, and covered Avith slime; the  balance  varied  in color and
consistency, a part being brown and thin, and all very offensive.
Unfortunately this stool Avas  destroyed Avithout being carefully
examined for the bullet, Avhich very probably had also passed
off.
  This Avas the tenth day of the  treatment, and the  thirteenth
day from the time the bowels had last  moved.    The tumefac-
tion  and soreness iioav gradually  subsided, and a permanent
recovery  followed.
  The only reason for giving the medicine in the 1000th potency
Avas that  I did not have it any higher.
                                  C. Pearson, M.D.,
                                          Washington, D. C. 
APPENDIX.
                       DISCUSSION.

  S. Lilienthal, M.D., NeAV York :  To set the ball in motion,
as it seems to be at a standstill, and nobody Avants to get up, I
Avill  say a feAV Avords.  The first thing I Avant to say is that since
Professor T. F. Allen,  after sending  in  his  report, wanted to
make his own provings, he wanted to select his oavii medicine.
It Avas understood that Dr. Sherman Avas  to make them.   After
he ay as informed of this he AvithdreAV.  I must say that I have
felt perfectly happy the Avhole day at the report which was made
by the  Bureau of Materia  Medica.  AVe have found out  that
chemistry fails entirely in proving the value of high dilutions.
It was acknoAvledged that the spectroscope fails. AVe have found
out  also that the microscope fails to answer the  question as to
high potency. I  thank  my friend  Dr. Sherman for his labor.  I
can only  see from his report that there is a difference betAveen the
well  body and the sick body, and that we often find a reagent in
sickness to Avhich our high dilutions areespecially attractive.  For
instance, you  might have a proving on  the healthy body and
find  that they are  acting perfectly well.   On  a sick person it
would be different.  I  believe  this is  the  fact Avithout  doubt.
Professor Dake, in his first  part, acknowledged that  neither
chemistry, nor the microscope, nor the  spectroscope has  ever
found a difference in  the blood, whether it be a miasm or any-
thin^ else.  There is then a higher poAver or force, an elevating
force behind  those germs, or a life force, if you please.  Nobody
has ever seen it.   We  know it only by its effects on the body.
AVe  cannot hold  it, we cannot take it in our  hand.  That Avas
acknoAvledged by Professor Dake.  He acknoAvledged that  the
spirit is not  recognizable.  The papers of  Professor CoAvper-
tliAvaite and of Dr. LaAvton, Avere most satisfactory.  One of the
most beautiful expressions which I heard  Avas  given  by Dr.
LaAvton.  He said : " There is  the soul of the  drug acting, Ave
are all a\vare, in the living person."  Noav nobody knoAVS where 
176      AMERICAN INSTITUTE  OF HOMOEOPATHY.

that soul is, yet  they know it  is in us.  It works  in  us.   It  is
constantly at work.  Just such a soul, if I  may use the expres-
sion, is in the drug.   It Avorks; but you have to liberate it, and
by being liberated  it Avorks quickly, immediately, and we see
the benefit of it.
  Noav comes the question, why do not  others see it?   Macht's
nach, macht  aber  genau nach.  Try it, but do not say it don't
Avork.  You may say you  do not understand it, that will be a
free confession.   You may say you do  not  knoAv hoAV it Avorks,
that may be  the truth.  You  may say I do not understand  a
great deal of physiology, I only knoAv the  effects.  Just so you
see the results.
  I only beg of you, those avIio ha\re a prejudice against  high
dilutions, to  be  sure you  are right.  That is, be sure you are
right in  the selection  of  a remedy.  Be sure you are right in
your diagnosis of the disease, and that is the totality of the symp-
toms, and nothing else.  All the pathology, live pathology,  I do
not mean pathological anatomy, but living pathology, is nothing
less than Avhat Hahnemann so beautifully called  it, the totality
of the symptoms.   You get the  totality of the symptoms and
you cover them carefully, you  cover them with the right remedy
and you  will always cure your case.  If your case is not cured,
you may be sure that you are at fault.   The trouble is not in the
dilution but in your judgment.
  Dr.  Adolph  Lippe, Philadelphia, Pa.:  Mr.  President,  per-
mit me to make  a feAV remarks on the paper read  by Dr. Sher-
man.   He  seems to be in error when  he  reflects  upon people
Avhom he calls believers in  high potencies, avIio have not taken
any part in  these proposed  provings, because, impliedly, he meant
to say that they Avere afraid that their belief Avould come to grief.
Those that have used medicines according to the rules laid down
by Samuel  Hahnemann, are not  believers.   They are convinced
of the  effect of the smallest dose.  It is not a belief, it is a  con-
viction—conviction obtained by experiment.  It is for that rea-
son, and  that is one of the reasons, why  they have taken no
notice  Avhatsoever  of  that  proposed  reproving  of  the  30th
potency.   But if Dr. Sherman had  been good enough to read his
homoeopathic literature, he would have  found that  that experi-
ment  had  been  made  in Vienna  thirty odd years ago by Dr.
AVatcher,  on Natrum  muriaticum.   He  found  that Natrum
muriaticum cured the disease in the high potencies.  What  Avas
the  result of all that  proving?   Dr. Watcher Avas anxious to
prove the 30th potency.  He did not believe in it.   The experi-
ment Avas made,  first on the  healthy and then  on the sick.   He
Avas honest enough  to say, that he was grieved to  be compelled 
                  APPENDIX—DISCUSSION.              177

to acknoAvledge that the 30th potency Avas of great efficacy in pro-
ducing conditions on the  healthy organism, and in curing sick
people in a very short time.  More so than the lower potency.
AVe can say that at that time it Avas settled.
  Noav here Ave are, thirty years later, called upon  to prove that
over again.  Noav, if Dr. Sherman Avas very  anxious to do so,
he might have followed the plan of Dr. AVatcher—made his first
provings of the potency upon the healthy, obtained all the symp-
toms thereby, and obtained a cure.  But  Dr.  Watcher not only
produced with the 30th potency many symptoms, but forty times
more  symptoms than he had produced with the loAver potency.
He corroborated  Hahnemann's Natrum muriaticum symptoms,
and  added  materially to the knowledge of the inert drug sub-
stance.   That is the way to make provings.  It is  the plan pro-
posed, but it has  not been responded to, for the very reasons that
I have now stated ;  not because there Avas any particular objec-
tion to it, except the objection  that it Avas useless, and our time
can be  better employed  by developing  homoeopathy than by
proving and reproving again that which was known thirty years
ago to be true.
  Alvin E. Small, M.D., Chicago,  111.:  I  was not  present,
unfortunately, Avhen the  reports were read on  Materia  Medica,
but it struck me  as being rather queer,  when  I read the title of
the papers given here,  as furnishing, for  instance,  a  test for
chemistry.   Noav, if Ave Avant a physiological proving, what has
chemistry to do Avith it?   AVe do  not Avant to prove  our reme-
dies by chemistry, Ave Avant to prove our remedies on the living
subject.  AVe trace thein to vital conditions, and be sure Ave re-
gard the laAV.  AVe want to be sure 1ioav  far the system is im-
pressible to the action of remedies.   AVe cannot test or  measure
a remedy -by chemistry, neither can Ave by the microscope or the
spectroscope; Ave cannot prove them by these instruments.  It is
only on  the living subject that Ave can  prove  them.   We knoAv
that these living subjects are susceptible to a variety of  changes
which exist in -nature, Avhich  chemistry  can  never  touch, and of
Avhich no measurement by any instrument Avhich you can invent
can be made.
  I Avill ask you Avhat makes the oak groAv?  You  can plant
an acorn in sand or shot and Avater it with rain-water, and it Avill
extract nutriment from the rain-Avater.  The nutriment  is as in-
finitesimal as the highest potency you can name.   The tree will
be elaborated, and when sufficient rain-water has been furnished
this acorn will  germinate, it will groA\', and produce a tree, and
it Avill spread its  branches, and if you will take the pains to an-
alyze that tree you Avill find many chemical elements in the tree 
178      AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF HOMOEOPATHY.

which  you cannot find in the rain-Avater.   There  is a smgular
metamorphosis-which  takes  place in  living  beings.  Now we
have read of the  lichen which feeds on the atmosphere, and yet
it sends out roots, and will elaborate itself and become a vege-
table and a plant  that can be seen by the naked eye.  Noav where
did it come from? where  does  this impress come from  that is
made upon the living tissues?   When the plant has developed
itself it yields, on analysis, the same chemical elements that you
will find in other bodies of nature.   Nature is full of these forces,
and a remedy addressed to the vital forces will produce a modi-
fication of  the  system, so that  no estimate can  be obtained  by
measurement. AVe have seen this.   I would like to relate a fact
which  I saAV  myself, in Philadelphia.
  I Avas  called to see a lady there, Avho said to me:  " Doctor,
don't you dare  to give  me* any Pulsatilla;  it ahvays distresses
me so  that I do  not  wish you  to  give it to me."   Some  time
after this I was in attendance upon her, in a fit of sickness. Her
symptoms  seemed to justify the prescription  of Pulsatilla.   I
recollected what she had said, and I selected a very high potency
—Jenichen's potency—such as I thought she never Avould detect,
even if I administered it  to her.   I gave  it to  her and said
nothing, and I  mentioned it to  no person  whatever.   The  next
time she saAV me she said:
  " I told you never to give me any Pulsatilla; I never have the
feelings that  I experience except Avhen I take Pulsatilla."
  Now that Avas  the  800th potency.  I  have seen  other  cases
Avhere  the impressibility of the system was so great that the  most
infinitesimal dose can  produce an effect upon the vital forces.
  I once was attending a patient who was singularly affected by
the odor of musk ; she could  never endure the odor of musk
Avithout its superinducing a fit of syncope.  Noav all philosophers
agree that odors are small particles escaping  from  odoriferous
bodies.   You may think it strange that the odor of musk would
produce this  syncope  upon a patient, but it is a fact.  You may
call it idiosyncrasy, or call it  an  impressible  condition of the
system, but it is a fact nevertheless.  The patient becomes  af-
fected Avith the musk, and experiences a fit  of sickness.   Hoav
many patients have Ave seen  affected  by the odor of a rose or
some other floAver? AVe knoAv that this odor produces an action
upon the living economy, and there is no  kind of measurement
that can  be inflicted upon the dose that has been administered.
  F.  R. McManus,  M.D.,  Baltimore, Md.: My  friend, Dr.
Small, has been speaking  about the impressibility of the human
system.  I  knew a lady Avho lived in Baltimore,  35 years of age,
and  there was  nothing that seemed to disturb her equanimity. 
                  APPENDIX—DISCUSSION.              179

She Avas in ordinary health, but the odor of a shrub affected her
seriously.   Experiments Avere tried by her astute allopathic phy-
sician, to ascertain if he could not bring a shrub into the room
Avithout being detected  by her, but it ahvays produced syncope;
she could not pretend  to  handle  it at all, or to smell it.  For
fear he would be mistaken about it, Dr. John Taylor, avIio Avas
the physician of Baltimore in the olden times, spoke to me of
the case;  he Avas her physician.   He took a shrub and an ordi-
nary-sized pocket handkerchief, and  he put it in one corner and
folded it, and Avrapped it, and wrapped it, and Avrapped  it, and
folded it together, and  then he wrapped around it a silk pocket
handkerchief, and he  put it in  his  pocket.  He Avas attending
her professionally ; he visited her.   She said to him :
   " Doctor, I feel  very weak."
   " Well," says he,  " Avhat is the matter; are you in pain?"
   " No, I have no  pain, but  I feel Aveak; I feel  a weakness
coming OA^er me."
   " What kind of a weakness;  what do you suppose produces
it?  I am only feeling your pulse."
   " AVell," she says, " I  have a feeling such as I ahvays have
from  the odor of shrub."
   Noav that is the history of one case that I heard of in my life,
but it is a fact.  It only proves the impressibility of the system.
   The President : Several gentlemen wish to knoAv the name
of the plant,   What Avas  the name of the plant?
   F.  R. McManus, M.D., Baltimore, Md.: The common gar-
den shrub, calycanthus.   That  was an  extraordinary case;  I
mentioned it as corroborating what Dr. Small says.
   William Owens,  M.D., Cincinnati, O.:  In regard  to the
report which has been presented by the Bureau of Materia Medica,
I  must say for myself  that I have  been actually disappointed.
I  had expected to hear a reference to some drugs in the report,
and their application  on  the human organization, as Ave under-
stand  it,  in their relations to homoeopathy.  I expected  to hear
a  report upon drugs, and their relation to the human organiza-
tion,  which  is the proper function of the Bureau of Materia
Medica, Pharmacy and Provings; but instead of that, sir, I hear
a  report here on physical science—physical science, and not Ma-
teria  Medica.  The first part of the  report appertains entirely to
physical  science and the  presence of medicinal substance  in cer-
tain attenuations.  It gives no relation of those substances to any
morbid condition of the organism whatever.  And so, therefore,
I  am  somewhat disappointed in the report, although, from the
caption of the several  papers, I should not have been.
   Ao-ain  sir I find in the other department a report of a series 
180      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMOEOPATHY.

of clinical cases properly belonging, I  presume, if the chairman
will  alloAv me to  make'the statement,  properly belonging to the
Bureau of Clinical Medicine.   According to  this, therefore, Ave
have no Bureau of Materia Medica, Pharmacy and Provings be-
fore us for discussion.
  This is pharmacy  without a pretension  to pharmacy.   If this
is pharmacy, then Ave have no comments perhaps to make.  But
this is  simply a report upon physical science;  the  report relates
simply to physical science and nothing else.   I  had expected,
Mr. President, from  the character of the  gentlemen  engaged in
making this report, that Ave Avould  have had  something else, or
something said  in relation to drug  action, and  to the action of
drugs on the organism,  Avhat  tissues are affected by drugs, how
they are affected  by  drugs, Avhat  are the  results of these effects,
and from that, an  inference as to the poAver of drugs in disturbing
the functions of the organism.  But not one word has been said
upon that subject.  If I understand the papers correctly, I  be-
lieve not one Avord has  been said upon  that subject.
  The chairman of  that bureau did, in a paper Avhich he read,
refer to this  matter, but  they  did  not appertain to  the papers
proper of the bureau.  With  all credit to him, he has relieved
the bureau from an onus Avhich I think could  properly attach to
it under the circumstances, that is, of not making a proper report
of Materia Medica.  First, Ave should know Avhere the drug im-
pinges, what tissues  are disturbed, Avhether the irritation occurs
Avithin the blood, Avhether it occurs  Avithin the nervous  system,
and if in the nervous system, Avhich class of  nerves it disturbs.
Is it the cerebro-spinal, or the sympathetic,  or  the  organic, or
the vegetath^e?   These are the points  really  Avhich this Bureau
of Materia Medica ought to  make.  AVhen Ave can  establish a
basis for their action, and a uniform  prescription, a uniform dose
may be more nearly approximated.   But until Ave can lay the
foundation for uniform  drug action  by attaching that action to
certain tissues of  the body, Ave utterly fail to  perform the duties
which  Ave owe to  the homoeopathic medical profession.  Until, I
say, AAre can accomplish  this, Ave utterly fail in the duty we OAve,
as teachers and students of Materia Medica, to the homoeopathic
profession.  I believe, sir, that Ave will have  to go back and re-
study many of our physiological problems, and some of our histo-
logical problems,  and Avhen this is done Ave shall be able to draAv
conclusions  from  the facts there stated quite diverse from those
offered  by our old-school physiologists and pathologists; draAv
conclusions  which will  lead us in  quite  an  opposite direction,
and afford a beacon-light Avhich Avill lead  us omvard to the study
of true homoeopathic Materia Medica.   I am sorry that I cannot
say that this bureau has furnished us a stepping-stone to this 
APPENDIX—DISCUSSION.
181
field, or taken the first step in that direction.  It has only proved
that certain medicinal  substances  are  inert when given in the
1,000,000th potency, Avhich Avas knoAvn thirty years ago.
   J. H. McClelland, M.D.,  Pittsburgh, Pa.: I  cannot say
that I am discontented with the report of this bureau.  In the
first place, I read on the circular, that it Avas to be a report of
the Bureau of Materia  Medica, Pharmacy, and  Provipgs.   In
the second place, I read that the bureau, as Avas their right, se-
lected  a certain  subject, and that subject related to the proof of
drug presence and poAver in attenuations above the 6th decimal:
first, as furnished by the tests of chemistry; second, as furnished
by the spectroscope  and microscope; third, as furnished by the
tests of physiology  ; fourth, as  furnished by  analogy from the
field of impalpable morbific agencies.
   Secondly, the proofs of  medicinal presence and efficacy in at-
tenuations aboA^e the 6th decimal:  first, as furnished by the tests
of clinical experience,  in  the use of attenuations, ranging from
the 6th to the 15th decimal; second, as furnished by clinical ex-
perience, in the use of attenuations, ranging from the 15th to the
30th decimal;  third, as furnished  by clinical experience, in the
use of attenuations, above  the 30th decimal.
   Noav, you  might asAvell expect the Bureau  of Surgery, after it
had selected the subject of tumors, to bring in a  report on frac-
tures, just as well.  I think no  one Avill  doubt that this  bureau
has adhered strictly and logically to the subjects selected by the
bureau, and Avhich it had a perfect right to select.  Next year they
may take up another phase of Materia Medica.   This year the
subject Avas certainly very ably handled,and in reference to that re-
port I  Avould like to  say one Avord.  AVe have a good deal of testi-
mony, as I remarked yesterday, in  regard to another paper, of a
negative character.   We have testimony here that finds no drug
in a certain  potency, but  that  is evidently negative testimony.
It proves that no drug Avas observed  in  that potency, perhaps,
with the means at hand very ably handled.  It does not prove
that these potencies are Avithout power, as one  of  the  papers
would lead us  to believe.  The positive testimony, Avhich each
and every one has had, that the potencies above a certain grade,
the 30th or higher, have produced effects positively, is Avorth all
of the negative  testimony that could be  adduced.   But  I can
very readily see  myself Avhy it is  that the testimony that has
been offered in regard to the AA'onderful  efficacy of the higher po-
tencies, is received with  doubt.   It is because, in many instances,
the enthusiasm of the reporter has carried him  away really, or
at any rate, has blurred his judgment.   AVe have testimony that
is absolutely  defective, we have testimony as  to the cure  of pa-
13 
182      AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF HOMOEOPATHY.

thological conditions, that any one  knows  must be  absolutely
without foundation—Avithout truth.
   When I find, for  instance, a case of typhoid fever reported,
and  a most  frightful state of things existing, the patient just
at the last  gasp—a  case  of  genuine  typhoid  fever—just as
you all know, Avith certain pathological conditions produced—
and  a certain potency is  given, and very often a very high po-
tency, and lo! behold! the next  time  he is visited, in twenty-
four hours, the  patient is Avell.   Now Ave  all know, every one
knoAvs, that  that  cannot  be.  ' It  cannot  be.   You appeal to
people that ought to  be reasoning people  to believe things that
cannot be.  So Ave find tumors described, malignant tumors, and
a high potency is given, or a low potency, as the case may be,
but  I really  think  the high potency is oftener mentioned—a
high potency Avas  given, and under the influence of the drug ad-
ministered, a cure is reported.   We knoAv that a morbific growth
is a thing of sIoav growth.  It is  something Avhich is developed
after months, and  months, and years. AVhen Ave hear the reports,
wTe find that  one dose is given, and lo !  the next day the  tumor
is gone !
   Now, that, I say, shocks the faith of the people in the testi-
mony that is brought to bear as to the efficacy of high potencies.
On the other hand we all know that Ave have given the 30th po-
tency  and the 200th potency and  higher potencies, for conditions
of disease which  we  cannot solve, Ave cannot limit;  the  condi-
tions Avere progressing under their action, in a reasonable time
 have ceased, and the case has recovered, evidently as  an effect of
 the  medicine.  Noav  I say, there  is nothing  in  that testimony
 to convince  us that there is  potency and  power in  these 30th
 potencies, and higher potencies, to do such things.
   Dr. P. P. AVells,, Brooklyn, N. Y.: Ladies  and gentlemen,
 I have but one Avord to say in  reply to the statement Avhich has
just been made by my friend, Dr. McClelland.  I am about to
 state Avhat  happened under my OAvn eyes, and I knoAv it is not
 what  another has told me.  It is not Avhat  another has done.   I
 will give you the facts, and you can make up your judgment as
 to them.  The patient Avas a little girl, nine years old.  She was
 in a state of constant  delirium, Avith intense headache.   If she
 was asked a question she would ansAver it immediately, and then
 fall off  into delirium.   AVhen questioned  she declared that the
 pain in  her head  was intense.  She had a  seATere cough  Avith an
 excruciating pain through the Avhole chest.  She had tympanites
 and tenderness over the  Avhole  abdomen, Avith diarrhoea of a
 brown Avatery substance, Avhich Avas running  her into the  grave.
 Now  you may call it typhoid  fever or whatever you like.   But 
APPENDIX—DISCUSSION.               183
that little girl got a half dozen pellets dissolved in a teacupful
of Avater.  I observed that myself, and I know.   This dose Avas
given at 4 o'clock in the afternoon, and at 9 o'clock the next day
she Avas sitting on the sofa dressed.
   Several Members:  AVhat remedy Avas given ?
   P. P. AVells, M.D.:   I  will tell you  if you want to knoAv.
But that was  a  perfect picture of typhoid fever.  That was it.
The patient recovered.   She Avas  up and dressed, and sitting on
the sofa.  The  dose Avas administered  betAveen 3 and 4 o'clock
in the afternoon, and at 9 o'clock the next morning she was up
and dressed.   Dr.  McClelland  is mistaken as to its  being pos-
sible or impossible.  That which  has been is certainly possible.
1 think Ave must stick by that.  Now as to  the susceptibility
which  is sometimes met Avith to  medicinal action, a great many
of  us  have got a  great deal  to learn.  You have  been  told
about  the effect of a  shrub.   There  are  other  medicines  and
vegetables Avhich produce the same effect.   If a vial of a certain
medicine Avere uncorked and held to the noses of certain parties
they would  be  thrown  into convulsions  in a minute.   I have
heard of an  experiment that was made upon a young man  Avhich
showed his extreme sensibility to  drug action.  Upon  inhaling
the medicinal substance  he was thrown into convulsions.   This
only shows the extreme sensibility of this young man.  This is
found to be the  case Avith certain persons.  They are extremely
sensitive.
   But  iioav I Avill  go  back to what I know myself  A patient
was sent to me from a  physician in New York, with a statement
that she was extremely sensitive  to  medicinal action.  The ac-
tion was something singular in her case.  I put a vial under her
nose with pellets in it, and she Avent into convulsions in a  moment.
Now I am perfectly competent as a Avitness to this fact: first, that
it Avas a vial; second,  that it  had pellets in it; and third, that
she Avent into convulsions;  fourth, I know that  the cork was in
the vial;  fifth, I  know that  it  was  put under her nose ; and
sixth, I know that she went into convulsions just  as quick as the
vial came under her nose.  I  will speak of another thing in this
patient. I  would  only  say that  things have happened to some
persons that  have  not  happened with other persons in this world,
but that does not  prove that it did not happen.   Her  suscepti-
bility Avas so great, she would  take  a  pellet in that way and be
affected.  She would say, " Now, doctor, I feel it going up my
left arm."   I sjave her  the  medicine, and I know what it was.
AVhen it was  administered, she Avould say, "Now, doctor, I feel
it "-oing up my  arm,"  and she  Avould put up both arms  over the
phrenological organ of hope, and say, " I feel as though all my 
184      AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF HOMOEOPATHY.

hope was gone out of me."  I gave Pulsatilla, and her symptoms
are almost a literal translation  of Pulsatilla as they stand in the
Materia Medica.
   Henry E. Spalding, M.D., Hingham, Mass.:  I  would like
to ask the duration of the sickness  before the single  dose Avas
given—I refer to the case of typhoid fever—and Avhat  remedies
had been given before that, in  the treatment of the case.
   The President: The time of Dr. Wells has been exhausted.
Dr. Brown, of Binghamton, has the floor.
   Titus L. Brown, M.D., Binghamton, N. Y.: Mr. President,
I  have listened to the papers this evening, of this bureau, Avith a
great deal  of pleasure, and I am satisfied, as  far as I am con-
cerned as a member of the Institute, that they were well-pre-
sented, well-written, and well-delivered papers in fact, and  a
credit to the Bureau of Materia Medica, and the cause of homoe-
opathy.  They simply  gave  individual opinions  according  to
their observations.  Be they correct or not they gave them  as
eorrectly as they could.   Low  or high, their opinion was  given
to us as Avell  as any one could  give it.  I think they are entitled
to great credit for presenting their views fairly to us.   I do  not
make any criticism  upon the bureau or upon the papers.   I rise
simply to throw in a thought in reference to the action of  reme-
dies upon human bodies.   You will all acknoAvledge that they
produce  poisonous  effects,  and produce subjective or  objective
symptoms, and then they produce changes of the  tissues of the
body.   You  Avill find afterwards just exactly how they do this.
This must be ascertained, of course, by discovery.
   I  cannot see  any difference betAveen  their physical  and dy-
namical action.   They are forms of  matter, we  are  forms of
matter, and if we  take into  consideration their condition and
the  results that they give, we can tell  uniformly what  the
result  will be.   I  have never  found that I  could substitute
one  remedy  for  another.   I  have  found that I  could  cure
the  patient of a certain condition after  having  obtained  the
exact remedy.  When I had a sufficient number of  cases  I had
something  to found the remedy on.  In the same case you can
repeat the same remedy.   AVe can repeat  the form,  not ahvays
absolutely.   You will only get a similar form—similar motion.
This can be done by the action  of remedies.   I never  produce
the same effect, only a similar effect.   Noav what is this dynamic
action?  Is it not  physical action but beyond our conscious-
ness, Avhether it be a subjective symptom or objective symptom?
We report results Avith our symptoms  on  one side or the  other,
which are often very hard to make out, because we do not under-
stand them, and then we fall back  and give credit  to all degrees 
APPENDIX—DISCUSSION.
185
whether of low or high dilution.   The  effect  of the dilution is
simply the action of remedies.   You may give them any name
you please.  It is matter in contact Avith matter.  By no possi-
bility  can you  destroy any portion of the remedy.  Noav, for  in-
stance, I hold here in my hand a tumbler of Avater, pure Avater;
from above comes a stream of pure water running into it, or you
may suppose  it  is running into as large a vessel as you please.
I put  medicine in that Avater.  Hoav long has that water got to
flow until the  medicine is exhausted;  until  it has reached a
point Avhen it will give no  dynamical action?  So Avith the  ac-
tion of remedies; we  may criticise, but our  object  is to learn.
That is the object I had in coming here.
  O. P. Baer, M.D., Richmond, Ind.:  Mr. President and gen-
tlemen, I am very glad to say that I recognize the fact that there
are  four kingdoms in the physical  universe, an elementary, a
mineral, a vegetable, and an  animal.  Most scientists claim but
three,  but our elementary is as large a kingdom as the rest. Ho-
moeopathy claims a portion of all these  kingdoms, hence  it is a
physical science.  Of all physical sciences it will in time be the
most exact.
  Now to prove some of its peculiarities. Do you not all recog-
nize that everything in the physical universe has a form peculiar
to itself, or it has some peculiar characteristics  peculiar to itself?
But has not everything an identity?  Most  assuredly everything
has an identity.  How do you know one from another except  by
its peculiarity, by its identity, by the laAV of comparison,  by  its
peculiarities.  It being the case that there  is that  identity, is it
not ahvays manifest by simple presence, or  an  external physical
presence, a proximate presence?  Sometimes this presence,  Avhat-
ever it is, does not come to your vieAv; it is neither tangible nor
observable.   Everything has a sphere of action.  Do not  min-
erals have a sphere passing off from themselves?   Do not the
elements have a sphere ?  Do  not the A7egetables, and does not the
animal kingdom?   Everything, if you  please, has something
peculiar to itself, floAving out from itself; everything is influenced
by that floAving  out, everything surrounding  it.   It is its oavu
self.  It is like a grain of musk sending out its effluvia in every
possible direction.  So it is Avith every element of the vegetable,
mineral and animal kingdom; they all have their characteristics.
These  characteristics are emanations of its life.   Now this iden-
tity, I  hold, you cannot destroy with all the preparations possible.
There  is an inherent principle within the form of the thing, seen
or not; it is itself, its  life.   That gives it  form.   Life is force.
Force  pushes  as life  pushes forward  and gives form to matter.
The life Avithin it is the poAver that that life contains.  This in- 
186      AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF  HOMOEOPATHY.
   trinsic \ralue belongs to it; it is that power Avhich no dynamiza-
   tion can destroy.   It is there; it is an inherent principle, inhe-
   rent  Avith the body itself that gives it identity, having, like
   it, a poAver.   It may be like the musk in the tOAver of Pisa, that
   has existed for eighteen hundred years; there it is.   Its presence
   can be perceived ; it is not destroyed.   Its  atoms may be sepa-
   rated,  but they  are never entirely destroyed.   AVhat  are  the
'   atoms?  They are  the most obtrusive and the  most intrusive
   materials in the physical universe.  Each atom seeks its affiliate,
   it seeks union. Very often Ave have a great combination of them,
   forming a molecule.  This molecule is formed into masses; then
   they become inert; it is a finite, Avhich is so active ,- it is  a finite,
   which  is so obtrusive, and  as  you reach  the  finite you  reach
   power.  It is that poAver Avhich  gives  homceopathic medicines
   their virtue.
     Noav I don't care hoAV much you talk about Ioav or high dilu-
   tion, the thing Ave Avant is the picture; the thing Ave Avant is that
   which  directly  corresponds to the picture presented by your
   patient.  You have a certain class of symptoms, and you search
   your  Materia Medica  for a remedy that  corresponds precisely,
   or, in  other Avords, is a prototype Avhich  the symptoms present.
   There you have a fac simile, one Avith the other;  one is the pro-
   totype, and the other is the type,—one is the  picture, and the
   other is the image of that picture.   Make your prescription and
   you succeed.
     There are a few other things that I wish to speak about.  One
   is an interesting case that I had.  I Avas called to see an exceed-
   ingly singular case; it  Avas a banker's Avife. I Avas called betAveen
   tAvo and three o'clock in the morning.  AVhen I Avent in I found
   her in a perfect state of frenzy and excitement.   I said to her:
     " What symptom is the most prominent, cau you tell me, can
   you pick  it out?"
     She told me; "Oh,  I have such a  very sore pain  in my uri-
   nary organs; I Avant to urinate every minute, and I can't."
     I at once took out my case of 200ths and gave her five or six
   pellets  of the 200th of Jenichen's dilution of Cantharis.   I gave
   her this to take; she took one teaspoonful.
     She said :  " It will not do me any good."
     In  less than five minutes she fell asleep.  She slept for fifteen
   minutes, when she raised up, and I gave her a similar dose again.
   She told me she had no more pain.  I visited her the next morn-
   ing at ten o'clock, and  she Avas about her usual  work.
     Dr. Pearson, Washington, D. C.:  Mr. President, ladies, and
   gentlemen, I will  not detain  the Institute five  minutes.  I  do
   not intend to enter into the discussion of these papers at all, but 
APPENDIX—DISCUSSION*
187
I am thankful for small favors. I really feel like congratulating
the Avorthy  chairman of the bureau, and the members of the
bureau generally, Avith what  I  regard as being very important,
if not the most important  papers ever offered to the Institute.
Last year the  papers  offered  on that  occasion Avere  good.   The
papers did remind me a little of the story told by Mr. Lincoln.
On one occasion he Avas obliged to listen to a long essay on some
moral subject Avith which the writer and reader were very famil-
iar ; and Avhen he got through, and asked Lincoln's opinion of
it, Mr. Lincoln said  he thought that anybody that liked  that
kind of tiling Avould  be apt  to like that kind of thing, and he
would  like that paper.
   Mr. President, I could   not  help thinking of that anecdote,
and I compared the members of this bureau to the unruly church
member,  Avho  Avas eternally backsliding and  as often being
brought  into the  church and baptized over again, until a sailor
suggested that the only Avay Avas to  put  him in and keep him in
over night.
   You Avill remember, Mr. President and gentlemen,  that on
that occasion I predicted  that  there  Avas to be a reformation of
this kind.  I must confess I was sold  on that occasion, but I felt
just as good as a Methodist preacher in camp-meeting.
 .  T. C. Duncan, M.D., of Chicago: I move that this bureau
be closed.
   The President :  AVe will hear  from Dr. Dake first, as he is
the chairman of the bureau.
   Dr. J. P. Dake,  Nashville, Tenn.: Mr. President and  gen-
tlemen, 1 Avill endeavor to  close it up very rapidly.   In the first
place I wish to correct my friend Dr. Lilienthal with regard to
Dr.  Allen's experiments.    The bureau  never represented  to
Dr. Allen that Dr. Sherman  should  make the attenuations for
his test; they never proposed  that to him at all.  The propo-
sition Avas that these preparations should be made in New York
city  by a committee, as 1 stated in my introductory.
   "My  friend Dr. Small was  not present Avhen our papers were
read ;  if he  had been he would not have made the speech which
he made here a feAV moments ago.   He says he don't want chem-
ical provings.  Noav those gentlemen Avho heard our papers knoAv
very Avell that we did not insist upon  or  limit the proving of
medicines to chemical tests, by any manner of means.   Indeed,
we went far beyond that,  even into  physiology, and even into
the sick-room.
   Noav I am perfectly satisfied with  what this  bureau has been
trying to do, and I will briefly recapitulate its work.
   This bureau presented, last year, first  a history of Hahne- 
188      AMERICAN INSTITUTE  OF  HOMOEOPATHY.

mann's  object and  methods  in drug attenuation.  I  challenge
any gentleman  to successfully contradict the statements made in
the first paper giving this history.   It Avas correct.
  In the second paper Ave gave the  history of drug attenuation
as practiced by the followers of Hahnemann since his time, Avith
a special reference to deviations from his method.   I say that
the statements  made in that second paper are correct, and when
they are objected to I will be  obliged to any gentleman if he will
point out to the author of that paper the misstatements of history.
  The third paper presented was upon the means and methods of
drug attenuation Avith reference to impurities and errors; and this
paper Avas very carefully prepared, stating  the means  used  and
the methods pursued, with the dangers of impurity and inexacti-
tude and evil  in our pharmacy.   It Avas a valuable  paper, as
you Avill believe Avhen you read it; Avhen you see it in print you
will appreciate it.   That Avas as far  as Ave were able  to go last
year on account of the Avaut of time.  AVe then deferred, as I
mentioned  in my  introductory, the remaining  sections of our
subject  to this year.   AVe have presented papers on  them  to-
day.  AVe  have adhered  to  our subject, Ave  have stuck to our
text, and I  believe you  will agree with me  that Ave  have not
wandered aAvay.
  AVe have to-day presented the evidence of the presence of drug
matter and  drug poAver  in  homoeopathic attenuations.  Have
Ave endeavored to destroy or to teardoAvn ?  Not at all.  We have
endeavored from all  quarters to gather, by all tests, proofs  of
drug presence and drug poAver in drug attenuations, not only in
the 1st, 2d, 3d, and 6th,  but also in the 12th, 30th  and 200th,
and as  much further as  any test  can possibly go, be  it in the
physiological laboratory, or be it in the sick-room.
  Noav Ave have endeavored  most  faithfully  to adhere to our
plan ;  Ave have done  it Avith  the  best of feeling  in the Avorld,
wishing to  upset no man's faith.  AVe have not worked for the
profession alone; we  have Avorked for homoeopathy and for the
medical Avorld and the Avorld  outside.  If Ave Avish to knoAv any-
thing in regard to drug  attenuation Ave  have to study and ex-
periment to find it out.  That is Avhat Ave have been endeavoring
to do, gentlemen, and Ave  haA'e done it, as I have said, with the
best of feeling.   It has been our aim to develop  the truth, faith-
fully and fully, not to the injury of one party, nor for the benefit
of another.   In the bureau Ave have not all  been of  the same
mind on the question of drug attenuation;  but  Ave have all en-
deavored to be honest and fair.   I will not repeat. (Tremendous
applause.) 
APPENDIX—DISCUSSION.
189
  T. C. Duncan, M.D., of Chicago:  I renew my motion to close
the bureau.
  Dr. Hawkes, of Chicago:  I rise to a question of privilege.
My name AAas mentioned  in one of the papers, and it has left a
misapprehension on the minds of my friends in the Institute.
This would  be the case if that matter was not cleared up.  The
intimation Avas made, or impression given, to some of my  friends
that I had been afraid to make a test.  My  reasons were these,
and I think they are good ones : that in a matter of such national,
such world-wide importance as the settling of a question of po-
tency, that it was too great to be placed in the hands of less than
representative men.  In proof of the correctness of my assertion,
the very first report of the Milwaukee test committee contained
tAvo gross errors in connection Avith my name.   One Avas a pos-
itive misstatement, and the other was an implied misstatement.
These  facts  I  pointed out  in a subsequent statement.  I think
that this also will  give the reason why Professor Allen dropped
the matter Avhere  he  did.   My friend, Professor Allen, I think
will give the same reason. 
 
 
  o  '  -
 <   £
 c    c
 c   c
 c <r C
  c   c
. c ■  c
  c   C
c c	VC	_	*_
<£Z« C	<		€Z
' c. C	c	^ <	
c C	<r	c	c
c	c	c	<z
CI	c	<_	c
Cj	c	c	d
C~	c	d	<:
<r	; c	c	cv
<s	c	c	<ze
i cr	<	C!	d
	c	c"	c
i «C	_c	c	<:.
<:	c	c	cr
*-. %■"■!*	C~~^~ i	t c	cl
c <	«£Z	c C	c:
C_ <« ■ '	c::	t r	c:
		< c	c:
c  <r :c


<L?  c <^-
<3p,  i <

<££.   C

 «aBf. •  c

 •fefc. - C <-
jj s <   <st-.

; '< <:   4K.
CCC,
 c< .c X
««c:c c
<3&c
c	<r:	c	c	<:
c	<:"	c	c	<r.
c.	<L"	<:	<	«:

 <   <.
c  <c
 c   c:
 <   C
 <r   <
C   C
 c    *-
cs  <r 
(<  &
c  c     C« C C <f_
 <■ , c  -   <S ' "C <--<■-
c e     C?  C CC
<r<    <s c < c:
c <:    c<  c  c c
 <     <r<  c  c <S
r    c-  c  < <T
c     Ci  C  C <3L_
    CF C  C <3C
    cr  c  C cc
   r<  C   C  <•<
 CCC <c
Cc  c_   C  <c
 cr«:
 C  <:
c  c_
  : <:
  L"  cl
 c<  cC


<c. «1C
c  c cc.
c  ccc;
c  c  c c
d'  <L c
<c c_<
 <c  c

 d C
   <r c


<3 '".<-
:    cc    c
     cc    <r
    c c   cr
   cc    c«
   Cc     C

  c<     c
 c<■"■'  c
  C <    C  ■
 c .    C  <
      C  <


   c *-•  <
  CTcc    <
  C > c    c
  C" <<    <
  C  <$    <S"C,
  C  c<     c
  C <«Ci    < £
 c cc -  cc
 c cc    ex
 <P CC   C C
C<C  C_'  C CC

cc  c   CJGg:
 c<. Cv C <C^
   c c CfC*'
<  < <_ <jr C.<
 ,   c. <  O C C
c <   <: <  G c
  v.  < *  C  C <
 » < c    <  C Cjos.
   o <   C CC cc
v  <   <cc  cc <
 ^ v    '." C C  c c <

Ore    * C  CO
<  f   ... < C (C<
 < . c     cc CCX

 tec   CCC cc
  c  c   «C« C c < <
  <■ . r   nf « c c.< <
  , . c     *'C Ci ..
  tT_~   CcC    <  -
  •"_  etc   <<&.

«^_„ c c   <ar?
z: < c   o ~t
 r cc   <c'c
-T  CC   C Cc '.
"rC    C V- -.
   < c   cr c  «•
  cc . cc ;
 f (   CL <   r
cc  c; c  c
CC
 c~ c
CC
<1 c  c
CC c
CCC
c:   c
O  C
  c.   c
  c . c
*-  c  c   d_
 .<  c  c  <L
CC c <  d.__.
 <:.'< -c  c   *SLs
  c. ^  «^ c  CL
  C«-, c  c C
    <_c  c c   c;
   <r<rc ( c
  cclc- <  c:
<:<ccc
<rcc c
cicc
C«<  ■
CC. c  .
cc  c« <c

CC  C C
  CC  'C . <_

  <«C C C
  CC  C c
  CC  Cc
     cC< c
-  C    CC1< r
< C   CC^ <
 c c    «Cc <
• c  c    «C<-
4	- - <c • C_
	V- <c -.c.
«.	cr <c < c
	<- c.«-C..
c	C C <-'
c:	c: c <^
c	: c _ ^ c
C	<-.-.<• ■ c
c	: c: c c
c	c: < *^
<^ c	c ^		
c <	C ■		
C <• c >. c	c_ • ■ c	< • <	
		v «■	
c c	c;	c «C.	
c <	<;.,.	v ' *	
c .	<C. '	Cs «	
c	< C-	. C v «	
c	c Clf '	<r< <	
C c	c *■	c C	
c c	. cr	<Ci	
<" ■	c C	«c	
c <	c <r	Ci	
C ' < c c C	cr CL c: '		
c c c	c	*?—■ -	
c c c	C		
c c <	c		
c_" c	c <	<T •	
C * c c	c c c *<:	<3 ■	
CL < . cr #-fl	CJ <--d c: C_ c c c	c"f C o c <	
	c c c <:	c * c < c <	
c ^~	<T. C	c *	
/■— <i.	<: c	c c	
c* <? c c«	C c c ;.c	c < < <	
C—	c c	c^ c	
CL.. *'	c <	cr <	
:~ 'f'	c' < «■	c c c C«	
<L.C	c	• «, • •*
<C <"	«r	t C c '
C c •	.«c;	C C c c
Cc.„	« ■	c C crc
< c	' c	c C cC i • C cc
< <		c C-' cc
< <..	<	< C" c
<: c		< c_C. ('c
c c		c C"vc<
ex.	ii	cc c~ a
r" C		<?. C < "
	" (.	■ eg	c
	a	c ■ ■	c
M.	c	<	<^ C "
cC	c	. c	< c
C	c	C	c C
c	c	c .	c
c	c	c	* c
<c	c	:'<	C< C
<r	c	C -	" C
c	c	c	c
.<■	c	c	" c
 
NATIONAL LIBRARV OF MEDICINE
NLM DD13T7ET  b
NLM001397296